IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) ^'^,V4'. ;%^ 1.0 I.I UiM2A |2.5 ■50 ■^~ HHi Hf 1^ 12.0 illiyi EM. UI16 Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716) 873-4503 ^'^1^ ^^V^ ""^ '<^ CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICIVIH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes tachniquas at bibiiographiquaa rhc tol Tha Instituta has attamptad to obtain the bast original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be bibliographically unique, which may alter any of tha images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. □ Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur I — I Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagAe Covers restored and/or laminated/ Couverture restauria at/ou pallicul4e Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque □ Coloured maps/ Cartes g^ographiquas 9n couleur □ Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre da couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) □ Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur D D D Bound with other material/ Reli6 avac d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along interior margin/ La re liure serr6e peut causer de I'ombre ou de la distortion le long de la marge int^rieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors d'une restauration apparaissent dans le texte. mais, lorsqua cela 6tait possible, ces pages n'ont pas 6tA filmias. Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplimentaires: L'Institut a microfilm* le meilleur exemplaire qu'il lui a AtA possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exemplaire qui sent peut-Atre uniques du point de vue bibliographique. qui peuvent modifier une image reproduitc, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la m6thode normale de filmage sont indiquAs ci-dessous. □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endommagias □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restauries et/ou pelliculdes Pages discoloured, stained or foxe( Pages dicolordes, tachetdes ou piqudes Pages detached/ Pages d6tach6es Showthrough> Transparence Quality of prin Quality inigale de I'impression Includes supplementary materii Comprend du material suppidmantaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible I — I Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ pn Pages detached/ r~?r Showthrough/ r I Quality of print varies/ r~n Includes supplementary material/ I — I Only edition available/ D Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc.. have been refilmed to ensure the best possible image/ Les pages totalement ou partiellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata, une pelure, etc., ont dt6 film6es d nouveau de fapon d obtenir la meilleure image possible. Th< pot of fiin Ori be] the sio ot» fin sio or Th sh< Tir wli Mf dif em be< rig rec m( This item is filmed at tha reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiqu* ci-dessous. 10X 14X 18X 22X 12X >/ 16X 20X 26X 30X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed here hat b««n reproduced thanks to the generosity of: Univinity of Toronto Library L'exemplaire f llmA fut reproduit grice i la gAnirosM de: Univtriity of Toronto Library The images appearing here are the best quality possible considerincp the condition and legibility of the original copy and in keeping with the filming contract specifications. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or iilMStrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — ^> (meaning "CON- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: Les images sulvantes ont At* reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition at de la nettetA de rexemplaire fllmA, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de fllmage. Les exemplaires orlginaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimte sont filmte en commengant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la derniire page qui comporte une emprelnte d'impression ou d'illustration, soit pnr le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmte en commenpant par la premlAre page qui comporte une emprelnte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminent par la derniAre page qui comporte une ielie emprelnte. Un des symboles suivants apparattra sur la dernlAre image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbols —► signifie "A SUIVRE", le symbols V signlfie "FIN ". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre filmte A des taux de reduction diffirents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour Atre reproduit en un seul cliche, 11 est film* A partir de I'angle supArleur gauche, de gauche 6 droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants lllustrent la mAthode. 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 THE Eon Monti THE DOCTRINE AND 'X DISCIPLINE *!*^ ^ I ^P^" THE METHODIST CHURCH 1898. Edited by a Committee Appointed by the General Conference. TORONTO: \A^ILLIAM BRIGGS, Wesley Buildings. Montreal: C. W. COATES. Halifax: S. F. HUESTIS. v* cS 76.9947- Entrricd according to Act of the Parliament of Canada, in the year one thousand • eight hundred and ninety-nine, by William Bri«gs, at the Department of Agriculture. 6X i CONTENTS. PART I.— THE CHURCH. CHAPTER I. DOCTRINES AND RULES. SKOriO». p^g, I. Standards of Doctrine II II. Origin, Design and General Rules of our United Societies 20 III. Baptism 04 IV. The Lord's Supper 25 V. Ou Marriage 25 VI. On Dress 26 CHAPTER II. THE MINISTRY. I. Of the Examination of those who think they are moved by the Holy Ghost to Preach 27 II. Rules of Conduct for a Minister or Probationer for the Ministry 2a III. The Duty of Ministers and Probationers— Matter and Manner of Preaching— Visiting from House to House 30 IV. The Election and Ordination of Ministers, and their Duties 1J2 V. The Reception of Ministers from other Churches 33 CONTENTS. ClfAPTER III. THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE CHURCH. Section. Paob I. Of Receiving Members into the Church 36 II. Of the" Relation of Baptized Children to the Church 36 CHAPTER IV. MEANS OF ORACB. I. Public Worship 37 II. The Spirit and Manner of Singing 38 III. Class Meetings 39 IV. Prayer Meetings 40 V. Love-feasts 40 VI. Society Meetings 40 VII. Neglect of the Means of Grace 41 I PART II.— THE GOVERNMENT OF THE CHURCH. CHAPTER I. CONFERENCES, I. The General Conference 4^-^ II. The Court of Appeal 5() III. The Committee on Transfers 5;^ IV. Special Ministerial Session 5(5 V. The Annual Conference (^0 VI. The Stationing Committee (jo VII. The Board of Examiners y.2 VIII. Evangelists «- IX. Deai^onesses «« 4 37 38 39 40 40 40 41 1 1- " CONTENTS. CHAPTER n. DISTRICT MEETINGS. Sbction. Paoi I. Special Ministerial Session 77 II. I'lobationers for the Ministry 80 III. Candidates for the Ministry 88 IV. The Annual District Meeting 92 V. The Financial District Meeting 100 CHAPTER III. OIROUIT OFFICIAL MEETINGS. I. The Quarterly Official Board 102 II. The Local Preachers' Meeting 110 III. The Leaders' Meoting 115 XV. The Stewards' Meeting 116 PART Til.— ADMINISTRATION OF DISCIPLINE. 5;^ 56 60 09 72 75 76 ♦ CHAPTER L TBIAIiS AND APPEALS. I. General Principles 121 II. Trial of Ministers aud Probationers for the Ministry .... 126 III. Trial of Members 130 Forms of Procedure in Trials 132, 401 PART IV.— TEMPORAL ECONOMY. CHAPTER I. THE SUPPORT OF THE MINISTRY. I. Ministers and Probationers for the Ministry 5 136 CONTENTS. CHAPTER II. OIUKCII rUOI'KKTY. SiCTION. Pa OK I. Churches and Church Property 1.36 II. Parsonages 137 III. Record of Church Property 138 IV. Trustees 139 V. Keeping Trustees' Records 141 " PART v.— EDU . iONAL AND BENEVOLENT INSTITUTIONS. CHAPTER I. EDUCATIONAL. I. The Educational Society 145 II. Sabbath Schools and Epworth Leagues 151 III. The Book and Printing Establishments 189 CHAPTER 11. BENEVOLENT INSTITUTIONS. I. The Missionary Society 196 II. The Superannuation Fund 219 III. The Supernumerary Ministers' and Ministers' Widows' Fund 234 » IV. General Conference Fund 244 V. The Church and Parsonage Aid Fund 246 VI. The Union Church Relief Fund 251 VII. The Contingent Fund 252 VIII. The Children's Fund 253 IX. The Sustentation Fund 256 X. Temperance Work 266 I t CONTENTS. PART VI.— THE RITUAL. Skction. Paok I. Okder of Baitism— MiniHtration of 6a])tism to Infants '255) To Adults 2 9. Supernumerary Ministers' Fund Board 34.') 10. General Conference Fund Board 345 11. Twentieth Century Fund Board 345 12. Temperance, Prohibition, and Moral Reform Committee 347 13. Methodist Trust Fire Insurance Company j Directors 348 14. Church and Parsonage Aid Fund Committee . . 348 15. Union Church Relief Fund Committee 349 16. Church Union Committee 349 17. Fraternal Delegates 360 III. The Basis of Union 361 IV. The Dominion Act Respecting Union and Model Deed . . 366 V. Judicial Decisions, or Interpretations of Law 390 VL Rules of Order 395 VII. Forms o' Procedure 401 f| 8 I Paok . 344 . 344 . 345 . 34r) . 345 . 345 1 . 347 r \ 348 348 349 349 360 351 366 390 395 401 ■^ - ' ' ^art I. THE CHURCH. T DOCTRINE AND DISCIPLINE QF THE METHODIST CHURCH. t| CHAPTER I. DOCTRINES AND GENERAL RULES. Section I. STAfiJDARDS OP DOCTRINE. 1. The Doctrines of the Methodist Church are declared to be those contained in the twenty-five Articles of Religion, and those taught by tiie Rev. John Wesley, M.A., in his Notes on the New Testament, and in the first fifty-two Sermons of the first series of his discourses, published dur- ing his lifetime. ARTICLES OF RELIGION. I. Of Faith in the Holy Trinity, % There is but one living and true God, everlasting, without body or parts, of infijute power, wisdom and good- f 3 ARTICLES OF RELiGION. >>=■ h ness ; the maker and preserver of all things, visible and invisible. And in unity of this Godhead there are three persons, of one substance, power and eternity, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost. II. Of the Word, or Son of God, who was made very man. 3. The Son, who is the Word of the Father, the very Mild eternal God, of one substance with the Father, took man's nature in the womb of the blessed Virgin ; so that two whole and perfect natures, that is to say, the Godhead and manliood, were joined together in one person, never to be divided, whereof is one Christ, very God and very man, who truly suflered, was crucified, dead, and buried, to recon- cile His Father to us, and to be a sacrifice, not only for original guilt, but also for the actual sins of men. III. Of the Resurrection of Christ. 4. Christ did truly rise again from the dead, and took again His body, with all things appertaining to the perfec- tion of man's nature, wherewith He ascended into heaven, and there sitteth until He return to judge all men at the last day. rV. Of the Holy Ghost. 5. The Holy Ghost, proceeding from the Father and the Son, is of one substance, majesty, and glory with the Father and the Son, very and eternal God. V. The Sufficiency of the Holy Scriptv/res for Salvation. 0. The Holy Scriptures contain all things necessary to ialvation ; so that whatsoever is not read therein, nor may K 1 • -T I ARTICLES OF RELIGION. IT? 1 be proved thereby, is not to be required of any man that it should be b^elieved as an article of faith, or be thought re- quisite or necessary to salvation. In the name of the Holy Scripture we do understand those canonical books of the Old and New Testament of whose authority was never any doubt in the Church. The names of the canonical books are — Genesis, Exodus, Lerdticus, Numbers, Deuteronomy, Joshua, Judges, Ruth, The First Book of Samuel, The Second Book of Samuel, The First Book of Kings, The Second Book of Kings, The First Book of Ohronicles, The Second Book of Chronicles, The Book of Ezra, The Book of Nehemiah, The Book of Esther, The Book of Job, The Psalms, The Proverbs, Ecclesiastes, or the Preacher, Can- ticles, or Songs of Solomon, hour Prophets the greater, Twelve Prophets the less. All the books of the New Testament, as they are com- monly received, we do receive and account canonical. VI. 0/ the Old Testament. t. The Old Testament is not contrary to the New ; for both in the Old and New Testament everlasting life is offered to mankind by Christ, who is the only Mediator between God and man. Wherefore they are not to be heard who feign that the old fathers did look only for transitory promises. Although the law given from God by Moses, as touching ceremonies and rites, doth not bind Christians, nor ought the civil precepts thereof of necessity to be re- ceived in any commonwealth ; yet, notwithstanding, no Christian whatsoever i free from the obedience of the com- mandmtents which are called moral. 13 ITS ARTICLES OF REUQION. VII. Of Original or Birth Sin, 8- Original sin stcandeth not in the following of Adam, (as the Pelagians do rainly talk) but it is the corruption of the nature of every man, that naturally is engendered of the offspring of Adam, whereby man is very far gone from ot-iglnal righteousness, and of his own nature inclined to evil, and that continually. VIII. 0/Free Will 0. The condition of man after the fall of Adam is such that he cannot turn and prepare himself, by his own natural strength and works, to faith, and calling upon God ; where- fore we have no power to do good works, pleasant and acceptable to God, without the grace of God by Christ pre- venting us, that we may have a good will, and working with us, when we have that good will. IX. Of the Justification of Man. 10. We are accounted righteous before God only for the merit of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ by faith, and not for our own works or deservings. "Wherefore, that we are justified by faith only, is a most wholesome doctrine, and very full of comfort. X. Of Good Works, 1 1. Although good works, which are the fruits of faith, and follow after justification, cannot put away our sins, and endure the severity of God*s judgments; yet are they pleasing and acceptable to God in Christ, and spring out of 14 % ARTICLES OF RELIGION. iri4 A true and lively faith, insomuch that by them a lively faith may be as evidently known as a tree is discerned by its fruit. XI. Of Works of Supererogation. t% Voluntary works — besides, over, and above God's commandments — which are called works of supererogation, cannot be taught without arrogancy and impiety. For by them men do declare that they do not only render unto God as much as they are bound to do, but that they do more for his sake than of bounden duty is required ; whereas Christ saith plainly, When ye have done all that is commanded you, say, We are unprofitable S3rvants. XII. Of Sin after Justification. 13. Not every sin willingly committed after justification is the sin against the Holy Ghost, and unpardonable. Wherefore, the grant of repentance is not to be denied to such as fall in' v. jin after justification : after we have re- ceived the Holy Ghost, we may depart from grace given, and fall into sin, and, by the grace of God, rise again and amend our lives. And therefore they are to be condemned who say they can no more sin as long as they live here; or deny the place of forgiveness to such as truly repent. XIII. Of the Church. "' • •' 14- The visible Church of Christ is a congregation of faithful men, in which the pure word of God is preached, and the sacraments duly administered, according to Christ's ordinance, in all those things that of necessity are requisite to the same. X6 16 ARTICLES 07 RELIGION. XIV. 0/ Purgatory, 15. Th6 Romish doctrine concerning purgatory, pardon, worshipping, and adoration, as well of images as of relics, and also invocation of saints, is a fond thing, vainly in- vented, and grounded upon no warrant of Scripture, but repugnant to the word of God. XV. Of Speaking in the Congregation in such a Tongue aa the People understand, 10- It is a thing plainly repugnant to the word of God, and the custom of the primitive Church, to have public prayer in the Church, or to minister the sacraments, in a tongue not understood by the people. XVI. Of the Sacraments, ^ Vt. Sacraments ordained of Christ are not only badges or tokens of Christian men's profession, but rather they are certain signs of grace, and God's good-will towards us, by the which he doth work invisibly in us, and doth not only quicken, but also strengthen and comfort our faith in him. There are two sacraments ordained of Christ our Lord in the Gospel ; that is to say. Baptism and the Supper of the Lord. Those live commonly called sacraments, that is to say, con- firmation, penance, orders, matrimony, and extreme unction, are not to be counted for sacraments of the Gospel ; being such as have partly grown out of the corrupt following of the apostles, and partly are states of life allowed in the Scriptures, but yet have not the like nature of Baptism and of iiii)BB,|i]p,li,4fll!Mi«^tiWH AUTICLES OF RELIGION. 5[ V.i ! the Lord's Supper, because they have not any visible sign or ceremony ordained of God. i^u '.u. (^«ji?jaiiw The sacraments were not ordained of Christ to be gazed upon, or to be carried about ; but that we should duly use them. And in such only as worthily receive the same, they have a wholesome effect or operation : but they that receive , them unworthily, purchase to themselves condemnation, as Saint Paul saith, 1 Cor. xi. 29. ^ a'l^i? ■■■■ ,i3q.|^a XVII. Of Baptism. «» Ah^d'if^ ; akioecf 18< Baptism is not only a sign of profession, and mark of difference, whereby Christians are distinguished fron* others that are not baptized ; but it is also a sign of regen- eration, or the new birth. l!lie baptism of young children is to be retained in the Church. . ., ^ ,,. XVIII. Of the Lord's Slipper, v^'-^'^i^ai^hm 10. The Supper of the Lord is not only a sign of the love that Christians ought to have among themselves one to another, but ra,ther is a sacrament of our redemption by Christ's death; insomuch that to such as rightly. Worthily, and with faith receive the same, the bread which we break is a partaking of the body of Christ ; and likewise the cup of blessing is a partaking of the blood of Christ. Transubstantiation, or the change of the substance of iiread And wine in the Supper of our Lord, cannot be proved by Uoly Writ, but is. repugnant to the plair. wonjs of Sorip- turiB, overtbro'weth' the nati^re of ^ sacrament* md hath given occasion to many superstitions. . ojr. ,mA^fmdl^. i»d*<^- '|?he body of Christ is given, tftken, aucl etiten ir\ t'|}9 i[a> ARTICLES OF RELIGION. Supper, only after a heavenly and spiritual manner. And the means whereby the body of Christ is received and eaten in the Supper, is faith. The sacrament of the Lord's Supper was not by Christ'i ordinance reserved, carried about, lifted up, or wOTshipped. 4 XIX. Of Both Kinds, ^0. The cup of the Lord is not to be denied to the lay people; for both the parts of the Lord's Supper, by Christ's ordinance and commandment, ought to be administered to all Christians alike. XX. Of the One Oblation of Christ, finished upon the Cross, !$1. The offering of Christ once made, is that perfect redemption, propitiation, and satisfaction for all the sins of the whole world, both original and actual; and there is none other satisfaction for sin but that alone. Wherefore the sacrifice of the mass, in which it is commonly said that the priest doth offer Christ for the quick and the dead, to have remission of pain or guilt, is a blasphemous fable and dangerous deceit. XXI. Of the Marriage of Ministers, 2!$. The ministers of Christ are not commanded by God's law either to vow the estate of single life, or to abstain from marriage : therefore it is lawful for them, as for all other Christians, to marry at their own discretion, m Hinej ihaU judge the same to serve best to godlwess. zEm ARTICLES OF RELIGION. 126 XXII. Of the Rite» and Ceremonies of the Church, !93* It is not necessary that rites and ceremonies should in all places be the same, or exactly alike ; for they have always been different, and may be changed according to the diversity of countries, times, and men's manners, so that nothing be ordained against God's word. Whosoever, through his private judgment, willingly and purposely doth openly break the rites and ceremonies of the Ohurch to •s^hich he belongs, which are not repugnant to the word of God, and are ordained and approved by conmion authority, ought to be rebuked openly, that others may fear to do the like, as one that offendeth against the common order of the Church, and woundeth the consciences of weak brethren. Every particular Ohurch may ordain, change, or abolish rites and ceremonies, so that all things may be done to edification. XXIII. Of the Civil GovemmerU. vi /» !$4. We believe it is the duty of all Christians to be subject to the powers that be ; for we are oo amanded by the word of God to respect and obey the Civil Government: we should therefore not only fear God, but honour the Eling. XXIV. Of Christian Mevis Goods. ItS' The riches and goodn of Christians are not common, as touching the right, title, and possession of ^e same, M some do falsely boast. Notwithstanding, every man ought, of such things as he possesseth, liberally to ^ve alms %9 the poor, according to his ability. 19 IT 26 GENERAL RULE& it I i XXV. 0/a Christian Man's Oath. 1^6. As we confess th»t vain and rash swearing is for- bidden Christian men by our Lord Jesus Christ and Jaraos his apostle ; so we judge that the Christian religion doth not prohibit, but that a man may swear when the magis- trate requireth, in a cause of faith and charity, so it be done according to the projhet's teaching, in justice, judgment and truth. Section II. . 'fit }ii.>^ «».. ,.!.* l%e Origin^ Design^ and General Rules of our United ^ Societies. ,., ' >^ %t. In the latter end of the year 1739, eight or ten per- sons came to Mr. Wesley in London, who appeared to be deeply convinced of sin, and earnestly groaning for redemp- tion. They desired, as did two or three more the next day, thai he would spend some time with them in prayer, and advise them how to flee from the wrath to come, which they saw continually hanging over their heads. That he might have more time for this great work, he appointed a day when they might all come together ; which from thence- forward they did every week, namely, on Thu/rsday, in the dvening. To these, and as many more as desired to join ^tift-- them (for their numbers increased daily), he gave thoflfr advices from time to time which he judged most need- ful for them; and they always concluded their meeting! ^|th prajrer suiM ^ their several uecess^ti^f^ .S)ur^'*M*4^'.i«S-' GENERAL RULE& f 31 !S8. This was the rise of the United Societies, first in Europe and then in America. Such a Society is no other than "a company of m^rij having the form, and seeking the power of godlineaSj united in order to pray together, to re- ceive the word of exhortation, and to watch over one another in love, that they may help ea^h other to work out their salvation." ' — '^-'^ "^^ '^'^"^■ *Z9. That it may the more easily be discerned whether they are indeed working out their own salvation, each Society is divided into smaller companies, called classes, according to their respective places of abode. There are about twelve persons in a class, one of whom is styled The Leader. It is his duty, — 1. To see each person in his class once a week at least in order, (a) To inquire how their souls prosper, (b) To advise, reprove, comfort, or exhort, as occasion may require. (#) To receive what they are willing to give towards the support of the Ministers, Church, and poor. "^^^ k ^ . .*.<|^{« 2. To meet the Ministers and Stewards of the Society once a week, in order, (a) To inform the Minister of any that are sick, or of any that walk disorderly and will not be reproved, (b) To pay the Stewards what they have received of the several classes in the week preceding. Ti.nxv« »o ^*..e. 31. It is therefore expected of all who continue therein, that they should continue to evidence their desire of salva* 21 H 32 GENERAL RULES. I ^1 ■;! 1' II tion, Firtt^ By doing no harm, by AToiding evil o! ovpry kind, especially that which is most generally practised ; Buch as, — The taking of the name of God in vain ; the pro- faning of the day of the Lord, either by doing ordinary work therein, or by buying or selling ; drunkenness, buy- ing or selling spirituous liquors, or drinking them, unless in case of extreme necessity ; the buying or selling of men, women, and children, with the intention to enslave them ; fighting, quarreling, brawling, brother going to law with brother ; returning evil for evil, or railing for railing ; the using many words in buying or selling; the buying or selling goods that have not paid the duty; the giving or taking on usury, that is, unlawful interest; uncharitable or unprofitable conversation, particularly speaking evil of magistrates or of ministers ; doing to others as we would not they should do unto us ; doing what we know is not for the glory of God ; as, — The putting on of gold or costly apparel ; the taking such diversions as cannot be used in the name of th^ Lord Jesus ; the singing those songs, or reading those books, which do not tend to the knowledge ok love of God ; softness and needless self-indulgence ; laying up treasure upon earth ; borrowing without a probability of paying; or taking up goods without a probability of paying for them. ^% It is expected of all who continue in these Societies that they should continue to evidence their desire of salva- tion, Secondly t By doing good; by being in every kind merciful after their power; as they have opportunity, doing good of every possible sort, and as far as possible, to all men : To their bodies, of the ability which God giveth, by 22 ; GENERAL RULES. 134 giving food to the hungry, by olothitig the naked, by visit- ing or helping them that are sick or in prison : To their touU, by instructing, reproving, or exhorting all we have any intercourse with; trampling under foot that enthusiastic doctrine, that "we are not to do good, unleaa ov/r hearts are free to it :'* By doing good, especially to them who are of the household of faith, or groaning so to be; employing them preferably to others, buying one of another, helping each other in business ; and so much the more because the world will love its own and them only: By all possible dili- gence and frugality^ that the Qospel be not blamed : By running with patience the race which is set before thorn, denying themeelves, cmd taking %ip their cross daily ; sub- mitting to bear the reproach of Christ, to be as the filth and offscouring cI the world ; and looking that men should say oil manner of evil of them falsely for the Lord^s sake, 33* It is expected of all who desire to continue in these Societies that they should continue to evidence their desire of salvation, Thirdly^ By attending upon all the ordinances of Qod; such as, — The public worship of God ; the ministry of the word, either read or expounded; the Supper of the Lord; family and private prayer; searching the Scriptures; fasting or abstinence. 34. These are the General Rules of our Societies; all of which we are taught of God to observe, even in his written word, which is the only rulCf and the sufficient rule, both oj our faith emd practice. And all these we know his Spirit writes on truly awakened hearts. If there be any among as who observes them not, who habitually breaks any of them, let it be known unto them who watch over that soul, 23 mam 1135 GENERAL RULES. ?4 as they who must give an account. We will admonish him of the error of his ways. We will bear with him for a season. But if then he repent not, he hath no more place among us. We have delivered our own souls. f«»iw> an* 35. Note: The General Rules are to be understood as forbidding neglect of duties of any kind, imprudent conduct, indulging in sinful tempera or words, the buying, selling or using intoxicating liquora as a beverage, dancing, playing at games of chance, encouraging lotteries, attending theatres, horse-races, circuses, dancing parties, patronizing dancing- schools, taking such other amusements as are obviously of a misleading or questionable moral tendency, and all acts of disobedience to the Order and Discipline of the Church. ■^' ^.'^'^ifl ai e£ftffj00o ^0n Marriage. .*-'V'-^:3 -vj v;'i»i,oo-lo e^u; »p 4i. Members of our Church sometimes marry with care- less, unawahened persons. This has produced bad effects; they have either been hindered for life, or have turned back to perdition. To discourage this practice let every minister enforce the Apostle's caution, — " Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbelievers" (2 Cor. vi. 14); and let them exhort all to take no step in so weighty a matter without earnest prayer to God and consultation with judicious Christian friends. 4S. We do not prohibit our people from marrying persons who are not of our Church, provided such persons have the form and are seeking the power of godliness ; but we are 25 ■H f 43 MARRIAGE. ; II: I "I ... determined to discourage their marrying persons who do not come up to this description. 43. In general, no young woman should marry without the consent, much less without the knowledge, of her parents or natural guardians. Nevertheless, there may be excep tional cases, as when they refuse to allow her to marry at all ; or when they refuse to allow her to marry any Chris- tian. But even in such cases she should seriously consult with those competent to give godly counsel. - '-i SMCTION VI. ,---: ■■■:-'•' ,/c- , .:.d On Dress. 44 While the New Testament gives no specific directions in regard to dress, yet its spirit is manifestly against the use of costly or gaudy apparel, and the wearing of needless ornaments ; therefore, let all our ministers discourage in the Church whatever, in this respect, is contrary to Christian simplicity; and in order to do this, let them read the thoughts upon dress at least once a year, in every society where such counsels seem to be needed. 20 ^ik-i'i&iimmummmimim^^fibam^^ EXAMINATION FOR PROBATIONERS. 'fff ' .. ,VJ CHAPTER II. THE MINISTRY. Section I. " ir47 'iii .T-o^;j£^aWj^l 0/ the examination of those who think they are" moved by the Holy Ghost to preach. 45« In order that we may try those who profess to be moved by the Holy Ghost to preach, let the following questions be asked, namely : — : l»vi^6 k * 1. Do they know God as a pardoning God ? Have they the love of God abiding in them 1 Do they desire nothing but God? And are they holy in all manner of conver. sation ? 2. Have they gifts as well as grace for the work ? Have they a clear, sound understanding ; a right judgment in the things of God ; a just conception of salvation by faith ? And has God given them an acceptable way of speaking ? Do they speak justly, readily, clearly ? - ^;:,» .;,, 3. Have they fruit*? Are any truly convinced of sin, and converted to God by their preaching 1 40. As long as these three marks concur in any one, we believe he is called of God to preach. These we receive as sufficient proof that he is moved by the Holy Ghost. 4T- With the consent of the Local Preachers' Meeting or of the Quarterly Official Board, the Superintendent of the Circuit may license such persons to exhort After sufficient proof of their gifts and usefulness they may be further received as Local Preachers on trial, and on expira 27 •148 TWELVE RULES FOR A MINISTER. tion of three months' trial, should their examinntion bj the Local Preachers' Meeting, or Quarterly Official Board, be satisfactory, they shall receive license as Local I'reachers. >-;;)' li: ll, i \C^ Section IL Of jRulea of Conduct for a Minister or Probationer for ,,( jl the Ministry. ^^^,^, 48. iiule I. Be diligent. . Never be unemployed ; never be triflingly employed ; never trifle away time, neither spend any more time at any place than is strictly necessary. 49. Bule 2. Be serious. Let your motto be " Holiness to the Lord." Avoid all lightness, jesting, and foolish talking. 50. Bule 3. Converse sparingly, and conduct yourselves prudently, with women. (1 Tim. v. 2.) 51. Bvie 4. Take no steps towards marriage without first consuiting with your brethren. 5^. Bule 5. Believe evil of no one without good evidence ; unless you see it done, take heed how you credit it. Put the best construction on everything. You know the judge is always supposed to be on the prisoner's side. >o 53. Bule 6. Speak evil of no one ; because your word, especially, would eat as doth a canker. Keep your thoughts within your own breast till you come to the person con- cerned. 54. Bui. 7. Tell every one under your care what you think wrong in his conduct and temper, and that lovingly 28 v-iS'^r^ TIT'' »c4'4 TWELVE RULES FOR A MINLSTER. II 59 and plainly, as soon as may be, else it will fester in your heart. Make all haste to cast the fire out of your bosom. 55> liule 8. Avoid all affectation. A preacher of the Gospel is the servant of all. ... -li-* w^ v. 50* Hule 9. Be ashamed of nothing but sin. £•-. i? ••( (Ui^ 57. Hule 10. Be punctual. Do everything exactly at the time. And do not mend our rules, but keep them ; not for wrath, but conscience' sake. v'.r3frn *•«''* tI •,«<•»'; sir xinuy® Jw4ge wost for Hia glor^, ^^^ mu^'i^m ^^j^^ a* ••'A, *^f60 DUTY OF MINISTERS AND PROBATIONERS. ^0. Smaller advices which might be of use to us are perhaps these : 1. Be sure never to disappoint a congrega- tion. 2. Begin at the time appointed. 3. Let your whole deportment be serious, weighty, and solemn. 4. Always suit your subject to your audience. 5. Choose the plainest text you can. 6. Take care not to ramble, but keep to your text, and make out what you take in hand. 7. Take care of anything awkward or affected, either in your gestures, phrase, or pronunciation. 8. Do not usually pray extempore above eight or ten minutes (at most) without intermission. 9. Frequeiiciy read and enlarge upon a portion of Scripture: and let young preachers often exhort without taking a text. 10. Always avail yourself of the great festivals by preach- ing on the occasion. ■\ >,lt ?>t:.c.f oj Section III. The duty of Ministers and Probationers — Matter and manner of preaching — Visiting from house to house. 61. The duty of a minister or probationer is, — 1. To •each ; 2. To meet the Societies and Classes ; 3. To visit thc$ sick. 6!S. A minister or probationer shall be qualified for his charge by walking closely with God, and having His work greatly at heart, and by understanding and loving discipline, ours in particular. 63^ A minister or probationer should use all the means of grace Wmsejf, and urge the use of tj^iem o^ others, sugb Mi 80 DUTY OF MINISTERS AND PROBATIONERS. IF 67 US are Qgrega- [• whole A^lways plainest ceep to r. Take estures, tempore aaission. ripture: r a text, preach manner — 1. To To visit ] for his lis work Lscipline, 16 meant 1. Prayer — private, family, and public ; consisting of deprecation, petition, intercession, and thanksgiving. 2. Searching the Scriptures. . , • • 3. The Lord's Supper. . vs i ^ *; «:r .^ ^^ .»| 4. Fa>sting and Ahstinenx^, ^ _ ' ^^ 6. Christian Conference. .^ Ministers should manifest an interest in the spiritual welfare of each other, by speaking freely to each other upon the subject of personal religion. They should take great care not to despise each other's gifts, or speak lightly of each other, defending each other's character in every- thing, as far as is consistent with truth. .mm.myfmmom^ 64. The best general method of preaching is, — 1. To con- vince ; 2. To o£fer Christ ; 3. To invite ; 4. To build up : And to do this in some measure in every sermon. '^T JL €5. The most effectual way of preaching Christ is to preach Him in all His offices ; and to declare His law, as well as His Gospel, both to believers and unbelievers. Let us strongly and closely insist upon inward and outward holiness in all its branches. 66 It is by no means advisable for us to preach in as many places as we can without forming any Societies. We should endeavor to preach most, — 1. Where there is the greatest number of quiet and willing hearers ; 2. Where there is most fruit. We ought diligently to observe in what places God is pleaMd at any time to pour out His Spirit more abundantly, and at that time to send more laborers than usual into ^hat part of the harvest. 6Y. We can further assist those under our care by in^ .^tructing them i» their own houses, u> f^j i<«q 81 %m ELECTION AND ORDINATION OF MiNlSTEKS. '.■ I.' .-f Family religion is wanting in many homes. What avails public preaching alone 1 We must, yea, every minister arid every probationer must instruct the people from house to house. Let this be done, and that in good earnest. Ik. .u ^-HA # 7«T3^i \ it Section IV. .^A The Election and Ordination of Minister Sy and their . y.'i^ ,'Jor;; JJnties. ;f>q ;p .o^jjuita *>\x^ smn^n V 68. A minister is constituted by election of the Annual Conference, and by laying on of the hands of those duly appointed thereto, rliifa fltrw t.jdie^raiKXv u »« "lui «/5 ,ianift) 09. The duties of a minister are, — tm m^ii n'^y l'^* 1. To conduct all parts of Divine worship. "sT .S ; *y>m^ 2. To administer Baptism and the Lord's Supper. >i hul. 3. To solemnize Matrimony, and in general to perfbrm all the work of a Christian minister. "^ m'«F '^•^ <*>»*« TO. No minister who ceases to travel without the con- sent of the Annual Conference, certified under the hand of the President, except in case of sickness, debility, or other unavoidable circumstances, shall, on any account, exercise the peculiar functions of his office, or even be allowed to preach among us ; nevertheless, the final determination in p,ll such cases is with the Annual Conference. : '■ 71. After approval of the Annual Conferen<;e, a Gen- eral Superintendent, with the President of the Aiinual Conference, may issue a. commission^ to. which the seal of the Conference sh»U be attached, to authorize a miniiite]! of the Church to ordain, ^qcording to pur form of ordination, such missionary or missionftiiea as n)ay be statlonecj mili^ lii^nt parts of piir vvorlv. * oieiis ^u^irvi ,s. MINISTERS FROM OTHER CHURCHES. IT 72, ^ 3 at avails ister and house to tJieir *, di no-an i Annual lose duly V J^ ? : "nsm ' r. ' rA perform the con- hand of or other exercise lowed to iatioh in •:■-.<- en^ , a Gen. I Aiinual le seal of inieteEof dination, d i^'di^ •UJ. Section V. vr' ■/«'!» '':,r»i'*o''i;.;'i The Reception of Ministers from other Churches. 7^. Ministers who ojSTer to unite with us from other may be received in the following Christian Churches manner : — 1. If they come to us with proper testimonials from any accredited Methodist Church, they may be received accord- ing to such credentials, provided they give satisfaction to the Annual Conference of their willingness to conform to our Church government and usages. ' 2. Candidates for the ministry from other Evangelical denominations may be received as candidates for our ministry, provided they give satisfaction that they are suitable persons to exercise the office; and that they believe in the doctrines and approve of the discipline, government and usages of our Church. The Chairman and any two ministers (members of the Conference) of the District within the bounds of which any such candidate may be travelling or resident, are authorized to act as a committee on behalf of the Annual Conference, to admit him into our Church; and he may be employed until the ensuing Annual Conference; and if he be recommended by an annual District Meeting, he may be received as a probationer for the ministry. 3. Ministers of other Evangelical Churches who may desire to unite with our Church may be received according to our usages, on condition of their taking upon them our ordination vows when required, without the re-imposition of hands, giving satisfaction to an Annual Conference of ' 33 !l|) i A ^73 MINISTERS FROM OTHER CHURCHES. their being duly ordained ministers, and of their agreement •with us in doctrine, discipline, government and usages. 73. Whenever any such minister shall be received, ho shall be furnished with a certificate signed by a General Superintendent and President, as follows : This is to Certify that has been received into Conference as a minister, he having been ordained to the office of the ministry, according to the usages of the Church, of which he has been a minister ; and he is hereby authorized to exercise the functions of his office in the Methodist Church so long as his life and conversation are such as become the Gospel of Christ. y^, ,,,., .rv-,..u} .yimLtun Given under our hand and seal at .* . this day of , in the year of our Lord ' ••>'.'» tlU.; "MS"-> ^^^ sa>ifi;-:rr 1 u' ; >'/OM t4. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions, in order to avoid an undue increase in the number of minibters, it shall not be competent for any Annual Conference, or officer thereof, to receive any minister or probationer for the ministry from another church, or from abroad, during the ensuing quadrennium (1898-1902). j] l&uim.fi iif; a; 1 ^ 'H RELATION OF BAFflZED CHILDREN. ir7« :eement ges. ived, ho General las been later, he ccoi'dlng h he has exercise 1 so long e Gospel the year in order libters, it ence, or Loner for i, during CHAPTER III. *v THE MEMBERSHIP OF THE CHURCH. Section I. Of Receiving Members into the Church. f * 75. In order to prevent improper persons from insinu- ating themselves into the Church : 1. Let no one be received into the Church until such person has been at least three months on trial, and has been recommended by the Leaders* Meeting, or where no such meeting is held, by the Leader. Members in connec- tion with other Evangelical Churches, who make applica- tion for admission into our Church, may be received by the Superintendent of the Circuit or Mission as members, when duly accredited, without the usual term of probation. 2. Let none be admitted on trial, nor receive tickets, but those who dve recommended by one you know, or until they have met three or four times in class. v^^ , 3. Read the Rules to them the first time they meet. .,^r, rti m(|;s-. nit o! r^/nj Section II. .. ■ ., ,rv j.f a-,,.. Of the Relation of Baptized Children to the Church. T6. We hold that all children, by virtue of the uncon- I'itiona) benefits of the atonement, are members of th© H ! n 111' •: I f 77 RELATION OF BAPTIZED CHILDREN. kingdom of God, and, therefore, graciously entitled to baptism ; but as infant baptism contemplates a course of religious instruction and discipline, it is expected of all parents or guardians who present their children for baptism, that they use all diligence in bringing them up in con- formity to the Word of God ; and they should be solemnly admonished of this obligation, and earnestly exhorted to faithfulness therein. tx -. IT. We regard all children who have been baptized as placed in visible covenant relation to God, and under the special care and supervision of the Church ; therefore, let every Superintendent urge upon all parents in his congre- gation the duty and importance of presenting their children to God in the ordinance of baptism, and keep a register of such Baptisms in a Baptismal Register to be provided and kept in connection with each Circuit. 78- As soon as the children shall have attained an age sufficient to understand, let them be taught the nature, design and obligations of their baptism, and the truths of religion necessary to make them wise unto salvation ; let our Catechisms be placed in their hands, and let all who can, read and commit the same to memory ; let them be encouraged to attend class, and to give regular attendance upon all the means of grace, according to their age, capacity and religious experience. Pray earnestly for them, and talk with them at every suitable opportunity. 70. As far as practicable, it shall be the duty of every Superintendent to obtain the names of the children of his congregation, to form them into catechumen classes for the purpose of giving them religious instruction, to instruct 36 iMinLic woRsini'. I- Ult H 81, §1 itled to aurse of d of all baptism, in con- jolemnly orted to )tized as nder the jfore, let s congre- children agister of ided and 1 an age e nature, truths of ,tion; let all who them be )tendance , capacity lem, and t of every 1 •en of his ? es for the instruct flicm regularly IiimHelf, as his other dtitios will allow; to appoint a suitable Ijcader for each class, who shall instruct them in his absence, and leave for his succesHor a correct list of each class, with the name of its Leader, and make I'ftturns of the same, in a separate column, to the Annual District Meeting. Tt is understood, however, that they shall not necessarily be included in the column headed, "Total membership of the Church." " ^" ff un*ju>| 80. Whenever a baptized child shall, by orphanage or otherwise, become deprived of Christian guardianship, the Superintendent shall ascertain and report to the Leaders' Meeting the facts in the case ; and such provision shall be made for the Christian training of the child as the circum- stances may admit and require. :>f'.j. ir'-' til if J .fj;^j,'7<^ I t'lt i'>Y'i MEANS OF GRACK. Hkction 1. Public Worship. 81. For the establishment of uniformity in public wor- ship among us on the Lord's day : — -^^uu . i 1. Let the morning service consist of (1) Doxology ; (2) Invocation; (3) Hymn; (4) Prayer; (5) Anthem or Hymn ; (6) a Scripture lesson out of the Old and one out of ' UiU ' ii:)/-; i-iW. Sedition III. u; sh^! ;r j-;n: ,<,M!i- Class Meetings, 83. Let all our members be enrolled in classes, and in order to render our Glass Meetings interesting and profit- able : 1. Let each Leader be careful to inqu* 2 how every soul in his Class prospers; not only how each person observes the outward rules, but how he grows in the knowledge and love of God. 2. Let each Leader con'"^erse with those who have the charge of their Circuits frequently and freely. 3. Let improper Leaders be removed. See that all the Leaders be not only men of sound judgment, but men truly devoted to God. In order to this, let the Superintendent make strict inquiry in the Leaders' meeting, or where there is no such meeting, in the Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, into the moral character of all the Leaders, their punctuality in beginning and ending their Class Meeting in proper time, and whatever relates to their office. 39 %: f 80, § 4 MEETINflS. i. i 4. Observe what Leaders are most useful ; and let them meet the other classes as often as possible. As a general rule, let no Leader have charge of more than one class. Section IV. .bijuo Prayer Meetings. "^ jfy-i*> -ii 84- Let meetings be held each week for prayer, fellow- ship, instruction in the Word of God, and spiritual edifi- cation. . Section V.^'-"'^'"^^^^^^-^^'^r'-ft Love-feasts. 85. A Love-feast shall be held in each Circuit and Mission at least once a quarter. ^ -- Section VI. Society Meetings. 86. Society Meetings shall be held once a quarter when- ever it is practicable, under the direction of the Superin- tendent of the Circuit, or his colleague acting under his instruction. The principal object of the meeting shall be the spiritual edification of the Church, by exhortation on the part of the 40 Saa^^mHB iM-Aimmmib^iiim.:^-^, NEGLECT OF THE MEANS OF GRACE. ts; minister present, with prayer a-Ad other religious exercises. The members shall be faithfully admonished respecting their personal religion and Christian deportment, their closet and family duties, and their attendance upon the public and pri', t^j \ '^ms of grace. At these meetings the Rules of HocRty snail be read, and thfj representatives to attend the meetings of the Quarterly Official Board may be appointed. Section VII. Exclusion for Neglect of the Means of Grace. 87' If any members of the Church repeatedly and with out sufficient :>>t,;.'vr\ neglect any of the means of grace, such as Class Mrr r5,v, Prayer Meeting, Public Worship, the Lord's Supper, it ? * >rdinances of God, let the Superintend- ent, or h?> assistant, visit and admonish them, and if they continue ? *> ".r neglect let them receive notice of exclusion. Nevertheless, it shall be the privilege of all persons who are laid aside for neglect of the means of gr?*oe, and not for immoral conduct, to appear before the Leaders' Meeting or Quarterly ^ iicial Board to show cause why their names should be c«)Mln>ied on the roll of membership, and if there be promise of amendment let them still be borne with. 41 ^ifetaJiia&asit imi a V fart II. THE GOVERNMENT OF THE CHURCH. ; = «' ra i >i I aiSlisAtiSSMibSli*:/ • '^rr 9^. A General Superintendent shall preside over all sessions of the General Conference, and over all the Stand- ing Committees of the same; but in case no General 4A IF 93 POWERS OF THE GENERAL CONFERENCE. ; I I Superintendent be present, the General Conference or the Committees of the General Conference, shall elect, by ballot, without debate, a President, pro tern. yy Powers of the General Conference. 03. The General Conference only shall have full power to make Rules and Regulations for our Church, under the following limitations and restrictions, viz. : 1. It shall not revoke, alter or change any Article of Religion, nor establish any new standards or rules of doc- trine contrary to our existing and established Standards of Doctrine. "* ' - .■-'- " » 2. It shall not destroy the plan of our Itinerant system. ^'i 3. It shall not do away with the privileges of our minis- ters or probationers for the ministry, of trial by a Com- mittee, and of an appeal; neither shall it do away with the privileges of our members of trial before the Society, or by a Committee, and of an appeal. ^ f^t-^^.'-'^v »«. 4. It shall not make any change in the General Rules of our Society, except by a three-fourths majority; and if required by either order of ministry or laity, a two-thirds majority of each order, voting separately. 6. No change shall be made in the Basis of Union, affecting constitutional questions, or the rights and privi- leges of ministry or laity, except by a three-fourths majority of- the General Conference ; and if required by either min- istry or laity, a two-thirds majority of each order, voting sepstrately. 1>4. The General Conference, by a vote of two-thirds of its members, shall have power to increase or diminish the 4« nu I pp ^B DUTIES OB" GENERAL SUPERINTENDENTS. IF 99 number, or alter the boundaries of the several Annual Conferences. 4i «ijj r 05. There shall be ten Annual Conferences in our work, viz : Toronto, London, Hamilton, Bay of Quinte, Montreal, Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island? Newfoundland, Manitoba and North- West, and British Columbia, and one Mission Conference, Japan. ''P V*H Duties of General Superintendents. 00. The General kiiipcrintendents shall hold office for eight years, and shall be eligible for re-election. OT. The General Superintendents shall be members and chairmen, ex officio, of all Standing Committeei? and Boards appointed by the General Conference, with the right to vote ; but the one presiding shall have a casting vote only. 08. They shall not be stationed, but shall travel at large throughout the Church, and shall have the general oversight of all Church interests and institutions, and do all in their power to forward them, and render such service as the General Conference may direct. They shall give special attention to such interests as are connexional in their character, leaving local or conferential matters to the Annual Conference authorities as far as possible. They shall not interfere with the functions of the ministers and other officers of the Church in their prescribed duties. 90. They shall decide any question of law arising in any of the Committees or Boards over which they preside ; but any member of such Committee or Board, or any minister or member whose interests are affected by such decision, shall have the right to appeal to the Court of Appeal. 47 H ^ * » ! 1 1 t; I': f (■ \ ' i i < i ! i i , i '' ^ 1 : 1: ' ) 1 1 1 m 1 ' ■ ' ; 1 ■ 1 \ \ 1 ■ j ' I ( i : ;i H 100 GENERAL CONFEKENCE SPECIAL COMMITrEE. 100. They shall be members of the Annual Conferences to which they belonged at the time of the-r election to office. li I f 101. They shall not take part in the proceedings of their Annual Conferences any further than their duties as General Superintendents may require. uHlmmSy/ftV 102. They shall be responsible to the General Confer- ence for all their official acts. ■■■.^- ..'^^ i4 - General Conference Special Committee, ' '*■ • ^^^ 103. The General Conference shall appoint a Special Committee of twelve ministers and twelve laymen, on the nomination of the General Superintendent, which shall, in association with the General Superintendent or Superin- tendents, from one General Conference to another, watch over and guard all the rights and privileges o£ our Church throughout the Connexion, promote as far as possible the recommendations of the General Conference, consider and decide upon any measure which may seem necessary for the general interests of the Church and could not have been foreseen at the meeting of the General Conference, and adopt such measures for their accomplishment as it may judge expedient. The said Committee shall report to the General Conference. 104. The General Conference Special Committee shall have power to call a special session of the General Confer ence at any time, which shall be composed of Uie members of the last regular General Conference, all vacancies h^^ying been filled as hereinafter provided. i[j^s\^ 4^ DUTIES OF BOARDS AND COMMITTEES. f 109 105* In the event of the death or disability of a Gen- eral Superintendent, the Secretary of the General Confer- ence, or five members of the Special Committee of the General Conference, shall call together that Committee, when it shall elect a successor, who shall fill the office until the next General Conference. Duties and Powers of Boards and Committees. 100. When any vacancy occurs during the quadrennium in any Board or Committee of the General Conference, by death, resignation or otherwise, the same shall be filled by the surviving members of such Board or Committee, unless some other provision has been made for filling such vacancy. lOT. Any Board or Committee having charge of any fund of the Church may borrow, upon the credit and security of such fund, such sum or sums of money as it may . find necessary for the purposes thereof, and may hypothe- cate, mortgage and pledge so much of the real or personal property held in trust for such fund as may be necessary to secure any sum or sums so borrowed. Any document or documents required therefor may be executed on behalf of the Church by such person or persons as the respective Boards or Committees may direct. 10$. The Boards and Committees of the General Con- ference shall report in detail, quadrennially, the salaries, house-rent and other allowances of the heads of depart- ments in connection with the Conference, and the source of payments. 109. All Standing Committees, and Boards shall present their reports to the General Confei^nce in duplicate. 4 49 i !{ I i', ^110 THE COURT OF APPEAL. General Conference Collection, '' **«^'* 110. An annual collection shall be made throughout the whole work for the General Conference Fund, and the Annual Conferences shall fix the time when such collection shall be taken up in the churches. A collection for this purpose shall also be taken up in the church in which the General Conference is held, during its sitting. The officers of the General Conference appointed for the purpose shall disburse only the amount on hand for General Conference expenses, leaving each delegate deficient in his expenses by an equally proportionate amount. ■i I: ^ :i •#-; Section II. The Court of Appeal, 111. The Court of Appeal shall consist of the General Superintendents and twelve other persons — six ministers and six laymen — to be elected by ballot by the General Conference from twelve ministers and twelve laymen, to be nominated by the General Superintendents. 1. The Court shall elect its own Secretary by ballot. 2. A majority of those present shall be necessary to render a decision, but such a majority shall not be less than five. 3. The Court shall hear and determine appeals : (a) From decisions of the presiding officers of the Annual Conferences on questions of law ; (6) From decisions of Presidents of Annual Conferences on questions of law ; 50 ^ THE COURT OP APPEAL. ^111, §4 roughout and the collection for this v^hich the le officers >ose shall )nference senses hy General linisters General men, to Hot. sary to be less of the srences (e) From deoisions of Annual Conferences when they have exceeded their jurisdiction ; (d) From decisions of Committees appointed to settle disputes as to boundaries of Annual Conferences, cases of invasion, and the like ; (e) From decisions of General Superintendents on ques- tions ' law in the Committees and Boards over which they . ie ; (/) From decisions of Committees and Boards of the General Conference when they have exceeded their juris- diction ; , When any of the above appeals is not from the decision of a General Superintendent, it may be heard and deter- mined by the General Superintendents, or one of them. If either party gives notice of dissent therefrom, the appeal shall be heard by the full Court; otherwise the decision shall be final. The General Superintendents, or Superintendent, instead of hearing the appeal, may remit it at once to the full Court. The decision of the latter shall, in all cases, be final. 4. In case of a dispute between two adjoining Cir- cuits of different Annual Conferences, or between two Conferences, as to boundaries, invasion, or the like, the General Superintendent shall endeavor to adjust the difficulty, and, if he cannot do so, he shall select a commit- tee of five ministers or official members, who shall hear and determine the matter as nearly as may be in the manner provided for trial. Either party may appeal from the decision of the Committee to the Court of Appeal, whose decision shall be final and binding upon all parties. 61 till, §8 THE COURT OF APPEAL. 11^ iM 5. No member of the Court of Apj eal who is personally interested in an appeal shall sit on the case. When objec- tion is made on this ground, by appellant or respondent, the remaining members of the Court shall* determine whether he is thus disqualified. 6. Any person or Church court appealing to the Court of Appeal shall have the right to appear before the Court in person, or by representative, to prosecute such appeal. The same right shall be accorded to the respondent, but in every case such representative shall be an accredited member of the Methodist Church. 7. In all cases of appeal, notice shall be given by the party app ling to a General Superintendent, who shall, after notice of appeal, assemble the Court as soon as possible. 8. In all cases of appeal against the action of an Annual Conference the appeal must be taken within sixty days after the closing of said Conference, and the decision be given before the opening of the next Annual Conference. 9. In all cases unprovided for, the Court shall have power iiO frame rules of order for itself. 10. The Court shaP keep a full and correct record of its proceedings; such re;ord shall include (a) the ruling qv decision appealed against ; {o) the grounds of the appeal ; (c) the grounds of resistance of the appeal ; (d) the decision of the Court ; (e) a summary of the reasons of the decision. The decisions shall be published in the Guardian and Weslei/an, ,„,^^ ; 52 THE COMMITTEE ON TRANSFERS, li 112, § 4 0& Section III. The Committee on Transfers. 1 1/8. The Transfer Committee shall be composed of the General Superintendents and the Presidents of the Annual Conferences, except Mission Conferences, and shall meet annually at the call of the General Superintendent. 1. The General Superintendents and Presidents of Conferences concerned shall have authority to initiate correspondence with ministers and circuits with a view of completing arrangements to secure necessary and desirable transfers. 2. All communications from Presidents of Annual Con ferences, in relation to tranfers from their Conferences, and from ministers who desire a transfer, shall be sent to each of the General Superintendents not later than the 10 th day of March in each year. 3. The General Superintendent shall notify the Pre i- dent of each Annual Conference concerned in the proposed transfer of all proposed or desired transfers to or from his Conference, not later than the 20th day of March in each year, and the President shall immediately notify any member of his Conference affected by such proposed or desired transfer. 4. A proposal to transfer a minister or probationer, who has not requested it, may be made by any nember of the Transfer Committee ; provided that, in every case, notice of such proposal to transfer be given to the person con- cerned on or before the 15th day of March in each year, 53 i \ I ml m '■ If 112, § 6 THE C0M?.I1TTEE ON TRANSFERS. and that no uiixiister be transferred without his own consent, except by a two-thirds vote of the members present. 5. Whenever a Circuit requests the appointment of a minister from another Conference, the Quarterly Official Board of such Circuit shall pay the moving expenses. Ministers transferred at their own request shall pay their own moving expenses, but in the case of the transfer of a minister, who has not requested to be transferred, his moving expenses shall be paid by the General Conference Fund. Those transferred at the request of the Missionary authorities shall receive their moving expenses from the Mission Fund. 6. The Transfer Committee shall have authority to fix the date at which the transfer shall take effect. 7. Each minister or probationer transferred shall be subject to the action of the Stationing Committee, and shall be under the special charge of the President of the Conference to which he is transferred, until he is stationed. 8. The ultimate claims of any minister or probationer upon the Connexional Funds shall not be prejudiced by his tr^insfer. 9. The Secretary of each Traitsfer Committee shall, immediately after the rising of the Committee, report to the President of each Annual Conferei^ce afiectod all transfers to and from his Conference, and the date at which such transfer shall take place. 10. The decisions of the Committee in all cases of trans- fer shall be final. 11. The General Superintendent, and the Presidents of *. f. THE COMMITTEE OH tRANSFfeRS. t Il2, § 1^ his own members nent of a y Official expenses, pay their Qsfer of a rred, his >nference issionary from the ty tofix shall be tee, and It of the »tioned. bationer d by his a shall, port to ted all late at ? trans- entsof .! '; the two Conferences concerned, shall have authority to transfer any probationer on the list of reserve to any Conference where a supply is required. 12. The General Superintendent and the Presidents concerned shall have authority to transfer, during the year, any minister from one Conference to another for the purpose of filling a vacancy, provided it be not cuii** with- out the consent of the minister concerned. 13. In case an emergency arises between the Annual Conferences, making it necessary to transfer a minister to supply the work on any missionary field of the North-West or the Pacific Coast, the General Superintendents, together with the Presidents of any of the Annual Conferenc in- terested, shall have authority to transfer such ministe*- provided they deem it desirable and such minister is will- ing to be transferred. 14. The Chairman of a District in which a transferred man has been stationed during the year previous to his transfer, shall report to the President of the Conference to which such minister has been transferred, whether or not in his case the usual disciplinary questions concerning character and standing have been satisfactorily answered ; nevertheless this shall not be necessary in cases where the transfer does not take effect until after the usual examina- tion of character in the Conference out of which the transfer is made. 15. At least four married men shall be transferred from the Newfoundland Conference to the other Conferences during the quadrennium, if such men so desire. The men transferred into the Newfoundland Conference shall have the right to return after ten years, if they so desire. 06 ^112, §16' THE ANNUAL CONFERENCE. 16. Not more than one of the ministers transferred from the Newfoundland Conference shall be transferred into any one Conference without the consent of the Presi- dent of such Conference. Section IV. u,mm ic ■ n THE ANNUAL CONFERENCE. Ministerial Session of the Annual Conference. 113. The ministerial members of each Annual Confer- ence shall hold a special session (to be called the Ministerial Session) for the business to be transacted by ministers alone, in advance of the meeting of the Annual Conference for general business. Such special session shall be pre- sided over by a General Superintendent or the President, and shall be held at least one day prior to the meeting of the Annual Conference, as may be determined by the pre- vious Annual Conference, or at the call of the President. 114- Should it be found necessary, a special Ministerial Session may be held at any time during the sessions of the Annual Conference. 115- The Ministers of the Annual Conference, in Ministerial Session, shall examine the character and quali- fications of all ministers and probationers for the ministry belonging to the Conference, in accordance with the Disci- pline, and their decisions shall be final, except in cases of appeal on questions of law. They shall have authority to elect into full Connexion and ordain any probationer within 56 .<« fe , U *u< ( .- MINISTERIAL SESSION. T tll9 insferred msferred le Presi- e. Coafer- listeria! inisters ference >e pre- sident, ting of le pre- ident. sterial of the ?e, in quali tiistry Disci- les of itj to ithin ' 5 its bounds who has completed his probation and fulfilled all disciplinary requirements ; also, to elect to ordination and ordain probationers who have not yet completed these requirements, when the necessities of the work require it. 11^ Notwithstanding irregularities or defects in the action of any fonner Annual Conference respecting the standing of probationers, it shall be competent for any Annual Conference in ministerial session to review and correct the standing of all probationers, especially as to their studies, during the entire term of their probation, and on the proposal to ordain and receive them into full Connexion ; and the President may call the attention of Conference to any case in hand and administer therein. 117. When a minister is so unacceptable, inefficient or secular as to be no longer, useful in his work, the minis-# terial session may request him to ask a location, and if he refuses to comply, he shall be borne with until the next annual session, at which time, if he persist in his refusal, he may, without a formal trial, be located by a two-thirds vote of the ministers present and voting. Ministers who are located by the action of an Annual Conference shall not exercise the functions of the ministry of our Church. 1 18. A pastoral address to the churches shall be pre- pared and issued by the Ministerial Session of Conference. 119. A record of the proceedings of the Ministerial Sessions shall be kept by the Secretary, who shall report the same to the Annual Conference, for information and insertion in the Journal of Conference and not for dis- cussion. • .nr 67 a vii t . H! 1120 THE ANNUAL CX)NFERENCE. 1!20. Business of the Ministerial Session. The following order shall be observed : The Presiding Officer shall open the session with the usual devotional services, and shall then cause the roll of the ministerial members of the Conference to be called. 1. What ministers or probationers have been transferred to or from this Conference? ^^"^ 2. Who are appointed as a Committee on Conference Relations t 3. What superannuated or supernumerary ministers are recommended to be restored to the active work ? 4. Who are recommended to a superannuated relation 1 5. Who are recommended to be superannuated for one year 1 6. Who are recommended to a supernumerary relation 1 7. Are there any objections or charges preferred against any of our ministers or probationers 1 To this inquiry, each District Secretary shall answer for his District, after which time shall be given to each Chairman to report any charges preferred between District Meeting and Conference, and to report the progress made in the investigation of such charges. 8. Who have resigned from the ministry of our Church, and are entitled to credentials of standing ? No creden- tials shall be given until all claims in favor of the Educa- tional and other Connexional Funds are settled. 9. Who are dropped in silence for irregular withdrawal from our work ? 10. Who are suspended from the ministry I "^^^ 11. Who are deposed from the ministry? 58 MINISTERIAL SESSION. IT 120. §21 rt. t with the the roll of called, ransferred Conference listers are relation i d for one relation ? ^ against 12. Who are deposed from the ministry and expelled from the Church % 13. What probationers for the ministry are now receired into full connexion with the Conference and ordained ? 14. What probationers for the ministry remain on trial? (a) Who are probationers of four years and are con- tinued at College % {b) Who are probationers of three years % (c) Who are probationers of two years ? (d) Who are probationers of one year ? (c) Who are probationers on the list of reserve 1 (f) Who are recommended to be sent to College ? The npmes of these shall be referred tc the Educational Committee for consideration. 15. What candidates for the ministry ars now received on trial ? 16. What is the report of the Committee on Conference Relations % 17. What is the report of the Committee on the Pastoral Address? 18. Who are the Committee on the Pastoral Address for next year % 19. Who are the superannuated ministers ? 20. Who are the supernumerary ministers t 21. Who are now located % hdrawal 09 11121 THE ANNUAL CONFERENCE. ^- Section V. :';^v The Annual Conference. 1^1. Each Annual Conference shall be composed of all ministers within its jurisdiction who have been received into full Connexion, and an equal number of laymen who have been elected as elsewhere provided. 1/S^. Each Annual Conference shall assemble not earlier than the first Wednesday in May, nor later than the last Wednesday in June of each year, and shall, within this limitation, determine the time and place of its meeting from year to year. 1^3. Each Annual Conference shall elect by ballot, with- out debate, from among its ministerial members a President. It shall also elect by ballot, without debate, a Secretary, who shall keep a correct record of the proceedings of the Conference, which shall be signed by the President and Secretary, and preserved among the documents of the Con. ference. The Secretary of Conference shall publish the statistical returns as reported from the Districts, to Con- ference, and immediately after Conference shall report the same to the General Conference Statistician. servi If- Duties of Presiding Officers. 134. 1. The General Superintendent, when present, shall open the Annual Conference, and preside during the first day of its sessions, and afterward alternately with the President elected by the Conference. In the absence of a General Superintendent, the President shall take the 60 I I mp ,' i i'!Sfct.r.-i>4fc I .>*'t •.'SXt*»«*i DUTIES OF PRESIDING OFFICERS. IT 124, §6 chair and open the Conference. In association with the President, the (General Superintendent shall conduct the ordination service, and they shall jointly sign the ordina- tion parchments. But all other duties pertaining to the presidency of the Annual Conference shall be vested in the President elected by that body, and, in the absence of the General Superintendent, he shall conduct the ordination service. 2. Any questions of law arising in the Annual Conference during its sessions shall be determined by the General Superintendent or President presiding, but any member of the Conference may appeal from such decision to the Court of Appeal. 3. The President of an Annual Conference shall also have authority to decide questions of law arising in the Conference Committees over which he presides, but any member of such Committee shall have right to appeal to the Court of Appeal. He shall also, within sixty days from the date of the appeal, hear and determine appeals from the decisions of Chairmen of Districts within the Conference on questions of law, notice of such appeal to be given within two weeks after notice of the decision appealed against. 4. Where the President of the Conference is interested in the appeal, either personally or because of having been concerned in any way in the trial appealed from, the appeal may be taken directly to a General Superintendent or to the Court; of Appeal. 5. All such decisions and rulings shall be given in writing, and recorded in the Journal of the Annual Confereneek Y 124, § 6 STATIONING OF MINISTERS. €. On questions of the administration of Discipline, appeab on questions of law, and respecting all other unfin- ished official business, it shall be the duty of the President of the Annual Conference to administer upon such of the above-named questions as may have been left unsettled by his predecessor in office ; and in generi^i the principle of the continuity of the presidential office, from year to year, is hereby affirmed. 1JIS5* In the event of the death or disability of the President of an Annual Conference, the last ex-President who is at the time a member of the Conference shall immediately enter upon the duties of the presidency, and discharge them during the continuance of such disability, or to the end of the year; but in case there be no ex- President of such Annual Conference, then the Secretary of such Conference shall call together the Special Com- mittee, who shall elect by ballot a President^ who shall continue in office till the ensuing Conference, or during such disability. Stationing of Ministers. 1^6> Each Annual Conference shall have a Stationing Committee, composed of the President of the Conference (who shall preside in the Committee), the Chairmen of Districts, and one minister elected by oach District Meeting, Such election shall be by the joint votes of ministers, pro- bationers and laymen, and shall always be by ballot. 1^7. B!ach Annual Conference shall station all the ministers and probationers for the ministry within its bounds according to the rules of the Discipline on the Stationing Committee, and it shall have authority to require e2 that! shalll 1! ex stati^ ti secoi shalll static byb fort u is de aFu if it -j Discipline, 'her unfin- President Lch of the settled by inciple of p to year, by of the President noe shall Bncy, and ^ Usability, \ )e no ex- 3ecretary |al Com- ho shall during ationing oference pmen of ifeeting. Jrs, pro- 1 •*• 1 all the f hin its on th« require DELEGATES TO GENERAL CONFERENCE. IT 132 that all appointments made by the Stationing Committee shall be in accordance with the provisions of the Discipline. i^. The President of the Annual Conference shall be ex officio Chairman of the District in which he may be stationed during the year of his presidency. V/S9' When the stations have been confirmed by the second reading of them to the Conference, the Secretary shall read over successively the names of the ministers stationed in each District, and the Conference shall elect by ballot one of its members so stationed to be Chairman for the ensuing year. 130. Immediately after the election of the Chairman is declared by the President, the Chairman shall nominate a Financial Secretary for his District, and the Conference, if it approves, shall appoint the same. Election of Delegates to General Conference, 131' Each Annual Conference, at the session next pre- ceding each quadrennial meeting of the General Conference, shall divide into Ministerial and Lay Electoral Conferences, for the purpose of electing delegates ; each body electing its own representatives. They shall be elected by ballot from T/ithin the jurisdiction of the Annual Conference electing them. 13^ The ministerial delegates shall consist of one mem- ber for every twelve ministerial members of each Annual Conf erenbe ; provided, nevertheless, that a fraction of one- half shall entitle a Conference to :\n additional repreoenta- tive.^'Xs-'> . . ■ '...a «8 ». iri33 DELEGATES TO GENERAL CONFERENCE. 133* Each delegate to the General Conference mast' receive a majority of the votes of the members of the Electoral Conference who may be present and vote, in order to an election. 134. No layman shall be chosen a delegate to the (General Conference who is under twenty-five years of age, or who has not been a member of the Church continuously during the five years next preceding his election, im/^; 135. Each Electoral Conference, after the election of the number of delegates to which it is entitled, shall fur- ther proceed to elect a reserve delegate, and in addition, one reserve delegate for every ten members, or fraction thereof of one-half, it is entitled to send. liO. The Secretary of each Electoral Conference shall report to the Annual Conference the names of the delegates elected to the General Conference, in the order of their election ; and the President and Secretary shall report, as soon as practicable, their names and addresses to the Secretary of the General Conference. r 13T* When vacancies occur in the delegation before the meeting of the General Conference, by reason of death, resignation, or other cause, the reserves of the respective Annual Conference shall have precedence in the order of their election, and be notified thereof by the President of their Annual Conference. When a principal delegate's place has been declared vacant and filled by a reserve, such principal delegate shall not afterwards be permitted to take his place, either during the regular, or an adjourned, or special session of the General Conference. 138> At the first, second and third Annual Conferences 0A su| «^ cai pa| b?| vaj th CONFERENCE SPECIAL COMMITTEE. IT 140 succeeding a General Conference, all vacancies in the dele- gation, by reason of death, resignation, transfer, or other cause, shall be fillod according to the rules in the preceding paragraphs, further ministerial and lay reserve delegates lx<»ing elected to succeed those who have been taken to fill vacancies, or who have been advanced to a higher place on the list. Conference Missionary Committee* 139. Each An; lual Conference shall appoint a Confer- ence Missionary Committee, which shall consist of the President of the Conference, the Chairmen of Districts, and one layman elected by ballot by the laymen of each Annual District Meeting. It shall receive the missionary grant made to the Conference from the General Board, and distribute the same to the fields under its care^ subject to the Constitution of the Missionary Society. It shall complete its work within the year, and its action shall be final. Conference Special Committee, 140. Each Annual Conference shall appoint a Special Committee, consisting of the President and Secretary of Conference, the Chairmen of Districts, and five other members of the Conference to be nominated by the Presi- dent, who shall have power to consider and decide upon all matters affecting the Conference, which could not have been provided for at the time of the sitting of the Confer- ence. The Special Committee shall report its proceedings to the next ensuing Annual Conference, 6 W '**•'' IT 141 BUSINESS OF THE ANNUAL CONFERENCE. F ■' :l £4' -i ii ■if 'l\ Miscellaneous. -^astxr " 141' The lay members of each AnTiual Conference may hold a special session during the sessions of the Confex'ence, and their proceedings may be reported to the Conference for information. 149. Each Annual Conference shall have the power to determine the date of the closing of the financial year within its own limits. All accounts and returns for the Conference year shall be closed at the Annual District Meeting. Business of the Anmial Conference. 143. The business of the ordinary session of the Annual Conference shall proceed in the following order : '" *^ ' 1. The Presiding ofiacer shall open the Conference with the usual devotional services, and sh&U then call for the names of the laymen reported as elected by tKe District Meetings ; after which the roll of the members shall be called. 2. The Conference shall then elect by ballot its Presi- dent, and then its Secretary, and also appoint a St itistical Secretary, who shall be Chairman of the Statistical . Com- mittee, after which it sliail fill any vacancies in the office of Chairmen of Districts. 3. What is the report of the Special Ministerial Session of the Conference ? 4. What is the report of the Conference Special Cr.m- mitt<)e1 5. What decisions has the President rendered on ques- tions of law during the year ? 63 BUSINESS OF THE ANNUAL CONFERENCE, f 143, §16 ice may fei-ence, iference ower to al year for the District f ■ ■4' Annual ce with for the District hall be I Presi- tistical 1 . Com- B office Session I Cr.m- l qU98- 6. Who compose the several Conference Committees : The Stationing Committee ? Sabbath Schools ? Epworth League 1 Contingent Fund ? Educational 1 Missionary ? Sustentation ? Memorials and Miscellaneous Resolutions ? Statistical Returns t Temperance ? State of the Work ] Church Property 1 7. What ministers oc probationers for the ministry have died during the year ? 8. What probationers for the ministry are appointed to attend Victoria University, the University of Mount Allison College, the Wesleyan Theological College, Wesley College, Winnipeg, or the Columbian College, British Columbia ? 9. Who compose the Board of examiners for this year ^ 10. What minister is appointed by the ministerial mem- bers of this Conference to the General Board of Missions 1 11. What layman has been elected to the General Board of Missions by the lay members of the Conference 1 12. Who are the Conference Treasurers for the Con- nexional Funds : General Conference ? Contingent 1 Union Church Relief? Superannuation? Supernumerary? Sus- tentation? Educational? Missionary? Sunday School Aid? 13. Who are elected to fill vacancies in the General Conference delegations ? 14. What new Districts, Circuits and Missions have been formed ? 15. What changes in relation to church property are now recommended ? 16. ^'/hat is the number of church members, churches, 67 7 iri43, §17 BUSINESS OF THE ANNUAL CONFERENCE. and other places of worship, and attendance on worship on each Circuit and Mission 7 What is the number of deaths of members, baptisms administered, and of marriages solemnized by each minister 1 17. What is the number of ministers, probationers for the ministry, and laymen in the Quarterly Official Boards 1 Of Sabbath Schools ? And (at the Conference preceding the General Conference) what Connexional property is returned • These questions shall be answered in accord- ance with the authorized Conference Schedules. 18. What has been collected on each District for the various Connexional Funds? Have these amounts been remitted at the proper time to the several Treasurers, and paid over to the several claimants ? 19. What are the reports of the several Committees? 20. Have the District Sabbath School and Epwortli League Conventions been held 1 21. What further measures can be adopted for the pro- motion of the work of God within or beyond the bounds of the Conference, and what are the recommendations of the District Meetings on this important subject ? 22. Where are the ministers and probationers for the ministry stationed for the ensuing year ? 23. Who are the Chairmen of Districts and the Financial Secretaries for the ensuing year 1 24. Who compose the Conference Special Oommittee ? 68 SNCE. >r8hip on >f deaths larriages )ner8 for Boards ? receding perty is accord- for the its been ers, and bees? Upworth ihe pro- »unds of of the for the nancial ;tee? THE STATIONING COMMIITEE. 1 144, § 5 Section VI. The Stationing Committee. 144 1. The Stationing Committee shall meet, at the call of the President, at the place appointed for holding the Annual Conference, previous to the commencement of its sessions. 2. The Stationing Committee shall meet as often as may be necessary, during the sessions of the Conference, for the revision of the stations, and any minister shall have the right to appear before the Committee to represent his case in regard to his appointment. _ 3. Any Quarterly Board interested may also appear by \ not more than two representatives properly authorized in writing, appointed from among its members at a regular meeting of the Board, or at a meeting of the members of the Board called for this purpose only, by the Superintend- ent, or two other members of the Board, a majority being present, all having been notified. 4. The first draft of stations, in printed form, shall be placed on the table of the Conference at the close of the first session, and copies shall be supplied to the members ; the second and final draft at any time before the close of the Conference, as the Conference may order. At least one of the Christian names of each minister and proba- tioner shall be published instead of the initials only. 5. The Stationing Committee shall not allow any minister or probationer for the ministry to remain more than three years Bucceisiyely on the same Circuit, except the General 1 144, § 6 THE STATIONING COMMirrEE. I • :. i^ f ff. I. • ' i iji 1ri44, §16 THE STATIONING COMMITTEE. 16. New missions shall be created only by a two-thirds vote of the Annual Conference, but only under the follow- ing restriofcions : No new Home Mission shall be formed by dividing an existing mission, unless by such division — (a) Part of the original mission becomes independent^ or (6) the missionaries are enabled to take up new and really destitute territory. 16. No circuit which has been self-supporting for a mar- ried man shall be placed upon the list of missions without the recommendation of the May District Meeting given by a three-fourths vote, and consented to by a three-fourths vote of the ensuing Annual Conference. 17. No new Home Mission shall be formed by dividing or detaching appointments from one or more self-support- ing circuits or stations unless by a three-fourths vote of the District Meeting and Annual Conference. 18. When any new Home Missions are formed, a state- ment signed by the President and Secretary of the Confer- ence, giving a list of such Missions, and certifying that they have been formed in accordance with the foregoing regulations, shall be sent to the General Secretary of the Missionary Society within one month after the rising of Conference. ■ft *^- \ % U i 72 I BOARD OF EXAMINERS. 0-thirds i follow- formed i^ision — dent^ or d really a mar- snthout iven by fourths ividing upport- 5 of the t state- confer- g that egoing of the ing of ac i Section VII. IT 145, §4 'tflf?(> The Board of Exa/miners. 145. 1. Each Annual Conference shall appoint a Boarcl of Examiners, who shall meet the candidates and proba- tioners for the ministry belonging to such Conference at one or more central places, and examine them upon the prescribed course of study, by printed or written questions, supplemented by oral examinations when necessary, and issue certificates to the successful candidates and proba- tioners on forms prepared by order of the General Con- ference, who shall present them to the Annual District Meeting, and shall be prepared to submit them at any time to Conference or College authorities when required so to do. 2. Each Examining Board shall have authority to accept Provincial Teachers' Certificates of the first or second class, Matriculation Certificates, and Undergraduates' Certificates, for such subjects of the course of study as are covered by these certificates. 3. Only British and Canadian Academical titles shall be recognized in the records of the Church, and foreign degrees which, in the opinion of any of our colleges, entitle the holder to admission ad eundem gradum. Such reso- lution shall not be retroactive. The Secretary of each Conference Examining Board shall report to the Secretary of the Annual Conference the titles thus authenticated. 4. Superintendents of Circuits shall report to the Secre- tary of the Board of Examiners, immediately after the third Quarterly Meeting, the names and addresses of all 78 11145, §5 BOARD OF EXAMINERS. 1} i I; f "t ; ^ '■ 1 : ■ 1. candidates coining up for examination in the preliminary course. 5. Candidates for the ministry shall be required to present a certificate or other evidence of matriculation (with the Greek option) into a Canadian or other British University, or an equivalent certificate from one of our own colleges ; provided that a matriculant who has not taken Greek at matriculation must pass on that subject in his Conference preliminary examination ; provided, moreover, when the necessities of the work demand, an Annual Conference may, by a two-thirds vote, on recommendation of the Examining Board and District Meeting, admit a candidate on his passing the Preliminary Examination provided for non-matriculants. 6. It shall be the duty of the Secretary of each Confer- ence or College Examining Board to give a record of standing in each subject to each candidate or probationer, showing how far he has advanced in his course ; and for this purpose every probationer shall forward his certifi- cate to the Secretary for entry of additional subjects to his credit in time to submit it to the Annual District Meeting. 7. The standard qualification for young men recom- mended to be received into our Conferences as probationers shall not be lower than fifty per cent, in the aggregate of the marks on the preliminary course for non-matriculants and thirty-three and one-third per cent, in each subject ; the same in theological subjects for matriculbnts in Arts ; also a standing of fifty per cent, shall be required in order to pass in each subject of the subsequent course for pro- bationers on Circuit. 74 2. EVANGELISTS. 1146, §7 iminary ired to mlation British >ur own b taken b in his )reover, A.nnual idation •dmit a mation ponfer- jord of itioner, nd for certifi- I to his eeting. recom- bioners ^ate of ulants bject j Arts; order r pro- ( •«« f-WM'K Srction VIII. Evangelists. 140. !• Each Annual Conference shall have power to make rules and regulations by which to select and authorize Evangelists, and direct evangelistic work within its bounds. 2. No Evangelist shall be employed whose teaching is not in harmony with our Doctrinal Standards, or whose work tends to lessen attachment to our Church. 3. No Annual Conference shall appoint a minister or probationer as an Evangelist without clear evidence that he is called of God to that work. 4. No minister or probationer shall enter upon the field at large as an Evangelist without the consent of his Conference. 5. Superintendents of Circuits employing Evangelists, other than recognized ministers of the Methodist Church, shall engage only those that are amenable to the Church in respect to the doctrines they teach, and labor under the supervision of the pastor, and with the consent of the Quarterly Board where they are employed. 6. Evangelists other than recognized ministers and local preachers of pur Church, who may be employed by the Superintendent of a Circuit, shall, under the provision of the Chairman of the District, and previously to com- mencing their work, undergo an examination similar to that provided in the Discipline for local preachers. 7. No Superintendent of a Circuit shall be permitted to employ any unauthorized Evangelist without first obtaining the consent of the Chairman of the District. 15 ir 146, §B DEACONESSES. 8. When any minister is employed as an Evangelist, arrangements shall be made by which he shall receive a regular salary from contributions paid into a fund for that purpose. Section IX. Deaconesses. 147. 1* Each Annual Conference may, if deemed desir- able, make provision for such a systematic organization of consecrated Christian women as will give them an official relation to the Church, similar to the order of Deaconesses in Primitive Christianity. Such women, being duly quali- fied, shall be employed as aids to the pastor. No vow of life-long service shall be exacted from them. 2. Deaconesses shall wear the distinctive dress registered by authority of the General Conference in the office of the Department of Agriculture at Ottawa. 3. Deaconesses' homes should be established where de- sirable and practicable, in the cities and large towns of our Conferences. 4. Certificates may be issued to duly qualified persons, authorizing them to perform the duty of Deaconesses in connection with the Church ; provided that no person shall receive such certificate until she has served a continuous 'probation of two years, completed the prescribed course of study, and shall be over twenty-two years of age. j;'!"* Hin r.>r 78 SPECIAL MINISTERIAL SESSION. % 152, § 1 CHAPTER II. ' DISTRICT MEETINGS. Section I. Special Ministerial Session. 148> The territory occupied by each Annual Conference is divided into Districts. 149. A Special Ministerial Session, composed of all ministers within the jurisdiction of the District, for the business to be transacted by the ministers alone, shall bo held in advance of the Meeting of the District for general business, at such time a>s the Chairman of the District shall determine. , 150. The ministers of the District, in special session, shall examine the character and qualifications of all ministers and probationers for the ministry belonging to the District, in accordance with the Discipline. 151> A record of the proceedings of the Ministerial Session shall be kept by a secretary appointed for that pur- pose, who shall report the same to the District Meeting for information and insertion in the District Minutes, and to be forwarded to the Annual Conference. Business of the Session, 15!S. The business of the Ministerial Session shall pro- ceed in the following order : 1. The presiding officer shall open the session with the usual devotional services. 77 iri62, §2 ANNUAL DISTRICr MEETING. iir . i ,) 8^ I 'I l-i ii :.* 2. A secretary of the Ministerial Session shall be elected, and the roll of the ministerial members of the District shall be called. 3. The chairman shaK then inquire, Are the ministers and probationers blameix^ss in life, conversation and doctrine ? He shall also ask distinctly and successively concernin*; each minister and probaticriei- : (1) Is there any objection to his moral and religiouK character? (2) Does he believe and preach all our doctrines ? (3) Has he duly observed and enforced our Discipline ? (4) Has he been punctual in attending all his appoint ments? (5) Has he competent abilities for our itinerant work ? A separate answer to each of these questions is expected to appear in the District Minutes. 4. Who have been on probation for the ministry five years, and are now recommended to be received into full connexion and ordained ? 5. What graduates have been on probation for four years, and are now recommended to be received into full Con- nexion and ordained 1 6. Who are recommended to be continued on probation ? (a) Who are probationers of four years attending College 1 (b) Who are probationers of three years ? (c) Who are probationers of two years 1 (d) Who are probationers of one year ? 7. What probationers are on the list of reserve ? 8. What candidates are recommended to be received on 78 SPECIAL MINISTERIAL SE^MION. IT 163, §3 probation for the ministry? (Their full Christian names shall be recorded in the District and Conference Journals and published in the Minutes.) 9. What ministers or probationers for the ministry have died 1 10. Who are recommended as Superannuated ministers? 11. Who are recommended as Supernumerary ministers? 1 2. Who have resigned from the ministry of our Church, and are recommended to receive credentials of standing? 13. Who have withdrawn irregularly from our work ; and what is the recommendation of the District in the case? 14. Who have been suspended during the year; and what is the recommendation of the District Meeting in the case? .^.ai.i^ 15. What Superannuated or Supernumerary ministers are recommended to be restored to the active work ? 153. Can any measures be adopted for increasing the efficiency of our ministerial labors and the promotion of the work of God ? 1. Are all the means possible used to visit all the towns and settlements within the boundaries of each Circuit or Mission? 2. Are there earnest attempts made, in every place where there are services, to form classes ? 3. Is sUfficieut time allotted in the arrangement for the quarterly visitation of the classes, and the renewal of tickets for the Superintendent, or his assistant, to acquaint himself with the state of each member and to give suit- able advice to each ? Have you regularly met the classes, quarterly, and renewed the tickets, according to Discipline ? 79 IT 163, § 4 PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY. ]^ IP 4. Have the General Rules been read during ihe year, and have they been given to the members on trial, accord- ing to the Discipline ? ^'n*«j 5. Do the brethren pay sufficient attention to pastoral visitation, and to catechizing the children of our members and friends ? 154. These important inquiries shall be followed by a solemn review of the state of the work of G«d. And any suggestions for the religious improvement of our children and the members of our Church, and especially for tho greater efficiency of our minist.r^nal labors, are to be entered on the Minutes of the District Meeting, and, when thought necessary, recommended to the consideration of the Annual Conference. t^i> All the foregoing questions and directions shall be considcired as bel* nging to the examination of character and ministerial p^ifairs, and as pertaining to tho^ ministerial session of the District Meeting. ./, ^ Section II. Probationers for the Ministry, 15^ Regulatimis as to Probationers for the Ministry. 1. Svery probationer for the ministry shall pursue the course of study prescribed by the General Conference; and before he shall be received into full connexion he shall submit to the Annual District Meeting, from year to year, his certiEcate of standing in his course of study. 80 a; he year, , accord- pastoral Dembers red by a Ind any children for tho entered thought Annual shall be laracter listerial aue the io; and e shall oyear, PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY. 1 167(d) 2. The ChairmaL. shall aisp examine every probationer for the ministry respecting hi^ adquaintance with the books recommended to him, and the general course of ren^^hng which he has pursued during the preceding year. For this purpose every such probationer is required to deliver to the Chairman of his District a list of tho books which he has read since the preceding Annual District Meeting, apart from text books required in his course of stud/. This list shall be laid before the meeting, that the senior ministers may have an opportunity of giving to the probationers such akdvice and directions respecting their studies as may appear necessary. I5T. District Meeting Examination. ^ 1. In addition to the preceding course of inquiry, the following questions are to be put every year by the Chair- man to every probationer for the ministry on tho District, but they need not be inserted in the District Minutes. It is enough to say that the usual questions were put to the probationers and satisfactorily answered ; or, if otherwise, to state the case. i.^^iiy^; ... (a) Have you now faith in Christ, and are you going on to perfection? (6) Have you attended regularly to private prayer, and to the devotional reading of the Scriptures, and books of a spiritual and experimental kind, in order to keep up devout and lively religious feelings in your own heart ? (c) Have you carefully visited the sick under your charge, and oilers to whom you could obtain access ? (it) Have you visited the people at their houses, inquiring « 81 u i in : ' IT 157(g) PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY*. into their religious state, praying with them, Ana Adminis- tering wholesome counsel; and have you catechized the children of the schools; and those of your friends and hearers, as you have had opportunity ? (e) Have you had fruit of your ministry during the year, and are you endeavoring so to state the leading truths of Christian doctrine and experience in your discourses, and so to apply them with affection, earnestness, and prayer, as to do all in your power to secure success in your work ? (/) Do you take snuff, tobacco or intoxicating drinks ? A distinct answer in the negative shall be required in every case, as a condition of continuing on probation from year to year. ^ . • (g) Answer the following questions in such terms as you would use in stating the doctrines they contain to an in- quirer under religious impressions, or in your sermons : What is Evangelical Repentance ? What is Justification 1 What is Justifying Faith ? What is the direct Witness of the Spirit ? What is the indirect Witness of the Spirit ? What is Christian Perfection ? What is the diflference be- tween Justification and Santification ? What is the differ- ence between Justification and Regeneration? What is the difference between Sanctification and Entire Sanctifi- cation? Let these points be proved in order by appropriate pas- sages of Holy Writ. 2. IThe brethren will sef the propriety of conducting this part of the proceedings with peculiar deliberation and solemnity, as in the immediate presence of God ; and they may enlarge on doctrinal questions as they may deem it 82 mmBmmam PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY. 1 169, § 1 necessary, so as to lead the probatioDers to a right under- standing and an appropriate expression of our leading doctrinal peculiarities as a Church. 158> Length of ProbcUion. The time for probationers for our ministry to remain on trial shall not be less than as follows : (a.) Undergraduates taking a full University Course in Arts and Theology and obtaining the degree of B.D. before reception into full Connexion — four years, two at college and two on a circuit. (6.) Undergraduates in Arts taking the B. A. degree prior to reception into full Connexion — four years, two at col- lege, one of which shall be occupied exclusively in theo- logical studies, and two on a circuit. In the case of these two classes of Probationers, attend- ance at college may precede the work on a circuit, and one year may be allowed for such attendance before being received on trial, but this shall be at the option of the Annual Conference, and shall not in any case diminish the time required to be spent on a circuit. (c.) All others five years, three on a circuit and two at college ; att-endance at college to follow the probation on a circuit, except when specially otherwise determined by the Annual Conference. This shall not interfere with the provisions and constitu- tions of the Superannuated and Supernumerary Ministers' Funds, which allow but for four years on probation. 15>0> Attendance at College. 1. All probationers for our ministry shall attend at one of our Theological Colleges for a period of. ipiot l^s ,33 " ■'"'■'':" ' ^'^ Ui 1 169, § 2 PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY. thaL two years. It is recommended that, whenevei possi- ble, the time be extended to three years. ,nsmy 2. The Faculties in Theology in the different colleges are authorized to require students to take the equivalent of the full Conference course prescribed for each year. 3. No probc^tioner appointed to a college shall be re- moved therefrom, except by authority of the President of his Conference, with the consent of the Chairman of his District and the President of his College or Dean of Theo- logy. 4. Probationers appointed to attend our Theological Colleges, shall pursue the course of study prescsribed, except students in Medicine studying with a view to mission work, and Undergraduates in Arts, who, in addition to these courses, shall take such theological studies as may be deemed advisable by the Faculty of the University or College to which they are appointed. 100. College District Meeting. 1. The examinations prescribed for probationers in Annual District Meetings shall be conducted annually at each CV)Uege District Meeting, and a report of the same forwarded to each District Meeting, respecting the stud- ents belbligihg to that District. All probationers at col- lege are expected to attend the College District Meeting. 2. The examination of probationers for our ministry in our Theological Colleges or Universities, in regard to their studies^ shall bo by Examiners appointed by the authorities of such Institutions ; and in regard to their moral char- acter and. qualification for the ministry, by the College District Meeting, composed of the ministerial members of «4 PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY. II 161, § 6 1 the Faculty in each case, and the ninisters of our Church residing in the place where the Institution is located, the Chairman of the District presiding, or, in his absence, the Dean of the Theological Faculty. 101. Standing in the Course of Study. 1 All probationers and candidates shall present to the District Meeting their certificates of standing in their course of study. The secretary shall announce and record how far the required course is completed for transmission of the* information to the Annual Conference, and shall at once return the certificates to the probationers and candi- dates. ■^r> 2. The Secretary of the Board of Examiners for Theo- logical Faculties, when reporting the j-esult of examinations shall specify the parti'^ular author studied, a»d if not the same as in the regular course for probationers on Circuits, shall designate for which author in that course such work is designed to be an equivalent. 3. In the case of probationers, the Secretary of the Faculty shall send a certificate of standing of each student at college to the Secretary of the Examining Board of the Conference concerned. 4. A certificate of a student's having passed in any sub- ject in one of our Colleges shall be taken in lieu of an ex- amination in such subject. \ 5. Candidates and probationers for our French, Indian and Foreign Work shall pursue the respective courses of study prescribed. 'J 6. Graduates in Divinity shall be exempted from the ordinary course of study. In the cise of probationers who, 10 f 162 PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY. i<>^ if A' ' : by permission of the Conferences to which they belong, are pursuing the B.D. course in any of our Theological Col- leges, the annual examination in such course of study shall be accepted instead of the annual examination in the regular course for any year. But prior to being recom- mended to be received into full Connexion and ordained, they shall be examined on Wesley's Sermons, the History of Methodism, Fletcher's Check V. (on Christian Perfec- tion), Steele's Antinomianism, and the Discipline of the Methodist Church. This examination shall also be re- quired of all probationers passing through our Theological Colleges, who have not been examined on these subjects in theii eovxse of study. 10!$. Attendance at District Meeting. 1. Probationers attending college are not required to be present at the District Meeting to which they belong, ixcept when eligible for recommendation for reception into full Connexion and ordination, but their names shall be called, and the reports from their College District Meeting shall be read, and their cases recommended to the Confer- ence as the District Meeting shall determine. 2. Every probationer who has been recommended by the Annual District Meeting for reception into full Connexion shall attend the Conference of that year, except those laboring in distant Missions. 3. Probationers for the ministry appointed to attend College shall be responsible to such District Meeting as the Conference may determine, and shall be recommended by said District Meeting, from year to year, for continuance on trial, or for reception into full Connexion and ordina- >ng, are al Col- ly shall in the recom- dained, listory Perfec- of the be re- logical ectsin I to be yelong, •n into all be peting onfer- •y the exion those ;tend s the i by Euice iina PROBATIONERS FOR THE MINISTRY. 1163, §6 t ion ; nevertheless, any such probationer who has been removed from College, by the proper authorities, to a Circuit or Mission, shall be a member of the District to which such Circuit or Mission belongs, and by its District Meeting shall his relation be considered and presented to Conference. 103. Sundry Regulations. 1. A probationer who marries without the consent of the Annual Conference shall be dropped in silence. ^ ..^ ^ 2. When a probationer's name is not inserted in the Minutes, he must receive a written license from the Presi- sident or Chairman of the District on which he resides. ;' 3. If a probationer desist from want of health, or be proved guilty of immorality, it shall be stated in the Minutes. In all other caiies his namQ sMl i^ dropped in silence. ' 4. Any minister who has received aid from the Educa- tional Society, and retires from our ministry, shall |*efund such amount to the Bociet)' li»fure receiving a certificate of his standing. 5. When a probationer for the ministry on the List of Re8e^ve8 has lUJt been called out into the work in the course of the year, the Chairman of the District shall make inquiry of the Superintendent of the Circuit where he resides whether he be still deemed a proper person to be employed in our regular ministry, and the re; ult s'lall be reported to the Annual District Meeting. 6. Observe: taking on trial is entirely diflPerent from admitting a probationer into full Connexion. One on taial may be either admitted or rejected without doing him any m ll|l:t f If 164 CANDIDATES FOR THE MINISTRY. '? wrong ; otherwise it would have been no trial at all; Let every Chairman explain this to those on trial. Section III. Candidates /or the Ministry. ■fmif. H 104 ^6 Chairmen are required not only to examine very minutely, in the Annual District Meetings, all persons proposed as candidates for our ministry, but also to report distinctly in theiir DistHet Minutes, for the consideration of Conference, the opinion of the District Meetings after such examinations respecting their health, piety, moral charac- ter, ministerial abilities, educational acquirements, belief of our doctrines, attachment to our Discipline, and freedom from debt, as well as from all secular encumbrances. 105' Jiecommendation hy Quarterly Official Board. 1. Before a District Meeting shall recommend a candi^ date to the Conference, to be admitted on probation, such candidate must have been a member of our Church for one year, and a local preacher in good standing for six months, and approved and recommended by the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit or Mission on which he resides. He must also have a certificate of having completed his Pre- liminary Course. 2. No student of less than two years' standing at one of our Connexional Institutions shall be received as a can- didikte for our ministry without the recommendation of the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit upon which he was m reside of goc theC which 3. lege, shall Boar< mend 16 1. CANDIDATES FOR THE MINISTRY, f 166, § 2" resident before entering College, together with a certificate of good moral and religious standing from the President of the College, or the Dean of the Faculty of Theology, with which he has been connected. 3. After passing the preliminary examination at Col- lege, students recommended by a Quarterly Official Board shall return to the District to which such Quarterly Official Board belongs for their further examination and recom- mendation to the Annual Conference. ... /f 100. District Meeting Examination. '* " " f.Mf, v 1. Every candidate thus recommended shall attend the ensuing District Meeting, and be examined before all the brethren present respecting his religious experience, his knowledge of divine things, his educational acquirements, his reading, his views of the doctrines of the Gospel, and his regard for Methodism in general. ; , ,,Mv*i.,i/*.. 2. Every candidate proposed to the District Meeting is then to be asked by the Chairman the following questions, to each of which a distinct answer shall be required : Have you been converted to God ? Have you now faith in Christ ? Are you going on to perfection ? Do you expect to be made perfect in love in this life ? Are you earnestly striving after it ? Are you resolved to devote yourself wholly to God and His work? Have you been baptized ? What are your views on Infant Baptism and the Lord's Supper ? Do you know the Rules of the Society ? Do you keep them ? Do you take snuff, tobacco, or intoxi- cating drinks 'i And will you continue to abstain from the use of them ? Have you read the whole Discipline ? Are you willing to conform to it ? Have you considered " th© 89 ■in m V v>i ^ 166, ^3* /candidates FOR THE MINISTRY. ij twelve rules of a minister," especially the first, the tenth, Rnd the twelfth 1 Will you keep them for conscience' :e ? Are you determined to employ all your time in the jvk of God 1 Will you preach at every suitable oppor- tunity, endeavoring not to speak too long nor too loud ? Will you diligently instruct the children in every place ? Will you visit from house to house 1 Will you recommend fasting, both by precept and example ? Are you in debt ? What is your age ? Have you good health, and have you a sound constitution ? Are you engaged to marry ? Do you sincerely and fully believe the doctrines of Meth- odism as contained in our twenty-five Articles of Religion, and as taught by Mr. Wesley in his Notes on the New Testament and Volumes of Sermons, especially the follow- ing leading ones : A Trinity of Persons in the Unity of the Godhead ; the total depravity of all men by nature, in consequence of Adam's fall ; the Atonement made by Christ for the sins of all the human race ; the direct wit- ness of the Spirit ; the possibility of falling from a state of justification and holiness, and perishing everlastingly ; the absolute necessity of holiness, both of heart and life^ and the proper eternity of future rewards and punishments? Will you endeavor fully and faithfully to preach them 'i What is your religious experience? and what is your call to this work 1 3. After the examination the candidate shall withdraw, and the meeting shall determine whether he shall be reiX)m- mended to the ensuing Conference, to be received as a probationer for the ministry. Distri not b preac have recept Annu and been ing, < 90 CANDIDATES FOR THE MINISTRY. IT 168 lOY* Duties of Chairmen. 1. No perHon shall be employed by a Chairman of a District, with a view to entering the ministry, who has not been a member of our Church one year, and a local preacher in good standing for six months, nor shall he have authority to employ any person with a view to his reception into the ministry, without the consent of the Annual Conference, or of the Special Committee thereof ; and in no case shall any person be so employed who has been rejected by a Quarterly Official Board, District Meet- ing, or Annual Confer<)nce. 2. No Chairman of a District, or other Conference officer, shall have authority to employ a married man during the year, with a view to his being received as a candidate for the ministry, without the consent of the Annual Confer- ence, or the Special Committee thereof. Nor shall any District Meeting recommend any married man to the Con- ference, for reception on probation for the ministry, unless he has been previously employed in case of absolute neces- sity, in accordance with the foregoing restriction. 3. If the Chairman deem it not convenient for a candi- date to attend the District Meeting, he may, with two other ministers, examine him anc rep rt the result to the District Meeting. Miscellaneous. WS' All young men taken into the work by Chali^en of Districts, in accordance with the above regulations, before the Second meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, shall be allowed the full year. When a young man has travelled 91 i 1 wjii I ' * ■ 1 ;il m IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) <,\^ I.I 1.0 !f >^ 1^ ^ US, lllllio lit Wtai. 1 L25l|U. 1.6 ^^^ III ^^= 111^^ < «» ► Photograpnic Sciences Corporalion 23 WEST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716)872-4S03 ^>^ % ^ z r^ ^ k fieft ANNUAL DISTRICT MEETING. under a Chairman for two or more jrears, only one j^ear will be allowed on the term of his probation. ' A^9. It is to be distinctly understood that probationers fere deceived for the ministiy of the Methodist Church, and not merely for that of a particular Conference, and there- fore shall be under obligation to proceed, when so directed by the proper authorities, to any part of the Connexion where their services are required. •li Sectiok ly. '*"' The Annual District Meeting. iTO* The Annual District Meeting shall consist of all ministers and probationers for the ministry within its bounds, and one lay delegate for each minister or proba- tioner in the active work from each Circuit or Mission in the District, who shall have been elected by ballot by the Quarterly Official Board. Where a Circuit or Mission <^has no minister or probationer, but only a supply, the Quart)9rly Official Board may elect by ballot a lay delegate, who shall be amember of the Annual District Meeting. k 111. The Chairman shall appoint the time ahd place bf the first District Meeting, after which he shall appoint the time and the District Meeting shall appoint the place, ui ili/^ In the absence of the Chairman, the District Meeting shall elect from among its ministerial members, by ballot, without debate, a Chairman pro tem^^moo'^r < ' 173. In case of the death or disability of a Chairman 02 neytear '^'o ^^iti ELECTION OF LAYMEN TO CONFERENCE. 1 178 during the year, the Finnincial Secretary shall call a meet- ing of the ministerial members of the District and the lay members of the previous Annual District Meeting, who shall elect by ballot one of their nuipber, being a member of %\ke Conference, as Chairman until the opening of the enduing Annual Conference, qj ^i^j j^ jJs erewith ? 1^ up? red and all such x^orded, /•/ • " V built, ipxional J^i^ch? a^led1 quired? re now yed by en jiuly y kept ? state of Church arterly collie- 8810^? What addition^ pre^hQV> ^ii^ requir^jdl for a^y CirqiM^r Miss^n on th* Pi^^riot/? 15. What are the Reportil fro^l the several Mi88ion9 on the District? 16. What minister is elected to represent the District on the Stationing Committee 1 17. What miniiter and what layman are elected to represent the District on the Sabbath School Committee of the Annual Conference ? 18. What minister and what layman are elected to the Ep worth lieague Committee ? , ^^ r < . 19. What layman is elected to the Annual Conference Missionary Committee! and what layman is elected as an alternate 1 20. What laymen are elected as members of the Annual Conference ? 21. What widows and children of minsters have claims on the Superannuation or Supernumerary Fund ? 22. Can ai^ measures be adopted for the promotion of the work of Gop^ in the District ? 23.. Where shall the next District Meeting be held? Duties of Chairmen. tBft- The duties of a Chairman are — 1. To take the oversight of the whole work on his District according to the Discipline, as far as his duty to the Circuit on which he resides will permit. 2. To take charge of all the ministers, probationers for the ministry, local preachers and exhorters in his District. 7 07 IT 182 $3 DUTIES OF CHAIRMEN.' Et d. To (ihalige, receive and suspend ministers or proba- tioners for the ministry in his District in the intervi^ of Conference, as the Discipline directs. 4. If any minister or probationer for the ministry absent himself from his Circuit without the leave of his Chairman, the Chairman shall, as far as possible, fill his place with another minister or probationer, who shall be paid for his labors out of the allowance of the absent minister or pro- bationer, in proportion to the usual allowance. 5. To preside at the District Meetings. '"^'« •^"' 6. To call for completed statistical returns at the Annua) District Meeting. 7. To visit any Station or Circuit in his District when he may judge it expedient, and, so far as practicable, visit the Missiohs oil fais District at the first Quarterly Board Meeting for the year, to induce greater liberality in sup- port of the Missionaries, and, wherever possible, to lead the Mission to a self-sustaining position. 8. To see that every part of the Discipline is duly enforced, and within sixty days from the date of the appeal, to hear and determine appeals ttom the decisions of Superintendents of Circuits or Missions within the Dis- trict on questions of law, notice of such appeal to be given within two weeks after notice of the decision appealed against. 9. Where the Chairman is interested in the appeal, either personally or because of having been concerned in any way in the trial appealed from, the appeitl may be taken directly to the President of the Conference. 10. To give the President all necessary ihforibaiibn of the state of his District. 98 DUTIES OF CHAIRMEN. Ti«a* 'fJi:; ^«» »l« «•• I 11. To prepare a condensed report of the operations of the Missionary Society in his District, to be compiled from the reports of individual Missionaries, as approved by the Annual District Meeting. 12. To ascertain and report to the Annual Conference, for publication in the Minutes, the names and addresses of ministers and widows who are claimants on the Super- annuation Fund, and also the names and dates of birth of children of deceased ministers who are claimants on the Fund, together with any changes that have taken place in relation to these claimants by death, limitation of claim, marriage, non-membership or other causes during the year, on their respective Districts. 13. The Chairman is especially directed and required to visit any Circuit or Mission in his District when requested by the Superintendent of such Circuit or Mission in case of any dispute or difficulty which the Superintendent may desire assistance to adjust ; also, in all oases '^f appeal. In all these cases the Circuit or Mission visited shall pay the travelling expenses of the Chairman. The Chairman shall have authority to call in any minister or probationer of his District to supply his place when absent in visiting any Circuit or Mission. 183- Should the Chairman, or the Superintendent of the Circuit, or any of his colleagues, be requested to with- draw, on any occasion, from any of our regularly-consti- tuted meetings for business, he shall in no case do so ; ai^d should he be obliged to withdraw from any such meeting during its sittings, the meeting will be thereby dissolved. And if any Chairman or Superintendent of a Circuit, or 99 I . 7184 THE FINANCUL DISTRICT MESTINO. othor minister do willingly submit to any requisition, so as to withdraw from any such meeting before its conclusion, he shail, on proof thereof, receive due censure at the ensuing Annual Conference. 'J Beotion v. The Financial Die Meeting, 184* A Financial District Meeting shall be held in each District, not later than the month of September in each year; the day and place to be determined by the Chairman. 185. The Financial District Meeting shall be composed of the Superintendent and one lay delegate from each Circuit and Mission in the District appointed by the Quarterly Official Board. Where a Quarterly Official Board fails to elect a representative to the Financial Dis- trict Meeting, the Recording Steward of the Circuit shall be such representative. The lay delegates must be mem- bers of the Church. A probationer in charge of a Circuit or Mission on which there is no resident Superintendent shall be a member of the Financial District Meeting. 186* The business of the Financial District Meeting shall he, 1. To apportion to the several Circuits the amounts placed at its disposal by the Annual Conference. 2. To examine into the circumstances and probable income of the Domestic, Indian, Foreign or other Missions within the jurisdiction of the Distiict in the same way as 100 THE FINANCIAL DISTRICT ME£TING. HISS f 80 as uflion, \X the ; J inoach in each urman. mposed n each by the Official ial Dis- it shall e mem- Circuit tendent Meeting imounts >robable Missions I way as they examine into those of the dependent Cirouits, and recommend the amount which, in their judgment, should be appropriated towards the support of such Missions ; which shall be immediately reported by the Chairman to. the President of the Annual Conference and to the Mis- sionary Secretary. 3. To arrange the claims of the children of ministers on the District, and to receive from the Oairman of the Dis- trict the amount to be raised by each Circuit and Mission for the Superannuation or Supernumerary Fund, and take into account the circumstances of any Circuit or Mission which may be regarded as exceptional, and make pro- vision for the relief of such exception ; provided the District as a whole contribute the amount designated as its proportion. 4. To make arrangements for Missionary and Educa- tional Meetings, which arrangements shall be binding on all concerned, and inquire into the state of religion in the District, and devise means for the promotion of the spiritual interests of the Church. Miscellaneous. 18T> In case of the death of the District Representative to the Annual Conference Missionary Committee, or when, by the formation of a new District or otherwise, there is no District Representative, then the laymen present at the Financial District Meeting shall elect, by ballot, one of their number to fill the office of District Representative. IW. The Financial Secretary shall be the Treasurer of 101 f 189 THE QUARTERLY OFFICIAL BOARD. all Cohnexional Funds on the District, except the Mis- sionary Fund, and shall pay to the Superintendents of Circuits, or on their order, the sums appropriated to their Circuits, which payments such Superintendents shall report to their respective Quarterly Official Boards. 189. The Financial Secretary shall, forthwith after each Financial District Meeting, furnish the Treasurers of the Superannuation or Supernumerary Fund with a complete statement of the amounts required from each Circuit, as adopted by the Financial District Meeting. CHAPTER III. CIRCUIT OFFICIAL MEETINGS. Section I. The Quarterly Official Board. 190. There shall be a Quarterly Official Board on each Circuit, Mission or Station, as constituted and designated at the Annual Conference, consisting of the Ministers and Probationers for the ministry, the Local Preachers, the Exhorters, the Circuit Stewards, the Leader and one Assistant Leader of each class, the Leader of each cate- chumen class, approved by the members of the Quarterly Official Board, the Superintendents of Sabbath Schools and the Presidents of Epworth Leagues, being members of the Church and approved by the -Quarterly Official Board, on« representative from each Board ol Trustees, bif|l|6ing 102 Mis- ntB of their report ''if«.i THE QUARTERLY OFFICIAL BOARD. IT 103, § li •A member of the Church in the Circuit to which the Trustee Board which he represents belongs, and whose appointment shall be annual ; and, also, of additional representatives who may have been appointed by the Societies of the Circuit. The number of such additional representatives shall not exceed the number of the Stewards on the Circuit. Only rxicmbers over twenty-one years of age shall have the right to vote on questions involving financial liability. 191> The Superintendent of the Circuit is the Chairman of the Quarterly Official Board. When the Chairman of the District is. present he shall have the right to preside. 19^. The Superintendent is the minister on each Circuit and Mission, who is appointed from time to time to take charge of the Societies therein. 193* The regular business of the Quarterly Official Board shall be : 1. To receive the financial returns from the Leaders, Stewards and other persons entrusted with the funds of the Circuit ; to pay the salaries and all the expenses of the ministers and probationers for the ministry; to receive from the Leaders' Meeting the report of the disbursement of the fund for the poor for the quarter ; and to receive the reports of the state of the Sunday Schools and Epworth Leagues on the Circuit. 2. To receive and try appeals. 3. At the first meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, to receive the ieiX>mmendations of the Stewards' Meeting, and make th^ estimate of the amounts necessary for the family or families of the ministers or probationers fpr the 103 Kl '.-f I i ■''''■; 5' 1 193, § 4 THE QUARTERLY OFFICIAL BOARD. ministry; and appoint the lay delegate to attend the Financial District Meeting. 4. At the Second meeting of the Quarterly Official Bokrd, to appoint, on the nomination of the Superintendent, the Stewards of the Circuit, of whom there shall be not less than three nor more than seven, one of whom shall be the Recording Steward, who shall keep a record of the proceed- ings of the Quarterly Official Board in a book procured for that purpose. The Superintendent shall nominate at least three more than the number of Stewards to be elected ; after the nominations are all made the election shall be by ballot. The Superintendent shall nominate two or more of the Stewards for Recording Steward, and the Board shall elect by ballot. It shall also, on the nominatioti of the Superintendent of the Circuit, appoint the representa- tives to the Sabbath School Committee, the number to be not less than three nor more than five. 5. At the First, Second, or Third meeting of the Quar- terly Official Board, to recommend candidates for the ministry; provided always, that no person shall be recom- mended as a candidate until he has been a local preacher at least six months. 6. Young men attending College, who may wish to be- come local preachers, may be received by the Quarterly Official Boards of their Circuits as candidates, after due examination, provided they present certificates of moral and religious character from the Dean of the Paculty. 7. At the Third meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, to receive the audited statement of Trustees, referred to in SMUoHb 11 and 23 of the Model Deed. 104 THE QUARTERLY OFFICIAL BOARD. 1193, §9 d the 8. At the Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board: (1) To receive from the Superintendent of the Circuit the report of the number of members on the Circuit. (2) Also, the~^eport8 of tfie S abba th Schools and of the ^ Epworth Leagues. (3) To elect by ballot, without debate, the lay delegates to attend the Annual District Meeting, in the proportion of one delegate for each minister or ^ probationer in the active work on the Circuit. If there be no minister or probationer on the Circui* or Mission, but only a supply, to elect one lay delegate as above. (4) Where there is no Local Preachers' Meeting, to inquire into the character, gifts, laibors, punctuality and usefulness of every local preacher by name; and, if there be no valid objection alleged and sustained, to renew their licenses. (5) To examine the character of the exhorters; and, if there be no valid objection alleged and sustained, to renew their licenses. (6) Where there is no Leaders* Meeting, to examine the character of all the Leaders, their punctuality in beginning and ending their Class Meeting in proper time, and whatever relates to their office. (7) To determine the number of Stewards for the ensuing year. (8) To arrange the apportioninent, scale, date, and mode of nomi- ' nation and election of the representatives of the Societies of the Circuit, who must be members ot the Church. (9) The Quarterly Official Board may, where there is no Local Preachers' Meeting, at any of the regular meetings, give liceAde to local preachers and oxhorters, on the nomination of the Superintendent of the Circuit. 9. Special meetings of the Quarterly Official Bbard may be cotiv^tt^ by the Superintendent. On the request of 105 u II 193, § 10 DUTIES OF SUPERINTENDENTS. I I- five members of the Board he shall convene such meeting Onlj the business named in the notice to the member? of the Board shall be transacted at any such special meeting. 10. The Quarterly Official Board may make arrangements or agreements with the Board of Trustees not inconsistent with the Discipline of the Church, or with the trusts upon which the trust property is held, for the administration or disposal of any of the Church funds which are under the control of said Boards, or either of them. .- 3S :*.|' Duties of Superintendenta, 194> The duties of a Superintendent are : 1. To take the oversight of all the ministers and probationers for the ministry in his Circuit or Mission. 2. To give to each member of the Church a yearly card of membership, except where the Quarterly Board, by resolution, expresses its desire for the quarterly ticket, in which case it shall be at liberty to arrange for the same. 3. To see that all public collections in aid of the Circuit, or of the Connexional Funds, are regularly made in each congregation of the Circuit. 4. To hold meetings of the Quarterly Official Board ; to preside in all Official Meetings of the Circuit, and to make all nominations to office not otherwise provided for. To reoeive, try and expel members, according to Discipline, and to give due notice to the Chairman of the District in all oases of appeal. To execute all our rules fully and itrenuottsly against all frauds, and particularly against 106 or neeting aember^ special gements tnsistent sts upon ation or ider the >«i? I, ... ■ ' ■ » ' . > . To take 1 for the rly card ard, by icket, in same, of the lymade ard; to o make or. To clpline, trict in lly and Bgainit i! DUTIES OF SUPERINTENDENTS. IT 194, §6 dishonest insolvencies, suffering none to remain in the Church, on any account, who are found guilty of any fraud. To explain and enforce vigorously, but calmly, the General Rules of the Church, in harmony with Paragraph 35 of the Discipline. 5. To meet the Stewards and Leaders regularly, and examine the accounts of all the Stewards. To appoint all the Leaders and Assistant Leaders, and change them when he sees it necessary, but not contrary to the wish of the Class, or without consulting the Leaders' Meeting. To make strict inquiry in the Leaders' Meeting, before the Fawrth meeting of the .Quartiorly Oiiicial Board, and where there is no such meeting, then in the Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, into the moral character of all the Leaders. To license such persons as he may think proper to officiate as exhorters, provided no person shall be so licensed without consulting the Local Preachers' Meeting, or Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit in which the person proposed resides. To make a plan of appointments for the ministers, the probationers for the ministry, local preachers and exhorters 'on the Circuit, with the counsel of the Local Preachers' Meeting, or of the Quarterly Official Board, where there is no Local Preachers' Meeting. To invite and earnestly urge the attendance and assistance of the lay representatives at the District Meetings, ac- cording to rule. 6. To hold Watch-night services and Love-feasts ; but no Love-feast shall last longer than an hour and half. To appoint Prayer Meetings wherever he can in his Circuit, and to see that a Fast be observed a each Society on the 107 •,• f t iri»4, §7 DUTIES OF SUPERINTENDENTS. Friday preceding every meeting of the Quarterly !Board. To see that the General Rules be read once a year in every congregatioii, and occasionally in each Society, by himself or his Colleague ; and that the Pastoral Address of the Annual Conference be read to all the Societies on his Circuit. To take care that every Society be duly supplied with books ; and to urge upon all who are admitted into our Church to read attentively our General Rules, the Catechism and other Methodist works. 7. To take an exact account of the number of members in SiDciety, and report the same to the Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board and to the Annual District Meeting, with the number of members who have been received on trial, or by certificate of membership, and of those who have removed, died or ceased to be members, or have been separated from, or added to, the Circuit by alteration of its boundaries ; also to report the Sabbath Schools and the Epworth Leagues of his Circuit ; also to report the number of vacancies, if any, in the Trustee Boards ; and if a Superintendent of a Mission, to prepare a report of the religious state of his Mission, and read it in the Annual District Meeting, subject to the revii^ion of that meeting. To leave for his successor a Circuit book, containing an exact list of all the official members, and also of the names of all the members in his Circuit, ar- ranged in their Classes, as found at the Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, and also a list of adherents. To keep a register of baptisms, marriages and burials in a book provided for the purpose by the Official Board, tuch register to be the property of the Circuit and to remain 108 DUTIE^^ OF SyPERINTENDENTS. iri94,§l(K lembers )ting of district '^e been and of pers, or cuifc by Sabbath also to Frustee prepare id it in sion of b book, re, and lit, ar- tin^ of Brents. Is in a , such ^miun among its records. In any Province where a circuit register is kept under provincial law, it shall be accepted as a compliance with this requirement. 8. To remind members, from time to time, that none are to remove from one Circuit to another without a certificate of membership from the Superintendent of the Circuity and to warn them that without such certificate they will not be received into the Church in other places ; and also to for- ward a duplicate copy of such certificate by mail to the Superintendent of the Circuit to which they may be removing. In all cases persons applying for membership on certificate shall be held responsible to the Society with which they unite from the date of the certificate, but no certificate shall be esteemed valid thf^t,.^^ not presented within one year from the date of it. 9. To make application in the Classes and to our friends on behalf of the Superannuation Fund, during the months of November and December, and to make a public col- lection for the same object in the month of November or December, paying the moneys thus received to the Finan- cial Secretary, in time for transmission to the Treasurers of the Superannuation Fund on or before the first day of January. 10. To see that collections are taken up for our Con- nexional Funds at the following times, viz.: C^ntinffent Fundf in the month of September; Union Church JHeli^Fund, in October ; General Conference Fit mi, at such time as the Annual Conference may direct ; Eda- cationcU Fund and MiasUmary Society^ as arranged by the Financial District Meeting. The first Sunday in Ootobei 109 P ■! 1 194, § 11 '^^^ LOCAL PREACHERS' MEETING. is to be observed as Missionary Day ; and, if practicable, the last Sunday in December as Children's Missionary Day. 11. To carry out the arrangements made by the Finan- cial District Meeting in regard to the Missionary and Educational work on his Circuit. To see that the whble of the collections at all the services on the days appointed for the several Connexional Funds are devoted to sUch funds. To pay promptly to the appointed Treasurers all moneys collected for the several Funds at the times directed by Conference. 12. To encourage in all proper cases Field Meetings and Open-air Meetings on his charge, and also Camp Meetings, as a Circuit or union of Circuits may, in their Quarterly Official Boards, determine ; and to enforce the proper observance of the Sabbath at such meetings. 13. The authority of a Superintendent who is removing, to administer discipline upon a Circuit, shall cease with the final reading of the Stations to the Conference. |.:.bl i:.i Section 11. The Local Preachers* Meeting, 195. A Local Preachers' Meeting is composed of the local preachers and exhorters on the Circuit, provided there are six local preachers on the Circuit of three years' continuous standing. 19^ Th6 Superintendent of the Circuit shall regularly meet the local preachers and exhorters onc^ a quarter ; tod 110 M' [cable, ionarj ^nan- and whdle inted such rs all rected THE LOCAL PREACHERS' MEETING. tl98, §6 no person shall be put upon the plan as a local preacher 9r exhorter, or be permitted to preach among us as such, without the approbation of that meeting on the nomination of the Superintendent ; or, if in any Circuit such a Local Preachers' Meeting cannot be held, they shall be proposed and appointed by the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit ; but no minister or probationer for the ministry who has been suspended or expelled by the Conference shall, on any account, be employed as a local preacher without the consent of the Annual Conference. 19T* The Superintendent of the Circuit, at each regular Local Preachers' Meeting, or at the Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit, shall inquire into the religious and moral character, doctrines, abilities to preach, and punctuality in attending appointments, of each local preacher and exhorter by name. 198* Renewal of License. The questions proposed in the examination of the char> BJi ^ ^r of local preachers and exhorters shall be the same as those proposed in regard to ministers, viz : 1. Is there any objection to his moral and religious character t 2. Does he believe and teach all our doctrines \ 3. Has he duly observed our Discipline 1 4. Is he punctual in attending all his appointments i 5. Has he competent abilities for a local preacher or exhorter t ^, Will you renew his license as local preacher or exhorter? ai ■i IiOCtU Preacher's Examination. Every person proposed to be received as a local pi;^aQ]ier, or taken on trial, shall be asked by the Chairman or Super- intendent the following questions, to which a distinct answer shall be required : What is your religious experience ? Have you faith in Christ ? Are you going on to perfection ? Do you expect to be perfected in love in this life % Are you earnestly striving after it? Are you resolved to devote yourself to God and His work ) Do you sincerely and fully believe the doctrines of Methodism, as contained in the Articles of Religion, and as taught by Mr. Wesley in his Notes on the New Testament and Volumes of Sermons, especially the following leading ones : A Trinity of Persons in the Unity of the Godhead ; the total depravity of all men by nature in consequence of Adam's fall ; the Atonement made by Christ for the sins of all the human race ; Justification by Faith ; th^ direct Witness of the Spirit ; the possibility of falling from a state of justification and holiness, and perishing everlastingly ; the absolute necessity of holiness both in heart and life ; and the proper eternity of rewards and punishments? What is Evangelical Repentance? What is Justification ? What is Justifying Faith ? What is the direct Witness of the Spirit ? What is the indirect Witness of the Spirit ? What is Christian Perfection ? What is the difference between Justi^cation and Regeneration? What is the difference between Sanctification and Entire Sanotification ? . Will you endeavor fully and faithfully to preiKtb ^9Be doctrines ? t^E LOCAL PREACHERS' MEETING. 11200, §6 reaipber, Super- I distinct aith in expect .rnestly rself to believe 'tides of s on the B^ly the e Unity r nature Qade by 3*tion by bility of ^s, and holiness rewards ? What »t is the iVitness ^hat is ration 1 Entire I tliese /800. Begulationa in reference to Local Precichera : 1. All local preachers shall meet in Class. No exception shall be made in respect of any who may have been minis- ters or probationers for the ministry in former years. 2. The name of every local preacher shall be recorded on the Journal of the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit in which he resides. 3. No local preacher shall hold Love-feasts without the consent of the Superintendent of the Circuit, nor in any wise interfere with his ministerial duties. 4. Ministers who withdraw from connection with an Annual Conference, and ministers who are located by the action of an Annual Conference may, should they desire it, be considered as Local Preachers, and shall be subject to all the regulations affecting local preachers; and, if charged with immorality, shall be proceeded against as other local preachers, and the Superintendent of the Cir- cuit or Mission shall report the case to the Annual District Meeting. 5. When an ordained local preacher is expelled, the President of the Annual Conference shall require of him the credentials of his ordination to be filed with the papers of the Annual Conference within the limits of which the expulsion has taken place. And should he at any future time produce to the Annual Conference a certificate of his restoration, signed by the Chairman and countersigned by the Secretary of the District Meeting, his credentials shall be restored to him. 6. When a local preacher or exhorter removes from one Circuit jbo another, he shall obtain from the Superintendent 8 113 ■ J ^io-i' 1 200, § 7 THE LOCAL PREACHERS' MEETING. h 4, m of the Circuit a certificate of his official standing in the Church at the time of his removal, without which he shall not be received as a local pnsacher or exhorter in other places. 7. No local preacher or exhorter coming to reside on any of our Circuits from another part of the world, although duly recommended, shall be allowed to preach or hold meetings in our churches unless he 'become a member of the Church and submit to its discipline. 8. Should any local preacher or exhorter belonging to any other Methodist Church make application to be re- ceived into our Church, the Superintendent of the Circuit, in concurrence with the Quarterly Official Board, or the Local Preachers' Meeting of the Circuit on which such local preacher or exhorter may reside, is authorized to receive him, after having inquired into his qualifications and all the circumstances of his case. 9. Any local preacher may be admitted to examination on the Theological subjects of the Conference Preliminary Examination, and to the examination on all the subjects of the Ordinary Course of Study for probationers for the ministry for the three years on circuit, Greek being op- tional. On the completion of the course, a certificate to that eifect shall be granted, and should such local preacher become a probationer for the ministry, such examinations shall be ci*edited to him on the course for probationers on circuit. 10. All preachers who received ordinit*tip9 i^ any of the uniting bodies, and were in good ^t^nding at^ thf tii^e of the Union of 1883, shall retain all rights ^,^d pri;i(ril^0s conferred by such ordination. * 114 THE LEADERS' MEETING. ir20i tg in the he shall in other *© on any , I although or hold ^ember of •nging to to be re- 5 Circuit, fJ, or the ich such Jrized to iiications mination liminary subjects for the Bing op- icate to ►reacher nations ners on ' of the tiijje of SlOTlOM IXI. The Leader^ Meeting. 1301 • The Leaders' Meeting shall be composed of the Ministers and Probationers for the ministry appointed to the Circuit, the Stewards of the Circuit and the Leaders. ^t^Jt' A Leaders' Meeting shall be held at least once a quarter, and oftener, if necessary, to inquire : (1) Are there any sick? (2) Are there any requiring temporal relief? (3) Are there any that walk disorderly and will not be reproved % (4) Are there any who wilfully neglect the means of grace 1 (5) Are there any changes to be made in the Classes ? (6) Are there any members on trial to be received into full membership? (7) Is there any miscellaneous business ? ^3' A return shall be made by the Leaders' Meeting to the Quarterly Official Board of the amount contributed to the fund for the poor, and the disbursements for the quarter. ^4* It is the duty of the Superintendent of the Cir- cuit to make strict inquiry in the Leaders' Meeting pre- ceding the Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board into the moral character of all the Leaders, th^ir punctu- ality in beginning and ending their Class Meetings in proper time, and whatever relates to their office; and if there be no objections alleged and sustained, they ^h^U continue in office for the year. J15 « x I I Y206 THE stewards' IfEETINQ. Sbotion IV. The Stewards* Meeting. ^' M5> The Stewards' Meeting shall be composed qf the Superintendent of the Circuit or his colleague, and the Stewards of the Circuit. Mffr .)fr^- > vSOO. Let the Stewards be men of dolid piety, who both know and love the Methodist Doctrine and Discipline, and of good natural and acquired abilities .to transact the tem- poral business. SOT. The duties of Stewards are : 1. To estimate the amount necessary to meet the expenses of the year, and report to the First meeting of the Quarterly Official Board. % To meet at least onhe tem- ate the >ar, and Board, meeting account (ioisters and to easures pt pay- turn of ers and arly an ) Quar- iressed, rm the ind the irquits. it. 8. 9. Tc write circular letters to the Societies in the Circuit to be more liberal, if need be, and to let them know, when occasion requires, the state of the temporal concerns at the last meeting of the Quarterly Official Board. 10. To All up the Circuit Schedules correctly ; and to be subject to the President, the Chairman of the District and the min- isters on their Circuits. 11. To audit the books and ac- counts of Trustees, in accordance with Section 11 of the Model Deed. ^08. The Stewards shall be accountable for the faithful performance of their duties to the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit. 909' In case of the death or disability of a Steward, the ensuing meeting of the Quarterly Official Board may fill up the vacancy. ^10. The duties of the Recording Steward are : 1. To keep a correct record of the proceedings of the Quarterly Official Board. 2. To fill up correctly the Circuit Schedules and the Schedules of the Sabbath Schools of the Circuit, for presentation to the Annual District Meeting. 3. To act as Treasurer of the Quarterly Official Board, unless the Board elects some other person to that office. /SI 1. When a Recording Steward of a Circuit or Mission becomes incapacitated for the duties of his office, the Super- intendent of the Circuit shall have authority to appoint another of the Stewards to that office, until the next meet- ing of the Quarterly Official Board, when his place shall be supplied according to Discipline. 117 i I M 1 f^ %"vf:,A^v$f •?!«'; ;v :>-5 ;:«,feti*r^'" *. 's .' 4-.:^ M- -' ...r I'vr, iJ.X'iU.1. W-'i! fart III. ADMINISTRATION OF MSCIPUNE. ; kh -1 r r« •1f IV til; -Lm; imaA IT 214 ADMINISTRATION OF DISCIPLINE. CHAPTER I. TRIALS AND APPEALS. ftvyfift!', ^'Mu Section I. General Principles. ifi^m^ai^i 4n .-isi- /5155. All our Church Courts shall be presided over by, a duly qualified minister of the Methodist Church. ^13> n the Superintendent of a Circuit be the accuser, or a material witness, or be otherwise disqualified, (he Chairman of the District shall preside in his place. If the Chairman of the District; be disqualified, the President of the Annual Conference shall preside. If the President of the Conference be disqualified, the senior qualified Chair- man in the Conference (that is, senior in the ministry of the Church) shall preside. A Chairman or a President, not disqualified, may appoint a duly qualified substitute, who shall be officially of at least equal status with the officer whose duty it would have been in the first place to preside. /S14. If any minister, probationer or member of the Church has a knowledge or reliable information of an ofifence by a minister, probationer or member against the law of God or the rules or discipline of the Church, it ?2l ir2i5 GENERAL PRINCIPLES. shall be his duty to lay a charge before the proper authorily. No other person can institute charges. All charges shah be in writing. 215. If the offence be such as does not seem to require a trial in the first instance, let the officer v/hose duty it would be to preside at the trial admonish or ' reprove the accused, and if there be contrition and promise of amend- ment, let him be borne with ; if there be no contrition or promise of amendment, or if the offence be repeated, let a trial be had. 210. A copy of the charges and distinct specifications, with a notice in writing of the time and place of trial, shall be given to the accused at least one week before the day fixed foi* the trial by the officer who is to preside. When these are sent by mail, they must be posted at least ten days before the day fixed for trial. 217. Notices may be given personally, or left with a groMrn-up person at the residence of a party, or by a regis- tered letter. 218. A Committee of Trial shall consist of five qualified persons. Three shall form a quorum, and three at least must agree to render a decision. The officer who is to preside at the trial shall summon the persons who are to compose the Committee. Persons preferring or promoting charges, or being material witnesses, shall not be qualified to act as members of the Committee. 219. No peremptory challenges of members of the Com- mittee shall be allowed, but either party may challenge for cause. The presiding officer shall decide upon all chal- lenges. 122 '.^U *( GENERAL PRINCIPLES. 1228 \oniy, shah squire |uty it ^e the lend- ^on or let a ^d. Th^ parties may appear and conduct a trial or an appeal, either personally or by a representative who is a member of the Church in good standing ; but such repre- sentative shall not be a professional counsel. ^f. If an accused person do not appear after proof of due notice, the trial may proceed and the decision be rendered in his absence. ^l^. The presiding officer shall cause a record to be kept of the charges, proceedings, evidence and decision. ^/S3. The Committee shall receive any evidence or in- formation pertinent to the case that may be available, and that may aid them in their judgment in doing justice between the parties. The testimony of non-members may be received. /SS4. The presiding officer shall decide as to the admis- sibility of evidence, and as to law and procedure. mtf^- Charges may be amended or added to in writing at any time if the Committee consider the same to be in the interest of justice, provided the accused be allowed such opportunity as the Committee think reasonable to meet such amended or ^^ew charges. ^/S6. The Committee may, from time to time, make any adjournments they may deem necessary for the better hearing and trial of matters before them. *X^t' In all cases of trial the presiding officer shall refrain from delivering any charge to the Committee or from interfering in any way with their deliberations, and he shall not be present with them while they are deliberat- ing on their decision. ^1^. If the Committee do not agree upon a deoision 123 t229 APPEALS. within a reasonable time, the presiding ofEcer may summon another Committee and proceed as if no trial had taken place. ^^9. A copy of the decision certified by the presiding officer shall be served within three days after the render- ing of the decision upon each party in the manner herein- above provided for notices. ^30. If the accused be found guilty, and the offence be such as is expressly forbidden by the Word of God, and sufficient to exclude a person from the kingdom of grace and glory, he shall be expelled. In the case of a minister (other than a General Sup '^.rintendent) or of a probationer for the ministry, he shall be suspended from the time he is found guilty by the Committee until the Annual Confer- ence shall finally dispose of the case. In the case of. a member, he shall be suspended until the delay allowed for appeal has expired. If an appeal be taken, the suspension shall be in force until the appeal is decided. If there be no appeal, the expulsion shall take effect when the delay for appeal has expired. !!$31- In case of all other offences the accused, if found guilty, shall be ??^monished, reproved, suspended, or other- wise dealt with the Committee or Appellate Court may determine. In t;i' 3e cases the decision shall be in force from the time it is rendered until set aside on appeal it^t^* Appeals. /S3!^. Either party may appeal from a decision or ruling by the presiding officer, or from the decision of a Com- mittee, on giving notice to the presiding officer of «uch 124 APPEALS. IT 239 intention, together with his grounds of appeal, within two weeks after the service of a copy of the decision in the manner herein above provided as to notices, and in all such cases not more than thirty days shall elapse between the giving of notice and the presentation of such appeal to the proper officer who is to deal with the same. !S33- The officer who has presided at a trial shall not preside or vote on the appeal, nor shall any member of the Committee. ^34. If the complainant do not proceed either before the Committee or on appeal, any other qualified person may be admitted to do so. ^S5. In appeal, the evidence taken before the lower Court or Committee alone shall be received. If further important evidence is available, a new trial may be ordered, or the case referred back to the Committee. ^36. The Appellate Court may confirm, reverse, alter or amend the decisions appealed from, or may order a new trial or a reference back to the Committee. ^31. The judgment of the Appellate Court takes efiect without any action of the Court from which the appeal was taken. ^38. No other authority than the proper Church Appel- late Court or Courts shall in any way review or interfere with the action of the lower Court or Committee. ^30- When a charge is preferred, the officer before whom it is laid may refuse to entertain it, if, in his judgment, the charge is frivolous ; the complainant may then appeal as in cases of appeal from decimons of presid- ing officers. -^. -z; 0;i; L^fLJj i>i>ioi 126 m m H*f IT 240 GENERAL SUPERINTENDENT. iik. i840. Any decision shall have effect throughout the whole Church. Any minister or probationer who is sus- pended shall not be permitted to exercise any ministerial functions during the term of his suspension. Section II. TUIAL OF MINISTERS AND PROBATIONERS FOB THE MINISTRY. General Superintendent. ^41. A General Superintendent is amenable for his conduct to the General Conference, which has power to reprove, suspend or expel him for improper conduct, as may be deemed necessary. !^9. 1. If a charge be laid against a General Superin- tendent, the President of the Annual Conference to which he belongs, or within which the offence is alleged to have been committed, shall preside at the trial. 2. The Committee shall be composed of qualifieii Chair- men of Districts, but, if a sufficient number are not avail- able, Superintendents of Circuits shall be selected to complete the Committee. If the accused is found guilty, he may be suspended or dealt with as the circumstances may require. 3. Either party may appeal to the General Conference Special Committee. If t^ere be no appeal, the decision of the Committee of Trial shall he la force until the next Q^n^rfJ Qpni^rfjfiQp. If t^f^r^ be an §p(^l, t^ie decision of ^ Qm^vd ^^e^mP 9l^m ai^d juri^dj^t^OQ ^ try the charge is claimed in more than one Conference, the m 4 ''hi. IT 245, §3 APPEALS. 1 J .4' , 1 .3 •i 1 1 m ^ ■A General Superintendent shall, upon application by either party, after such notice to the other party as the General Superintendent may deem sufficient, determine in which Conference the trial shall be held. 3. In any case in which an offence is charged to have been committed in a District other than that to which the accused belongs, but within his Annual Conference, and jurisdiction to try the charge is olai^iied in more than one District, the President of the Annual Conference shall, upon appHcation by either party, after such notice to the other party as the President may deem sufficient, deter- mine in which District the trial shall be held. ^40. In the case of the trial of a minister (other than a General Superintendent), or of a probationer, the whole of the evidence and papers shall be laid before the next ensuing Annual District Meeting to which he belongs^ for its information, and subsequently forwarded to the Annual Conference. If the decision be rendered between the hold- ing of the Annual District Meeting and the Conference, the documents shall be forwarded directly to the Annual Conference. Appeals. . ^47' Either the accuser or the accused may appeal from the decision of the Committee to the next ensuing Annual Conference to which the latter belongs ; that is to say, to the ministerial members thereof in special session. The decision of the latter shall be final, subject only to the appeal to the Court of Appeal. 128 ARBITRATION, INQUIRY, ETC. 5250 ly either General n which to have o which iference, ore than ice shall, ce to the it, deter- ler than le whole the next ongSj for 3 Annual the hold- aferencc, ) Annual )eal from f Annual 4} saj, to m. The J to the Arhitratiotiy Inquiry j etc. /S48* In case of a dispute or difficulty between ministers and probationers, or between ministers or probationers and members, relative to secular business, the payment of debts, or matters not otherwise provided for, the officer whose duty it would be to preside at the trial if a charge were laid shall inquire into the circumstances of the case, and may recommend an arbitration, over which he shall preside, or that a charge be laid, or that it be settled by process at law. If an arbitration be recommended, each party shall choose an arbitrator (who must be z, minister or a member of our Church), and these two shall choose a third. Two may make an award. An appeal shall lie to the Annual District Meeting from a decision refusing to recommend an arbitration, or from an award. If either party refuse to arbitrate when recommended, or to be bound by the award, or the decision in appeal, let a charge be laid and a trial had. ^9* If a minister or probationer shall have contracted debts which he is not able to pay, let the Chairman of the District appoint a Committee of Inquiry, composed of three ministers ; and if, in their opinion, he has acted dishonestly, or contracted debts without a probability of paying them, let their report be considered as a cha.ge, and let a trial be had thereon. /$50. If a minister or probationer engages in any secular business or work that may detract from his ministerial character or usefulness, or interfere with the proper dis- charge of the duties assigned him by the Church, let him 9 129 11 f261 TRIAL OF MEMBERS. be admonished by his senior in office, and if he persist, let a charge be laid and a trial had. Selling our own books is not subject to this provision. Ministers and probationers are strongly recommended not to become members of the secular boards of any trading company or any corporate body organized for the purpose of trade, or for the invest- ing of other than Church funds. !S5I. When a minister or probationer holds and dissemi- nates, publicly or privately, doctrines which are contrary to our Articles of Religion and doctrinal standards, let a cl In a case of a dispute or difficulty between members relative to secular business, the payment of debts, or mat- ters not otherwise provided for, the officer whose duty it would be to preside at a trial if a charge were laid, shall inquire into the circumstances, and may recommend an arbitration, or that a charge be laid, or that the matter be decided by a process at law, as the circumstances may require. If he recommend an arbitration, the proceedings shall be as herein-above provided. ^50. When a member fails in business, or contracts debts which he is unable to pay, or is charged with non- payment of debts, the officer whose duty it would be to preside, if a charge were laid, shall appoint a Committee of Inquiry, composed of three members, and if they report that he has acted dishonestly or has contracted debts with- out the probability of paying them, let their report be considered as a charge, and let a trial be had thereon. !35T' No person shall, after trial and expulsion as afore- said, have any privileges of society or of sacrament in the 131 '.■''■ « ' i ( ■« tti'i!:7,'-jt.-i-iii.».s-i^,*- ,^,.^^ ,^.,-, , :ii-\ k' i t258 FORMS OF PROCEDURE IN TRIALS. Church without contrition, confession and proper reception on trial. FORMS OF PROCEDURE IN TRIALS. 10 ,i /S58. The Forms in Appendix VTI. may be used, but their use shall not be obligatory, and no proceeding shall be declared null or set aside on a merely formal objection. uym^'' l^fif" >mmvs m eception ised, but ing shall ibjection. ' iiHn- fart IV. TEMPORAL ECONOMY. Sti5 Uri. m (^ ;¥i hiiC 1 A. H 0*^1/ IT t259, §4 liiiky^ TEMPORAL ECONOMY. CHAPTER I. kt'll SUPPORT OF MINISTERS. ^50. It shall be the duty of the Stewards to estimate the amount necessary to meet the salary and expenses of the minister or probationer stationed on any Circuit or Mission; subject, however, to the approval of the First meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, according to the following rules :— '* ""' 1. The appropriation t'n ;3.\\cTy of a married minister shall not be less than $600 p -.v annum, exclusive of the necessary expenses fc^ horse keep, rent or free use of parsonage and incideui' J. 2. The appropriation for the salary of an ordained single minister shall not be less than $350 per annum, exclusive of the necessary expenses for horse keep and incidentals. 3. The appropriation iV^r the salary of a probationer for the ministry shall n-jii h^. less than $300 per annum, exclusive of the necessary expenses for horse keep and mci Ieatal». 4. The allowances to the children of ministers will depend upon the practice of the respective Annual Conferences, under the Constitution of the Children's Fund. 135 li': t2CQ CHURCHES AND CHURCH PROPERTY. ^4p CHAPTER 11. CHURCH PROPERTY. Section I. m-4 ki: Churches and Church Property. ^00. Let all our churches be built plain and decent^ and not more expensive than is absolutely necessary. r. ^03. In future, we will admit no charter, deed or con- veyance, for any church to be used by us, unless it be pro- vided in such charter, deed or conveyance, that the trustees of the said church shall, at all times, permit such ministers and preachers belonging to the Methodist Church, as shall from time to time be duly authorized by the Conference or by the ministers of our Church, to preach and expound God's Holy Word, and to execute the Discipline of the Church, and to administer the sacraments therein^ accord- ing to the true meaning and purport of our "Book of Discipline " and Model Deed. ^04- When it is proposed to erect a new church within the bounds of any Circuit or Mission, the Superintendent of such Circuit or Mission shall notify the Chairman of the District, indicating the proposed site, and the Chairman shall notify the Superintendent of any Circuit or Mission affected thereby ; and if objection be made, and the parties cannot agree, then the difficulty shall be settled by arbitra- tion. If Section IL Parsonages. ^05 It is recommended by the General Conference that parsonages be provided and furnished on all of our Circuits and Missions, wherever practicable, for the use of our minisfb^rs and their families, and that such parsonages be seoured according to our Deed of Settlement; or, where this is impracticable, that suitable houses be rented. 187 11206 RECORD OF CHURCH PROPERTY. ft. ^00. It shall be the duty of the Superintendents and ministers to use tlieir influence to carry the above rules respecting building and renting houses for the ministers and their families into effect. In order to this, each Quarterly Official Board shall appoint a Committee (unless; other measures have been adopted), who, with the advice and aid of the Superintendent and ministers, shall devise such means as may seem fit to raise moneys for that pur- pose. And the Annual Conferences shall make special inquiry of their members respecting this part of their duty. 20T. In case of the division of Circuits, in any form in- volving separate claims on parsonage property, and where an amicable settlement cannot be reached in any other way, it shall be *^it) duty of each Quarterly Official Board con- cerned to appoint an arbitrator; these two thus chosen shall choose a third, to whom the whole case shall be sub- mitted. In case either of the Circuits concerned fail to appoint an arbitrator, or the two chosen fail to agree upon a third, within one year after such division, it shall be the duty of the Chairman of the District to appoint one. The decision of the arbitrators shall be in all cases final. Section III. rtf Record of Church Property, tS08. In order to prevent forgetf ulness and loss of Church property, a correct inventory of all our property, whether lands, churches, parsonages or furniture, shall be kept. 1S8 r. OF TRUSTEES. IT 274 ts and e rules nisters each (unless advice devise jat pur- special r duty, orm in- where er way, rd con- chosen be sub- fail to e upon be the . The hurch tether e. ^09. The Book Steward, for the time being, shall be the Registrar, and shall provide and keep a proper book for the purpose, which book shall be laid before the General Conference for the inspection of its members. ^70. Each Superintendent shall return a list and description of all Church property within his Circuit, Station or Mission, to the Annual District Meeting next preceding the meeting of the General Conference, accord- ing to the General Conference Schedule ; also, the exact locality and other information needful, and whether, and where, the c jeds are registered. 4i?r r**i^ yu ix^.* Seotion IV. Of Trustees. /571. When a new Board of Trustees is to be created, it shall be done by the appointment of the Quarterly Official Board, upon the nomination of the Superintendent of the Circuit, and shall consist of not less than five, nor more than twenty-one. 1t7% No person shall be eligible as a trustee to any of our churches, parsonages, school-houses,, burial-grounds or other property, who is not a member of our Church. *47^' No person who is a trustee shall be ejected while he is in joint security for money, unless such relief be given him as is demanded, or as the creditor will accept. /S'3f4* When and so often as one or more of the said trustees, or of their successors in the said trust, shall die, resign his office as trustee, withdraw, or cease to be a 139 I M Vi- % <" f 1 IT 274 OF TRUSTEES. member or members of the Methodist Church, according to the Rules and Discipline of the said Church, the vacant place of the trustee or trustees so dying, withdrawing, or ceasing to be a member or members of the said Ohurch, shall be filled with a successor or successors, being a mem- ber or members of the said Church, of the full age of twenty-one years, to be nominated and appointed as follows : that is to say, to be nominated by the minister having charge for the time being of the Circuit in which the said premises shall be situate, and thereupon appointed by the surviving or remaining trustee or trustees of the said trust, or a majority of them, if he or they shall think proper to appoint the person or persons so nominated ; and, in case of an equal division of the votes of the trus- tees present at any meeting of the trustees held for the purpose of such appointment, the minister in charge of the said Circuit shall have a casting vote in such appointment ; and if it shall happen at any time that there shall be no surviving trustee of the said trust, in every such case it shall and may be lawful for the minister aforesaid to nominate, and the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit, if they approve of the persons so nominated, to appoint the requisite number of trustees of the said trust by a vote of the majority of the members of the said meeting then present ; and, in case of an equal division of their votes, the chairman of the said meeting shall Lave the casting vote in such appointment, and the person or persons so nominated and appointed trustee or trustees in either of the said modes of nomination and appointment, shall be the legal successor or successors of the said above-named 140 ' i . wording vacant 'ing, or )hurch, a mem- age of ted as linister 3uit in reupon rustees !y shall inated ; le trus- for the 5 of the tment ; I be no case it aid to Circuit, ppoint a vote J then votes, asting >ns so her of all be lamed OF KEEPING trustees' RECORDS. H 275, § 2 trustees, and shall have in perpetual succession the same capacities, powers, rights and duties, as belonged to and were exercised by the original trustees. Section V. Of Keeping Trustees* Records, /S75. 1. It shall be the duty of the trustees, for the time being, to keep a book of record in whicli the names of the trustees shall be entered, together with the names of their respective successors, giving in each case the date when each became a trustee, and the date when each ceased to be a trustee, and the cause of his ceasing to hold the office. 2. It shall be the duty of all trustees of church property to insure said property to at least three-fourths of the cash value of the perishable property. m ? i\ III, 141 !(H Is fart V. EDUCATIONAL AND BENEVOLENT INSTITUTIONS. r#*. r f a f '■/ f^m'A %'SfJ6f EDUCATIONAL AND BENEVOLENT^*' INSTITUTIONS ^^^^"^'-^ '***^ *^ w^'^ ./;;j.;fji HAPTER I. EDUCATIOKAL. Kill «». ' i&;"'.j* Section I. EDUCATIONAL SOCIETY'. !S10. In order to combine in one effort the entire edu- cational work of our Church, Societies for that purpose shall be formed on all Circuits and Missions, on the foUo^r- ing Constitution :— ijaviii-i^ I. Name. 5511. This Society shall be known as "The EduOational Society of the Methodis|} Church." ^^ ^, 11. Objects. . . fUH« .tl .%^S ^18. The objects of this- Sbciety shall beto assist 1r['^ maintaining; our Connoxional UhiVferttfties and^ Gbllogps^ and Theological Institutions; to defray the expela^d^- of th6' ^amin^tion of candidates for th^ -mfriisti^ in our Church, and to aid such candidates in bbtafiiing-a suitable education. 10 m IT 279 EDUCATIONAL SOCIETY. > III. Members. !$T9. All subsoribers of one dollar per anniim and up- wards shall be members of the Society and entitled to a copy of the Annual Report. IV. Management. !^0. 1. The management of the Society shall ba vested in 1% iifsneral Secretary of Education and two Creneral Treasurers, together with a Board of Management, to be appointed by the General Conference, one of whom shall be the General Superintendent. 2. All expenditures of the funds of the Society must be made by resolution of tue Board of Management, unles&^ ordered by Discipline or by special direction of the General Conference. 3. No new educacional institution shall be initiated by any Church Court or Board without tbo consent of the General Conference, or during the period between sessions of that Conference without the consent of the General Conference Special Committee. V. Duties of the General Secretary. !S81. It shall be the duty of the General Secretary to publish the Annual Report of the Society ; and to ta|ce all measures possible 14 harmony with the other officers and Boards of oi;r Church to increase the income of the Society, and to pversee and promote the interests of our educational wor]^ throughout the Dominion. He shall also, with the Secretary of the Bot^rd of Management, be authorized to •^ 5 ' i nd up- xi to a vested eneral to be m shall nust be unle8&\ Greneral ated by of the sessions Greneral 5tary to bake &11 3rs and Society, national ith the ized to EDUCATIONAL SOCIETY. IT 282, § 4 secure uniformity among Conference Treasurers in the administration of the Educational Fund. VI. Duties of the General Treasurers, 1t%%' It shall be the duty of the General Treasurers : 1. To receive and account for the funds of the Society, and to disburse the same as ordered by the General Oon- ference, or by the Board of Management through the Secretary, and to present an audited account of the same to each General Conference. All notes given by students tor loans shall be held in trust by the General Treasui*ers, who when they mature shall, under the direction of the Board of Management, take steps for their collection, placing to credit of each Conference Treasurer amounts collected on notes made by students of such Conference. 2. To remit to each College at the opening of the session the amount of fees to which students attending the College are entitled. These fees shall not exceed $20 for each student, and shall be a grant and not a loan. --*" 3. To remit to students the amount of the Standard LopJi, as announced by the General Secretary, one-half not later than December 15th, and the remainder before April 15th, in each session. 4. To obtain at the close of the session from each student, on a form issued or approved by thrj General Secretary, a promissory note, payable within ten years, withbiit ihterest, seoUring the said loaii; To all stiidents paying their notes before nittiturity, either in whole ^i^ in discount shall be made of 5 per cent, per annuii) on par&i imexpired term of loan. ;t 81 W7 ir283 EDUCATIONAL SOCIETT. (!<:^ 3 J I h VII. Branches. 983. 1. A Conference branch of the Society shall be organized in each Annual Conference, under the manage- )nent of a Committee of such Conference, composed as follows : — 2. The PresMent of the Conference, and four ministers and four laymen, and a Secretary and a Treasurer appointed by the Annual Conference. 3. A Circuit branch of the Society shall be organized on each Circuit or Mission, under whose direction meetings^ where practicable, shall bo held, at which the claims of our educational work shall be placed before our people, and collections and subscriptions taken for the funds of the Society. VIII. Sources of Income. 984. 1. Sermons shall be preached on behalf of the Society, and subscriptions and collections taken up in aid of its funds, in fd\ our churches and preaching places^ At such time as may be directed by the Financial District Meeting. The Newfoundland Conference may retain for its own< use" for theologioal students such funds as it may raioelor^edifoaiionid puppQseStr ^ 2^ A •p«oi«l • ^1 ■!' I I ( IT 286- EDUCATIONAL SOCIETY. --' J ■' !■ i\ U ■■■ iW l- I: f- 3' X. Aniiual Conference Committee. ^80 Each Annual Conference Committee shall meet at the time and place of the meeting of its Conference for the following purposes : 1. To consider th.e cases of all Probationers recom- mended by District Meetings to attend College, and pro- pose to Conference the College they shall attend, and to report to the General Treasurers the names of students who have travelled at least one year, and a.re recommended for aid, either to receive fees only, or Standard Loan in full or in part along with fees. Undergraduates of Vic- toria or Toronto University shall be appointed to Victoria University ; those of McGill to the Wesleyan Theological College. Other students in the Central Conferences shall be .divided between Victoria University i^nd the Wesleyan Theological College, as these Conferences may, respectively, decide. Students of the Western Conferences shall be appointed to Wesley. and Columbian Colleges, and those of the Eastern Conferences to the University of Mount Allison. Nevertheless, should there appear sufficient reason for doing so, a student may be permitted to attend some other of our Connexional Institutions. 2. To examine and order payment of the approved ac- counts of expenses of examinatipna within . t)ie bounds of the Conference. XI. Equalization of Loans, ^7- 1. Before the first of November in each year the Conference Treasurer shall ascertain the names of pro- 160 SABBATH SCHOOLS. IT 289 leetat fnce for recom- nd pro- and to udents nended ioan in of Vic- ^ictoria :>logical »s shall esleyan ctively, lall be i those Mount fficient attend ed ac- nds of r the ' pro- bationers in actual attendance at college, and shall forward to the General Secretary of Education a list of such as are recommended for aid. 2. The General Secretary having received said returns from all the Conferences, except Newfoundland, shall determine from said returns the average amount of aid available for each probationer, with corresponding reduc- tion where only partial aid is sought. Provided always the aggregate amount of aid given in said revision shall not exceed the total amount available. XII. Duties of Anmtctl Conference Treasurers^ 288. 1. To report to the General Secretary list of students recommended for aid. 2. To see, in the case of any minister or probationer proposing to sever his connection with the ministry of our Church, that all loans are refunded before his credentials are given him by Conference. 3. To have his books duly audited at the close of the Conference year, and to send audited statement with cash on hand to the Greneral Treasurer immediately after the Annual Conference. Section II. SABBATH SCHOOLS. Introd'nction. *-£.<.*{. ^9. For the thorough organization anct goyemment of the Sabbath Schools of the Methodift Church,' the follow- ing directions are given : 161 -"-».. i ' 'U U '« i;:r If ^ ;?l IT 289, §1 SABBATH SCHOOLS. ^ii i>. : ', ! ■i I ".t. tt *;l: t ' 1. It shkll'be the duty iof every Superintendent minister ^o'^e that, 80 f^r as pbi^sible, there shall be a Sabbath School in connection with each congregation under his chjairge; such school to be kept open, if at all practicable, during the whole year. 2. In orgahizing a new school, the Superintendent of the Circuit shall appoint, with the concurrence of the Quarterl}' OfHicial Board, a suitable person to superintend the same, aiid the pierison so appointed shall, with the concurrence of the Superintendent of the Circuit, appoint the necessary officers and teachers, and proceed to organize the school in harmony with the following Constitution : I. Name. ^0. This School shall be known as the .... Methodist Sietbbath School, and shall be under the supervision of the Quarterly Official Board of the .... Circuit or Mission. n. Management. ^1. The management of the School shall be vested in a Committee consisting of the minister or ministers in charge on the Circuit, the officers and teachers of the School, and not less than three, nor more than five, other persons, members of the Church, nominated by the Super- intendent of the Circuit at the second meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, and elected by said Board. The persons so elected shall enter upon the duties of their office at tl^e next e^8^ing meeting of the Committee of Manage- ment : lfi2 \ "nister [abbatli ler his bicable, of tlie larterlj' same, mce of cessary hool in SABBATH SCHOOLS. TIL Iiistrnction. If 294 %9% Tlie instruction given in the School shall be the doctrines of the Word of God as expounded in the recog- nized standards of the Methodist Church. The Methodist Catechisms shall be taught in each School. IV. Officers. S93' The officers of the School shall be a Superintend- ent, Secretary, Treasurer, Librarian, and such other officers as may in the interests of the Schools be found desirable to appoint. The Superintendent and his assistant or assist- ants must be members of the Methodist Church. "1 . ( ^1 r 6 ■. fchodist of the ion. bed in 3rs in i the other 5uper- f the The aag»- V. Elections. 294' The Committee of Management shall annually elect all the officers and teachers at its regular meeting nearest to the first of May. (1) The Superintendent of the Circuit shall nominate for the office of Superintendent of the School two or more persons, and the Committee of Management shall elect by ballot. (2) The Superintend- ent of the School, after his election, shall nominate two or more persons for each of the other officers of the School, and the Committee of Management shall elect by ballot. (3) The teachers shall be elected by the Committee of Management, on the ncnination of the Superintendent. (4) Vacancies that may occur in the lists of officers and teachers shall be filled from time to time by the Superin- tendent^ subject to the approval of the ensuing meeting of the Committee of Mani.gement. 163 l|f : i ki I iti.t\i : r IT 296 SABBATH SCHOOLS. P J' i V I, III I. ; !395' Meetings of the Committee of Management shall be held quarterly, or as much ofteLer as the Committee shall, by resolution, decide, a report from which meeting concerning the state of the School shall be presented at the next ensuing meeting of the Quarterly Official Board. (1) Where practicable, there shall be a meeting of the teachers for the study of the lesson. (2) Special meetings of the Committee of Management may be called at any time by the Secretary, at the request of the Superintendent of the Circuit or the Superintendent of the School. Due notice of the nature of the business to be transacted, together with the time and place of meeting, shall be given to each member of the Committee. No other than the special business thus noticed shall be transacted at special meetings. Order of Business. 1. Devotional exercises. 2. Calling the roll. 3. Heading minutes of previous meeting. 4. Unfinished business. 5. Reports : of Superintendent, Secretary, Treasurer, Librarian, Committees and Special Meetings. 6. Elections. 7. Miscellaneous. 8. Closing exercises. u'J'i- VI. Anniversary. 29^ A public Anniversary meeting of the School shall be held in the month of in each year, when the 164 SABLATH SCHOOLa ir3oo |ent shall ►mmittee meeting '©nted at '1 Board. \g of the meetings at any Jntendent 61. Due ansacted, be given than the It special reasurer, K)I ishall tien the reports of the School, as adopted by the Committee of Management, shall be read, the officers and Committee for the year announced, and such other exercises as, in the judgment of the Committee, may be deemed expedient General Principles. /S97« The Superintendent of the Circuit shall be Chairman of all Sabbath School Committees. In his absence, the Superintendent of the School shall preside. The Superintendent of the Sabbath School shall be a member of the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit. ^98. No person shall be permitted to retain a position as an officer or teacher whose character or religious opinions, in the judgment of the Committee of Management or Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit, shall be deemed a sufficient ground of unfitness for service in our Sabbath Schools. ^9. In order that the ministers may, from time to time, visit the Sabbath Schools on their Circuits, it is recommended that an open meeting of the School be held for that purpose once a quarter; if necessary, at the time of the regular preaching service. 300. The Superintendent of the School shall present, at each meeting of the Quarterly Official Board, a report concerning the state of the School, and shall cause the Annual Schedule to be filled up, and present the same to th6 Fourth meeting of the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit. Hie Recording Steward shall prepare the Circuit Report, and forward it to the Annual Bistrict Meeting. 155 1 li ! li-: 1 1 . ■ . - * IT 301 SABBATH SCHOOLS. m V '• )) 111 I hi ;i 301. ^^t is strongly recommended that the several grades of Sabbath School publications of our own Church be used in all our Schools, instead of irresponsible publications, which are often hostile to the doctrinal teaching of Meth- odism, and to the institutions of our country. 30^. It is recommended that the New Catechism be taught in every school, as a succinct and logical statement of Methodist doctrine. I 303. It is recommended that home classes, for those who cannot attend Sunday Schools, but who can be induced to study the regular Sunday School fessons system- atically, be constituted, where practicable, and reported in connection with the church or appointment where they are held ; also, that there be an annual house-to-house canvass ^ tipon all our circuits and missions. i 304. It is also strongly recommended that every means be employed to secure the attendance of our Sabbath School scholars at the reo;ular services of the Church ; and that special efforts be put forth, as the Providence of God may indicate, for the conversion of the children, for their instruction in catechumen classes, and ingathering into the Church. Also, that the Sunday School idea be so developed as to promote the organization of congregational adult Bible classes in connection with all our schools. »vHt ■ ■ > Sabbath School Temperance Work. 305. In all the Sabbath Schools of our Qhurch ftamest efforts shall be made to inculcate pirincipies ol; total abstin- ence from all intoxicating liquors or injurious priMDtioes, 156 ' ' : 11 Hi 1 I 7 SABBATH SCHOOLS. 11808 1 grades be used ioations, )£ Meth- *i8m be atement i or those can be > system- ported in they are oanvass •y means Sabbatli oh ; and B of God for their into the Jveloped kl adult /ftamest [ abstin- raotioes, and for this purpose the following pledge shall be pro- vided: I do hereby pledge myself to abstain from the use of all alcoholic liquors as a bevera^ye, from the use of tobacco in any form, from the use of profane language, the reading of bad books and papers, and to earnest efforts to secure the prohibition of the liquor traffic. 300< It is recommended that, unless otherwise provided the Committee of Management arrange for a temperance meeting in the sohool once a quarter, at which meeting iuldresses shall be given in keeping with the above pledge, and an efifort made to induce all to subscribe thereto. Con^itution of Sahhath School Temperance Society. 30T* !• Object. — Its object shall be to promote the principles of total abstinence and prohibition, especially among the young. 2. Memherahip. — It shall be composed of all who take the pledge and sign the roll of membership. 3. Management. — The society shall be under the control of the Sabbath School Committee of Management, which shall appoint the officers of the society. The pledge shall be that prescribed above. 4. Meetings.-' The officers will arrange for meetings at least onoe in three months. Sahhath School Missionary Societies. 308* There shall be, wherever practicable, in connection >\'it)l| fj^ch Sabbath School, a ^NTissinnary Society, for the 157 I M'l , I" IT 309 SABBATH SCHOOLS. i: ;,' ■,.; I »il'' - t collection of missionary money, the diffusion of missionary information, and the cultivation of a missionary spirit. It is also recommended that the Superintendent of the Circuit, in conjunction with the Superintendent of the School, shall secure, if possible, the presence of the Sabbath School scholars at the Annual Meeting of the Missionary Society of the Church, and their participation in its services by sinti^ing missionary hymns and presenting their missionary offerings. It is recommended that at least seventy-five per cent, of all Sunday School collections be given to the Missionary Society. Connexional Funds. 309. On Sundays on which the claims ot the Educa- tional Society, the Missionary Society and the Supetian- nuated and Supernumerary Ministers' Funds are laid before the congregations, the Sunday School superintend- ents are requested to explain to the schools their objects, and to make collections on their behalf in the schools. 'm Settlement of Difficultiea. 310* Should any difficulty arise in connection with the School, which the Committee cannot satisfactorily adjust, the Minister, Superintendent of the School, or any three members of the Committee, may, on giving due notice to the Committee of their intention, refer the matter of dis- pute to the next meeting of the Quarterly Official Board of the Circuit, wbea the case shall be heard ftucl finally decided. m '' I SABBATH SCHOOL WORK. ^314 sionary irit. It of the of the ^bbath isionary in its ag their at least /ions be y ■ ■ Educa- supecan- »re laid rintend- objects, ols. irith the adjust, y three otice to r of dis- l Board DISTRICT MEETING. — SABBATH SCHOOL WORK. 311. Each Annual District Meeting shall elect by ballot one minister and one layman to the Annual Conference Sabbath School Committee. 319. Each Chairman of a District shall inquire at the May District Meeting, when the laymen are present, into the condition of the Sabbath Schools on every Circuit by name, and call for the schedules, which shall pass under careful review and be tabuh. ^<^'^ for the Annual Conference. 313. There shall be a Sabbath School Convention held in each District, to be composed of all the ministers and probationers for the ministry in the District, all Superin- tendents of Schools, and two or more delegates from each Sabbath School in the District ; to be held in connection with the Financial District Meeting, or at such other time as the May District Meeting' may determine. The exer- cises of said Convention shall consist of discussions on Sabbath School matters, essays, normal and model classes, public addresses, etc. ANNUAL CONFERENCE. — SABBATH SCHOOL WORK. I. Committee, 314^* There shall be a Sabbath School Committee for each Annual Conference, composed of two members from each district, of which the President of the Annual Con- ference shall be the Chairman ; but, in his absepqe* the Committee shall proceed to elect its own Chairman. It aball also elect a secretary. A treasurer of the Sabbath m 1.' 1 ii*;( i ;ii T316 SABBATH SCHOOL WORK. iv,'- ml i ' ?*■'■ fti HI School Aid and Extension Fund shall be appointed by each Annual Conference, who may, or may not, be the Secretary of the Sabbath School Committee. 315. It shall be the duty of the Committee to collect the statistics of the Districts, and prepare therefrom tho Conference Report, and make such recommendations to the Conference as the necessities of the work may require from time to time. 310. (ct) It shall be tho duty of the Secretary of the Sabbath School Committee to take charge of the books and papers belonging to our Sabbath School work, and to act as corresponding secretary oi the Conference. He shall make arrangements for the first meeting of the Committee, as soon after the opening of Conference as may be conven- ient, and shall continue in offico until his successor is appointed. (6) It shall be the duty of the Treasurer oi' the Sabbath School Committee to receive all moneys for the Sabbath School Aid and Extension Fund from the financial secre- taries throughout the Conference, and forward the same to the General Treasurer, as hereinafter provided. II. Annual Conference Meeting. 311f. There shall be a public Sabbath School meeting held in connection with the Annual Conference, for which arrangements shall be made by the Committee appointed to prepare the plai^ of public services for the Conference, at which the Report of the Sabbath kSohool Committee shall be read, followed by addresses and discussions c^i Sabbath School topics. 160 V X' nted by be the o collect rom tho itions to require y of the ooks and ad to act He shall iximittee, J conven- jcessor is Sabbath Sabbath ial secre- bhe same meeting or which ppointed ttference, >mmittee sions o^ SABBATH SCHOOL WORK. 11322 III. Collections, 318. An annual collection in aid of Sabbath School work shall be taken up in all our schools, to be called the Sabbath School Aid and Extension !Fund collection. It is recommended that this collection ba taken up at the open session of the School on the Quarterly Review Sunday in September, or at such other time as may be found most convenient. It shall be the duty of Superintehddints of Circuits and of Chairmen of Districts tc see that such collections are taken up. 319. The District Financial Secretaries shall receive such collections in the same n^anner as the other C6n- nexional collections, and transmit the same to the Secre- tary of the Sabbath' School Committee of the Annual Con- ference, who shall forward the sume to the Treasurer of the General Conference Sabbath School Board. 3S0. This fund shall be employed in making, under such regulations as the Board may frame, grants of Sab- bath School periodicals and books to schools in destitute localities, and in promoting the establishment of new schools where none exist. luai^wn-n* ">!-•' 3^1. The Ontario section of the Sabbath School Board may, if thought advisable, appoint a sub-coicrmittee, or ExeiCUtive Committee, to make grants of bookf and transact other business. IV. Auditors ■Iff ^ shall 3!^. The Executive Committee of the General Board ppuint ah auditor, or amHtors, whose doty it shall 11 1^1 ,!i w Hi il '"il ! I'! 'I ' ! 5 IP'li b' i^ l! 1323 SUNDAY SCHOOI< AND EPWORTH LEAGUE. be to examine all the accounts of the Secretary-Treasurer, and report to the Ontario section of the Board ; and once in four years to the General Sabbath School Board. The said, audit shall be scibmittod to the Annual Oonference», and published in some of the Sabbath School periodicals. ! S!Z3' Sunday i::CH00L and Epworth League Genbbal Board. I. General Conference Board. There shall be a General Conference Sunday School and Epworth League Board, which shall consist of : (a) One minister and one layman from each Annual Conference, to represent the Sunday School Section, who shall be nominated by the delegations of the Annual Con- ferences present at the General Conference and elected by the General Conference. (6) One member from each Annual Conference, to repre- sent the Epworth League Section, who shall be nominated by the delegations of the Annual Conferences present at the General Conference and elected by the General Con- ference. (e) One representatiye elected by each Annual Confer- ence Convention of Young People's Societies, who shall be elected as provided in the Epworth League constitution. {d) The editor of the Sunday School periodicals, the General Secretary, and the Treasurers of the Sunday School and Epworth League septious of the Board. lea ,, asurer, d once The irences, icals. v '.».(.:, ool and Annual on, who lal Con- cted by o repre- tninated esent at ral Con- Confer- shall be ition. als, the r JSchool SUNDAY SCHOOL AND EPWORTH LEAGUE. 1323 II. Powers of the Board. The Board shall have general oversight of Sunday Schools arid also of Epworth Leagues, and other Young People's Societies who may affiliate with the League ; •arid shall have power to amend the coristitution of Local Leagues (provided, however*, that no enactment shall in any manner conflict with this constitution or the Discipline of the Methodist Church)^ The Board shall also arrange courses of reading and study for members of the Leagues, select topics for League meetings, and provide, through, the Book Boom, for the publication of such literature as in their judgment is necessary. Thei Board shall fill By iwectidn any vacancy' occurring in the General Conference representatives during the quad- rennium. In the absence of the General Superintendent at any of its meetings, the members may elect a chairman pro tern. All members of both sections of the Board shall have the right of voting on all subjects coming before the Board, whether relating to Sunday Schools or Epworth Leagues. ' in Officers. The officers of the Board shall be a President (who shall, ex officio J be the General Superintendent), five Vice-Presi- dents — one for the Sunday School section of the Board and one each for the four departments of the Epworth League section, the Editor of the Sunday School periodicals, a Treasurer for each section of the Board, and the General Secretary, who shall be the Secretary of the Board. 163 V isn il ;m1 '( .■ l! i -ii IT 323 SUNliAY SCHOOL AND kPWORTH LfiAOUE. IV. Executive Committee, There shall be an Executive Committee, which shall be comj>osed of the General Superintendent, General Secretary, Editor of Sundp.y School periodicals, the Treasurers and four other members — two from the Sunday School section and two from the Epworth League section. This Com- mittee shall advise the General Secretary in his work, and attend to any necessary business between the meetings of the Board. V. General Secretdiry. There shall be a General Secretary, who shall be known as the General Secretary of Sunday Schools and Epworth Leagues. He shall conduct Sunday School and Epworth League correspondence and attend to the general business of the same. He shall edit the monthly Epworth 'League paper, under the direction of the Western Section of the Book Committee; travel throughout the Connexion, pro- moting the organization and interests of Sunday Schools and EpwOrth Leagues along Conference and District lines, aiding pastors in the establishing and developing of Sun- day Schools and Senior and Junior Epworth Leagues, carrying out the policy of the General Conference in doing so. He shall hold Sunday School Conventions or Insti- tutes, and Institutes for Bible study and training in Chris- tian work. He shall endeavor to promote a Connexional Sunday School and Epworth League literature. He shall visit, as far as possible, District and Conference Couven tions. He shall aid in increasing contributions to the 164 w hall be jretary, $rs and section 8 Com- rk, and fcings of L - ■ known Ipworth Ipworth )uaines8 League I of the on, pro- Schools )t lines, of Sun- leagues, n doing V Insti- 1 Chris- exional [e shall )onven to the SUNDAY SCI^PQ^L AN,I> EPV^QRTH LEAGUE. IT 323 Sunday School ^i^ axM^ Ex^ijisipn Fund and Epyrorth League funds. Hj^.s^fdl cause to b^ forwarded all neces- sary Sunday School and Epworth League schedules. He shall conduct all co]:;responden,ce, with reference to the making of grants from the Sunday School Aid and Exten- sion Fund, and perform such other duties as may be required by the Board or its Executive, it being under- stood that he shall not interfere with the functions of the ministers or other olQficers of the Church in their prescribed duties. VI. The Treasurers. f^<-4l' The Tre?t^^rers shall receive all collections and ofiher fundi^ bj^longing tp their respective sections of the Boa,rd, pay the same out on the order of the Executive Committ^ of the Board, prepare statements for each annual meeting of the BjO^i^, and quadrf^nnial reports for the 6^|i:^eral ' VH. Meetings. An annual meeting of the members of the Board, repre- senting the Conferences in the Provinces of Ontario and Quebec, shall be held at such time and place as the General Superinteudent shall dir ^ct. It shall be competent for tU« members of the Board residing in other Conferences to dic. . annually, in joint or separate meetings, under the direction of the General Superintendent, for the management of the Sunday Schools or Local Leagues and other Young People's Societies w^^ithin their jurisdiction. Where such meeting is h^ld the Secre- tary thereof shall report the proceedings to the General M I 114 )-.*! ^ Itll m \'t. PI' hi IT 323 FlUNDAT SCHOOL AND EPWORTH LEAGUE. Secretary of the Board, and in other respects they shall be corresponding members of the Boaird. VIII, Revenue, The revenue of the Sunday School section of the Board shall be derived from the Sunday School Aid and Exten- sion Fund, and that of the Epworth League Section from an annual collection or contribution from each League anil other young people's societies affiliated with the League, or the Board may devise other ways and means of providing additional revenue. The salary and expenses of the General Secretory shall be paid out of the revenues under the Control of the Board, in ^ch propor'tions from each section as the Board may decide. The Editor of the Sunday School periodicals shall super- intend the selection, examination and recommendation of suitable books for Sunday School libraries, and publish and circulate catalogues of the same. ANNUAL CONPERENCE^EPWORTH LEAGUE COMMITTEE. ; 3/S4. There shall be an Annual Conference Epworth League Conunittee, composed of one minister and one lay- man, e]iected by the District Meeting. To this committee are to be referred all matters affecting the League in con- nection with Annual Conferences. The Conference Treas- urer of the Epworth League Fund; shall . be ex officio Sk •member of the Committee. TtOt|0i 166 GENERAL EP WORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. IT 325, §4 ey shall Board Exten- on from gue and >ague, or roviding try shall ) Board, krd may H'fttip^r- lation of publish TTBE. Spworth me lay- mmittee in oon- eTreas- oMiftQ a 3^5* General Epworth League Constitution. PRBAMBLB. For the purpose of promoting intelligent and vital piety among the young people of the Methodist Churoh ; training them in active Christian work ; promoting the study of the Bible and Christian literature, there shall be an organization under the authority of the General Conference, governed by the following Constitution : Name. 1. The name of the organization shall be ''The Epworth League of the Methodist Church." Objsoxs. 2. The objects shall be to unite its young people in Christian fellowship and service ; increase their spirituality by edification in Scripture truth and by prayer ; instruct them in Methodist doctrine and Church history ; enlicft their co-operation iu missionary activi- ties through existing denominational organizations, and stimulate and interest them in the formation and development of Leagues. Control. 3. The control of the General Society shall be vested in the Sunday School and Epworth League Board. The General Epworth League shall be the recognized parent Society, of which local Leagues shall be branches. Affiliation. 4. Any Christian Endeavor Society, whose President is a member of the Methodist Church and approved of by the Quarterly Official Board may become affiliated with the Epworth League by adopting the name "Epworth League of Christian Endeavor," and any Epworth League may become affiliated with the Society of Christian Endeavor by adopting as a local name ** Epworth League of Chris- tian Endeavor." i HI r ill 'I-- >[{ •i. f \} ir325, §5 GENERAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. Reprksentation on Quarterly Official Boarps. 5. The Presidents of all £pworth Leagues and Epworth Leagues of Christian Endeavor shall, on being approved by the Quarterly Official Boards, become members of the same, and shall so continue so long as they remain Presidents. I \f II: District Cokventions. 0. An Epworth League Convention may be hold annually in each District. ^M//>' . DiSTRic* . Representatives. 7. Each District Convention shall elect a represeniJjitlve to the Annual Conference Convention, as a member of its Executive Com- ,,{nitteo. ' - .ot-.j ^.i-r-t >-].. ;^j.;.(. .m •.' "• "'• ■ ^'■'- V-- ^'^'CONJ^feEi^eiE'lCdWiH^IONS. 8. The members, of Ep\^qpth Leagues., within the boundaries ot any Conference, ma^ organize and hold a Convention of Epworth Leagues and ofih^r Methodist Young People's Societies once in two years. Conference .Representatives. 9. Whenany such Convention is held, it shall be competent for it to elect one representative to . the Sunday School and Epworth Lec^e Board, who shall bold/ office for< two years, which election shall be reported to the next ensuing Annual Conference. In case of failure of such election, the Annual Conference Epworth League Committee may norhinate, and the Annual Conference elect, a repjceE|eptative;tQ the Sunday School and Epwprth Le^^gue Board. Quadrennial Convention. 10. Under the directiion of the iSnnday School and Epworth Lefigue Board, there may be Held' ^acb quactrennium a Young People^s Convention for the whole of the Church. 168 (I TION. CONFERENCE EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. 1 326 9. Leagues (Quarterly continue $'^0. Conference Constitution op the Epworth Leacjue. Articls L— Name. This organization shall be called '• The Epworth League of the Conference. ii >l ly in eacli ve to the live Com. idaries ot Epworth ce. in two )etent for Epworth 1 election 1 Epworth ince elect, le Board. Epworth a Young Article II. — Object. The object of the Conference League shall be to aid and help tlie Leagues and other Young People's societies, and the meml)er8 thereof, within its jurisdiction, to accomplish the purpose set forth in the Epworth League Constitution, (a) By increasing their spirituality. {})) By improving their methods of work. (c) By becoming better acquainted, so as to be more helpful to each other. {d) By assisting in organizin^i; new societies in the Districts of the Conference, and promoting ii> every way possible the efticiency of those already organized by co-operation with the General Secre- tary in his work. Article III. — Representation in Convention. c< All Leagues or Methodist Young People's societies whose " aims and methods of religious work " are similar to those set forth in the Epworth League Constitution shall be eligible for representation and entitled to vote, the scale of representation being one official delegate for every twenty members or fraction thereof. Article IV. — Officers. The officers of the Conference League shall be : Honorary Presi- dent, who shall be the President of the Annual Conference ; Presi- dent, five Vice-Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, and the represen- tatives on the Epworth League Board, who shall hold office until iheir successors are elected at the next Biennial Convention. 169 I ' I IF 326 CONFERENCE EPWORIH LEAGDE CONSTITUTION. mi. & i ' ; si • , ■ :Hv,':: ft \Mm Article V. —Executive. The officers of the Conference League and the representative from each District League within the bounds of the Conference, elected as provided by the General Constitution of the Epworth League, shall compose the Executive Committee, and may be convened at any time by the President. Article VI. — Elections. A Nominating Committee, composed of the Honorary President, the President and five other members elected by ballot by the Con- vention (only one ballot to be taken and the five having the highest number of votes to be declared elected) shall, at each Biennial Con- vention, nominate two or more candidates for each office, to be elected by the Convention by ballot. Article VII.— Duties of OmoERS. (a) The President shall perform the duties usually appertaining to that office, and watch over and help forward the interests of the societies ia the Conference. (b) The first four Vice-Presidents shall, in the order named, be appointed to further the work of the societies in the Conference in the dififerent departments, as described in the Constitution of the Local Leagues. (c) The fifth Vice-President shall assist in the organization and development of Junior Leagues throughout the Conference. {d) The Secretary shall make and have charge of all records, conduct the correspondence, give notice of meetings, and attend to all the other duties of his office. (e) The Treasurer shall receive all moneys belonging to the Con- ference League, and disburse the same at the direction of the Executive, upon order of the President and Secretary. Article VIII. — Conventions. There shall be a Biennial Convention of this Conference League. The Executive Committee shall fix the time and place, unless ai'ranged for at the Convention, and provide the programme. 170 UTION. DISTRICTT EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. IT 327 tative from ce, elected ill League, jnvened at President, y the Con- bhe highest mnial Con- ffice, to be >pertaining 'ests of the named, be aference in ion of the zation and 11 records, attend to > the Con- on of tlie e League, se, unless tne. BvLaw8. By-laws may be adopted in harmony with this Constitution. 337. CoN8a?iT,i^y JON .FQB, District Epworth League. Arti(jlb L— Name. This organi7ation shall be called "The Epworth League of the ......District." Article II.— Object. Its object shall be to assist its Leagues and members in accom- plishing the different purposes set foi'th in the Epworth League Constitution : (a) By increasing their spirituality. (6) By improving their methods of work. ( .) By becoming better acquainted, so as to be more helpful to each other. ((/) By assisting in organizing new Leagues on the District, and promoting in every way possible the efficiency of those already organized. Article III. — Membership. All members of Leagues or other Young People's societies in the District whose "aims and methods of religious work" are similar to those set forth in the Epworth League Constitution, shall be eligible for membership in the District League, and shall be entitled to vote. Article IV. — Officers. The ofl^cers of the District League shall be : Honorary President, who shall be the Chairman of the District ; President, five Vice- Presidents, the represientative of the District on the Conference Executive, Secretary and Treasurer, who shall hold office until their successors are elected at the uoxt Annual Convention. .171 w n ■it*-'- mi 11327 DISTRICT EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. >i^' ii ers ; (6) Musical and social eutertainn^ents in liarmony with thu spirit of Chris- tianity ; (c) Employment bureau ; {d) Badges and decoracions. 174 i. LOCAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. IT 328 the meet- 9d to vote and the the list > the roll- ok to the bU worthy ue will be sign the ill confer itisfied of «r at the lember of mahl hi.. •artment», 4. Social, lall be as ting; {b) spiritual ly School I cottage nd social I literary Musical >f Chris- ions. Oroanization of Departments. An Epworth League may be organized in the Christian Endeavor department only. If thought desirable, the departments of Chris- tian Endeavor and Missionary ma}' bo amalgamated under one Vice-President. The Christian Endeavor department shall be essential and fundamental in the organization and working of an Kpworth League. It is optional with every League how far it will develop the Missionary, Literary and Social departments. It is strongly advised that wherever practicable all the departments be organized, vdth the object of more fully carrying on the aims of tae Christian Endeavor department. Article V. — Officers and their Duties. 1. The officers shall be an Honorary President (who shall be the Pastor), a President, four Vice-Presidents, Secretary, Correspond- ing Secretary and Treasurer, (who shall be Active Members of the League). 2. The President shall be a member of the Methodist Church, and shall be elected at the annual meeting of the League. The Superintendent of the Circuit, who shall be Chairman A the annual meeting, shall nominate two or more persons for the office, and the election shall be by ballot. 3. The other officers shall also be elected by ballot on the nomina- tion of the Nominating Committee, of which the Superintendent of the Ciruuit dhall be ex o^cio chairman ; the committee to be com- poseu of seven persori>, who shall be active members of the League, and shall be elected by ballot, without debate, at the regular meet- ing next preceding the annual meeting. The Nominating Commit- tee shall nominate two or more active members for each office. No officers shall be declared elected by less than a majority vote. 4. The President of the League, on being approved by the Quar- terly Official Board, shall be a member thereof, and shall report at each meeting of the Board, aa to the progresis and general con- dition of the League. 175 !! i > 'i IM ■} . J ^« !■ ' J, 1-^ wm !" IT 328 LOCAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. 5. The President of the League shall perform the duties usually pertaining to that office, watch over the interests of the League, and it shall be his care to see that the different committees perform the duties devolving upon their:. 6. The Vice-Presidents shall also, in the order named, represent and have charge of the departments of Christian Endeavor, Mis- sionary, Literary and Social work. They shall aid the President as he may request, (a) The first Vice-President shall have charge of the Christian Endeavor Department, having under his direction the Lookcdt, Prayer-meeting, Evangelistic and Sunday School Committees. (6) The 2nd Vice-President shall have charge of the Missionary Department and the committees connected therewith. He shall circulate missionary literature, encourage the adoption oi some systematic method of giving, and make arrangements for holding missionary meetings. (c) The 3rd Vice-President shall have charge of the Literary Department. It shall be his duty to interest the members of the League in Bible study, and wherever practicable, organize an Epworth League Reading Circle. He shall give attention to the circulation of our Connexional literature, {d) The 4th Vice-President is expected to arrange plans by which new- comers will be visited, strangers welcomed, and the social interests of the League and Church promoted. 7. The Recording Secretary shall make and have charge of all records, also a complete record of membership from the first, give notices of meetings, and attend to all other duties of his office. 8. The Corresponding Secrete ly shall conduct all correspondence ; and, when necessary, write lo absent members and read replies before the League at liis discretion. Immediately after his election he shall forward a list of the new officers to the General Secretary, and also to the District Secretary. 9. The Treasurer shall collect all due;} and receive all moneys, disbursing the same at the direction of the League, upon order of the Secretary, countersigned by the T'resident. He shall obtain the annual collection fur the General Epworth League Fund, ami sliall hund it to the Superintendent of the Circuit, who shall pay it to the Financial Secretary of the District. 176 J. js usually League, s perform represent tvor, Mis- President ve charge direction ly School rge of the herewith. ioptioD 01 nents for cnt shall 8 duty to wherever He shall ture. (d) i^hich new I interestis rge of all first, givfe >ffice. tondence ; d replies s election ecretarj-, [ moneys, I order of .11 obtain und, aiul ill pay it LOCAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. 1328 10. For the purpose of enlisting all in the work and rendering it more effective, the Executive Committee shall assigp. each member to at least one department of work. Each Vice>President shall name to the Executive Committee, committees for the management of his department, that officer being ex officio a member of each Committee. 11. The Executive Committee shall consist of the Superintendent of the Circuit, the officers of the League, and the chairmen of the various Standing Committees. All matters of business requiring debate, recommendations concerning finance, and proposed changes, shall be brought first before ^'ua Committee, and by it reported either favorably or adversely to the League. 12. Each committee, except the Executive, shall report in writing, through its Vice-President, to the League at the monthly business meetings concerning the work of the past month. Article VL — Pledge. Active Member's Pledge. Taking Christ as my example, and trusting in the help of the Holy Spirit, I promise that I wi!' endeavor to learn and do my Heavenly Father's will ; that I will make stated seasons of private prayer and the daily study of the Bible the rule of my life. As an Active Member of the League, I will, except when excusable to my master, be present ac and take part in the meetings of the Christian Endeavor Department, and will be true to all my duties as a mem- ber of the Church. I will abstain from all amusements and habits upon which I cannot ask God's blessing. I will honor God with my substance as He has prospered me. I will endeavor, by kindly words and deeds^ to cultivate the spirit of Christian friendship and bring my young associates to Christ. Associate Mefnher's Pledge. As an Associate Member, I am willing to serve on committees and to work as I may be required to advance the intoi-ests of the League, and will, by conversation, conduct an(l companions, endeavor to sustain its character as a Christian Society. 12 177 i il ^328 LOCAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. I ,; ¥■ > I. l.:i' Article VII. —Meetings. L Regular religious meetings of the League should be held weekly. 2. A monthly consecration meeting shall be held. 3. Business meetings may be held after any regular meeting. Special bus' less meetings may be called at any time by the President. 4. The following shall be the order of exercises at business meetings : (a) Devotional Exercises. (6) Minutes. (c) Report of Secretary. {d) Report of Treasurer. (c) Reports of Departments. if) R/jports of Special Committees. ig) i^miinished Business. {h) New Business. (») Adjournment. 5. At any business meeting .... members shall constitute a quorum. 6. The League year shall close at the same time as the ecclesi- astical year ; and the Annual Meeting for the election of oflicers shall be held on the evening in the month of April in each year. The Superintendent of the Circuit shall pre- side at the annual meeting Each officer shall present a v/ritinn report of the work in the department under his charge during the year. 7. A collection for the expenses of the Sunday School and FJp worth League Board shall be taken up annually, at some meet- ing previously announced before the Annual District Meeting, and forwarded by the Superintendent of the Circuit to the Financial Secretary of the District, and by him to the Conference Treasmoi of the General Epworth League Fund, who will pay it to tht^ Treasurer of the Epworth League section of the Sunday School and Epworth Jjoague Board. The Conference Treasurer may or may not be the Secretary of the Conference League Qpijimittee. 178 ^' v™,. m. LOCAL BPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. 1323 1 be held meeting, le by tlio t business mstitute a Lhe ecclesi- of officers month of shall prc- a v/rit,ff'ii during tl 10 chool and ome meet- eting, and Financial Treasurei it to tho ay School ay or may Article vm.— Committbes. The following committees may be appointed to take charge ot the work of the departments : 1. Christian Endeavor. Lookout. — It shall be the duty of this Committee to bring new members into the League, to introduce them to the work and to the other members, and affectionately to look after and reclaim any that seem indifferent to their duties, as outlined in the pledge. Prayer-meeting. — It shall be the duty of this Committee to have in charge the prayer-meeting, and to see that a topic is assigned and a leader appoir ted for every meeting, and to do what it can to secure faithfulnc^d to the membership pledge. Evangelistic Work. — This Committee shall devote itself to per- sonal effort for the ** winning of souls." Sunda/ School. — This Committee shall endeavor to bring iuto the Sunday School those who do ^ot attend elsewhere, aud visit absentees upon notification of absence for two Sundi.\.ys, and to aid in the efficient working of the Junior League. 2. Missionary. Missionary. — This Committee shall promote the interests of the Missionary Anniversary, the Woman's Auxiliary and the Mission Band, and seok to interest the meinbers of the League in all ways in Miasicnary topics. Temperance and Social Purity. — This Committee shall provide for the promotion of total abstinence from,, and the legal prohibition of, aisoholio beverages, and also seek to elevate public opinion regarding the law of personal purity, and the maintenance of the same moral standard for men and women. Visiting and Relief. — This Committee shall visit sick or afflicted members, provide volunteer watches or nurses, furnish material comforts, when necessary ; under the direction of the pastor to visit the neighborhood, i\\\'\pi strangers to the clurch, report and 179 m-' t 111 ! k i if if' ,w ir328 LOCAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. relieve, when possible, cases of distress, distribute tracts and do any other similar Christian work. 3. LiTERABY. Literary. — This Committee shall provide the intellectual exercises and entertainments of the League by means of lectures, debates, essays, literary programmes, etc. It shall have charge of all *( courses of study " pursued by the members, and of *' reading courses " in connection with the League. 4. Social Wobk. Social. — It shall be the duty of this Committee to promote the social interests of the League by welcoming strangers to the meet- ings, and by prcviding for the mutual acquaintance of the members. FlorcU OJenima. — This Committee may provide flowers for the pulpif"' on Sunday, and distribute them to the sick at the close of the services. Article IX.— General Begulatigns. 1. All the Active Members are expected to be present at every prayer-meeting, unless detained by some absolute necessity, and each Active Member is expected to take some part, however slight, in every Christian Endeavor meeting. At the close of the meeting some time should be taken for introduction and social intercourse, if desired. 2. Onc^ a month a consecration meeting for religious experience and testimony should be held, at which each Active Member shull speak concerning his progress in the Christian life, or renew his vows of conoecration. If any one chooses, he can express his feel- ings by an appropriate verse of Scripture or other quotation. 3. At each testimony or experience meeting the pledges shall bo read and the roll called, and the responses of the members whu are present shall be considered as a renewed expression of all^iancc to the pledge. It is expected that if any one is obliged to be absenL from this meeting he will send a request to be excused by some one 180 N. M and do 1 exercises , debates, rge of all •• reading omote the the meet- members, rs for the le close of r it at every ssity, and ver slight, le meeting itercourse, experience mber shall renew his 9S his feel- ion. eB shall be nbere whu allegiance » lie absent ' some one LOCAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. IT 328 who attends, accompanied, if possible, with at least a verse of Scripture, to be read in the response to his name at the roll call. 4. If any Active Member of the League be absent from this monthly meeting and fail to send an excuse, the Lookout Com- mittee is expected to take the name of such an one, and in a kind and brotherly spirit ascertain the reason for the absence. If any Active Member of this League be absent and unexciised from three consecutive monthly meetings, such an one ceases to be a member of the League. 5. It is to be understood that the Junior League does not inter- fere with our class meetings, but is intended to assist in securing the religious instruction and spiritual nurture of the children. It is also to be clearly understood that membership in the Junior League does not necessarily imply membership in the Church. Article X. — Reception of Members. The following Form, for the reception of new members into our Leagues and Societies, is commended to them for adoption and use, in order that all members, both old and new, may have frequently impressed upon them the full meaning and importance of their obligations. On Consecration Night, after the roll has been called, the names of all candidates will be read, who will then oome forward ; while coming forward the members will sing a consecration hymn, after which all will bow heads in silent prayer. The Pastor or President will then say : — "Dear Friends, — We rejoice that you have recognized your duty to God, to humanity and to yourself, by signing our pledge, which we trust you understand clearly and appreciate fully. ' ' This organization is designed for the salvation of young people, their growth in Christian life, and their training in definite service, to look up and lift up for Christ and the Church. *' It is based upon th« principle of ChriaMan fellowship, and by it the young people of our Church are brought into close relation with one another, and are thereby enabled to edify cme another in love. 181 Hi ra ■r " >f ir328 LOCAL EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. ed, and, Saturday instruc- history n; in all id inter- 0086 and ka of th« naintain the dis- to give lent, as esident all its \lice- Presidents) as there are departments at work, following the model of the Epworth League— a President, Vice-President, Secretary and a Treasurer. These officers, with the pastor, and under his presidency, shall form the Executive Committee of the League. The officers, except those appointed, shall be elected annually by the members of the League at a regular meeting, shall assist the pastor in his provision for the leadership of the catechumen classes, and maintain the efficiency of their respective departments to the best of their ability. Article VIIL To meet expenses, voluntary collections may be taken in the League. Article TX. Modification of this constitution may be made by the Executive Committee in any locality to meet its special needs. By-Laws. Article I. This Society shall be called the Junior Epworth League of* of II. Its object shall be to win the boys and girls to accept Christ, to train them to work for Him everywhere and at all times, and to guide them in forming the right kind of Christian character. III. Its Active Members shall be those between .... and .... years who shall show that they are trying to li^ e a Christian life, and who sign the following Pledge, provided ibat none shall be retained in membership who are over sixteen yeay s of ige : " Trusting in the Lord Jesus Christ for strength, I promise Him that I will ti-y to do whatever He would like to have me do ; that I will pray and read the Bible every day ; and that, just so far as I know how, I will try to lead a Christian life. I will be *ExPiiARATOBT NoTB.— Anv Sooietv to»j flll this blank with "Christian Endeavor," and thus be entitled to fellowship in the Unions and Oonrentions of the Toung People's Society of Christian Endeavor. 185 ]■ I tin '^ III; IMAGE EVALUATrON TEST TARGET (MT-3) &c /> A C/j 1.0 I.I Ui»2^ |2.5 llj "^" ■!■■ £ KS 1110 IL25 i 1.4 1.6 ^^IC/ ^ 7 Photpgrapdiic Sciences Corporation 23 WIST MAIN STREET WiBSTIR.N.Y. MSSO (716)872-4503 •SJ \ o" - '^J^ ^1^ ^' I/.. ) 5 329 JUNIOR EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. I I i present at every meeting of the Society when I can, and will take some part in every meeting." Name, I am willing that Hhould sign this Pledge, and will do all I can to help .... keep it. Parent's Name Residence IV. Associate Members shall be those who wish to attend, and promise to keep good order when ut the meeting. These shall have their names on the roll, and sign the following Pledge, but not serve as leaders for the meeting : ** I do herebj promise, with the help of God, to try always to do right ; to read the Bible daily ; to come to every meeting of the Society when I can, and to be attentive and orderly while present." Name i am willing 'that : . . , should sign this Pledge, and will do all I can to help keep it. Parent's Name Residence . . ., V. The officers of the Society shall be a Superintendent, Assistant Superintendents, President and Vice-President, Secretary and Treasurer. There shall be a Lookout Committee, and such other committees as may be needed. VL The Superintendent shall have full control of the Society, and be its Honorary President. The Assistant Superintendents shall aid the Superintendent in the work. The Assistant shall take care of the funds of the Society (luring the time between the meetings. There shall be as many Assistant Superintendents (Honorary Presidents) as department! at work. 186 JUNIOR EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. IT 329 rill take 3nd, and tall have but not ye to do ? of the y while endent, icretary id such lociety, b in the Society many mti at The President shall conduct the business meetings, under the direction of the Superintendent, and see that the different com- mittees perform the duties devolving upon them. The Vice-President shall act in the abse.ice of the President. The Secretary shall keep a correct list of the members, take the minutes of the business meetings, and call the roll at each meeting. The Treasurer shall take up the collections, enter the amount in the account-book, and turn over the money to the Assistant Superintendent, and also enter all expenditures as directed by the Superintendent. VII. The Superintendent and Assistants shall be appointed by the Pastor, or by the senior Society (if one exists), with the approval of the Pastor. The other officers and committees shall be nominated by the Superintendent and A$isistant, and elected by the Society. All officers shall be chosen once in six months. VIII. A prayer-meeting shall be held once every week. A consecration meeting shall be held onco a month, at which the pledge shall be read and the roll called, and the responses of the members shall be considered a renewal of the Pledge of the Society. If any member is absent from three consecutive con- secration meetings without excuse, his name shall be dropped from the list of members. IX. Part of the hour of the weekly meeting shall, if deemed best, be used bj'^ the Pastor or Superintendent of the Society for instruction, or for other exercises which they may approve. X. The Committees and their duties shall be as follows : The Lookout Committee shall bring new members into the Society, and affectionately look after and reclaim any who seem indifferent to their pledge. The Prayer- Meeting Committee shall select topics, assign leaders, and do what it can to secure faithfulness to the prayer-meeting pledge. The Social Committee shall welcome the children to the meetings and introduce them to the other members of the Society. They may also arrange for occasional sociables. The Temperance Committee shall arrange for an oocasional 187 /li IT 329^ JUNIOR EPWORTH LEAGUE CONSTITUTION. temperance meeting, and circulate the following temperance pledge among the members : "I do hereby pledge myself to abstain from the use of all alcoholic liquors as a beverage, from the use of tobacco in any form, from the use of profane language, the reading of bad books and papers, and to earnest efforts to secure the prohibition of the liquor traffic." The Sunday School Committee shall secure the names of children who do not attend Sunday School and invite them to become members of the Sunday School. The Missionary Committee shall try to interest the members in home and foreign mission work and arrange for occasional missionary meetings. , .^,. \t ,1^- The Musical and Literary Committee shall endeavor to make the singing a suooess, provide for occasional literary meetings, and, where possible, try to carry on some definite plan of Bible study, or other reading course. The Visiti ig Committee should call on strangers, visit the sick, try to render relief to the needy, distribute flowers and perform such other " deeds of mercy and help" as they can. All committees shall meet at least once a month for consultation with the Superintendent in regard to their work. Other committees may be added, according to the needs of local societies, and duties defined. XL The Junior Society, being a part of the Senior, should have all possible aid and support the latter can give it ; and it is expected that when the members of the Junior have reached the age limit, they \ il enter the Senior Society as Active Members. XII. Miscellaneous sections : 1. The regular meetings shall be held every .... from .... to The last meeting of each month shall be a consecration meeting, and should be led by one of the Superintendents. The first meeting of each .... shall be a business meeting. 8. The officer! shall be elected and committees appointed in ... . and 3. A voluntary collection shall be taken at each consecration meeting, to help meet expenses of the Society. 188 ON. nee pledge use of all CO in any bad books ion of the ►f children Ie study, the sick, i perform isultation > of local uld have vad it is ched the ibers. 1 • . . . to lecration rhe first in .... Ksration THE BOOK COMMITTEE. irasi 4. Special meetings may be held by the Superintendent at any time. 5. All expenditures shall be made under the rection of the Superintendents. 6. The By-laws may be altered or amended any time the Superintendents and Executive Committee of the Senior Society find it necessary. Section III. lit mi rf^jfr jjij^ffl THfi BOOK AND PRINTING ESTABLISHMENTS. I. The Book Committee — Its Powers and Duties. 330. The General Conference shall, quadrennially, ap- point a Book Committee, to be composed of ministers and laymen residing within the bounds of the several Annual Conferences, as follows — Four members from each of the following Conferences : Toronto, London, Hamilton, Bay of Quinte and Montreal, and one from the Manitoba 'Confer- ence; from the Nova Scotia Conference, five members; from the New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island Con- ference, five members ; and from the Newfoundland Con- ference, two members. These members shall be elected by the delegates of the several Annual Conferences, meeting separately, and with the Book Stewards and Editors shall constitute the Book Committee for the quadrennial term following their appointment. 33fl At the first meeting after its appointment the Book Committee shall divide into two Sections, to be called, respectively, the " Western" and " ik^tern" ^tioQs of the Book Committee. 0'. aif il ■ IT 832 THE BOOK CO^AMITTEIL 33S. The Western Section shall consist of the members of the Committee residing within the bounds of the Toronto, London, Hamilton, Bay of Quinte, Montreal, Manitoba and North-West, British Columbia and Japan Conferences, eleven of whom shall form a quorum for the transaction of business. " . 333. The Eastern Section shall consist of the members residing within the bounds of the Nova Scotia, New Bruns- wick and Prince Edward Island and Newfoundland Con- ferences, seven of whom shall form a quorum for the transaction of business. 334. The Western Section shall have the control and supervision of the Book and Printing Establishment in the city of Toronto, and of any other that may be established by the General Conference within the bounds of the Toronto, London, Hamilton, Bay of Quinte, Montreal, Manitoba and North- West, British Columbia and Japan Conferences. 335. The Eastern Section shall have the control and supervision of the Book and Printing Establishment in the city of Halifax, and of any other that may be established within the bounds of the Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, and Newfoundland Conferences. 334». Each Section shall elect its own Secretary, and, in the al tence of a General Superintendent, shall appoint its own Chairman. 33T' The Western Section and the Eastern Section shall meet annually on or before the third Wednesday in May, in Toronto and Halifax, respectively, when they shall fill up any vacancies that may have occurred in their numbers TH£ BOOK COMMITTEE. t343 members of the Montreal, Japan u for the members w Bruns- md Con- for the trol and nt in the tablished of the ilontreal, d Japan trol and nt in the »blished vick and mces. ', and, in point its ion shall in May, hall fill lumbers during the year. When vacancies occur in the Annual Conference representation on the Book Committee, bj the transfer of such representative or representatives, the said vacancy shall be filled by the Conference thus affected at its next ensuing Annual Meeting. 338- They shall examine the proceedings of the Execu- tive Committee and the business of each establishment during the preceding year. 339. They shall provide for an annual valuation of the stock, machinery, debts and other property, and annually appoint suitable persons to audit the accounts, and prepare a full and clear report to be laid before the Annual Confer- ences which they respectively represent. 340. They shall fix the salaries of the Book Steward or Book Stewards, and Editor or Editors. 341. Each Section shall have authority to suspend either a Book Steward or Editor for incompetency or for culpable neglect of the duties of his office, and to supply his place until the next General Conference : Provided alwaySy that no such suspension shall take place except by the vote of three-fourths of the members of the Section. 349. In case of the death, resignation or permanent disability of a Book Steward or Editor during his term of office, the Section having supervision of the establishment in which such vacancy occurs shall have power to appoint a successor to fill the office until the next General Con- ference. ''343. At the end of each quadrennial term they shall cause a correct valuation of the real property, stock, ma- chinery, debts and other property to be made, entering 191 \\ f Iv'^^ W\ m %< •r, !4 ■ Hi '\ 1 ';! 1 i 1 IT 344 THE BOOK COMMITTEE. such property at its actual value, and report the same to the General Conference. 344. Each Section shall, at the close of the quadrennial period, carefully review the book and publishing business within its jurisdiction of the preceding four years, and prepare a full report of the same to be presented to the General Conference. 345. A special meeting of the members of either Sec- tion, or of the Executive of either Section, may be called by a General Superintendent, or by the Book Steward and Editor, or by any three members. 346. All real estate and other property connected with the Book and Printing Establishment in the city of To- ronto, and any other that may be acquired within the bounds of the Toronto, London, Hamilton, Bay of Quinte, Montreal, Manitoba and North- West, British Columbia, and Japan Conferences, shall be vested* in the Western Section of the Book Committee and their successors in office, who shall apply all profits not required in the busi- ness exclusively for the benefit of the Superannuation Fund within the bounds of the aforesaid Conferences. 34T* All property connected with the Book aiid Print- ing Establishment in the city of Halifax, and any other that may be acquired within the bounds of the Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, and Newfound- land Conferences, shall be vested in the Eastern Section of the Book Committee, and their successors in office, who shall apply all profits not required in the business exclu- sively for the benefit of the Supernumerary Ministers' and Ministers' Widows' Fund. 192 THE BOOK STEWARDS. 1353 9 same to idrennial business Bars, and ed to the bher Sec- be called ^ard and sted with by of To- ithin the ' Quinte, /olumbia, Western essors in the busi- Lon Fund d Print- iny other ra, Scotia, ewfound- lection of fice, who 3ss exclu- iters' and 348* Each Section of the Book Committee shall also at its first meeting, and at each subsequent annual meeting, appoint an Executive Committee, who shall meet half- yearly and review the business of the preceding half-year ; and shall advise and decide in all matters submitted for their consideration. 349* The Executive Committee of the Western Section shall consist of two members from each of the following Conferences : Toronto, London, Hamilton, Bay of Qainte and Montreal, with the Book Steward and Editoi's. Six shall constitute a quorum. 350. The Executive Committee of the Eastern Section shall consist of five members — three of whom shall consti- tute a quorum — who shall be selected from those members of the Eastern Section residing in the vicinity of the Book Boom in Halifax. it? '^mK■' 351- Each Executive Committee shall appoint its own Chairman and Secretary, and keep a correct record of the business transacted at its meetings, which shall be sub- mitted to the respective Sections of the Book Committee at their annual meeting. 9$% All books which may be published by order of the General Conference, under the direction of any one of the existing book establishments, shall be furnished to the other establishment at cost. B s/j r >oq^^^t nr'+ ^ ^ II. The Book Stewards. 353. The General Conference shall elect by ballot a Book Steward, who shall have charge of the Book and Printing Establishment in Toronto, under the direction of 13 193 } \" irl « ill m Illi m ■■i'l f 1 If: I* i 11364 THE EDITORS AND THEIR DUTIES. the Western Section of the Book Committee ; and aUo a Book Steward, who shall have charge of the Book and Printing Establishment in Halifax, under the direction of the Eastern Section of the Book Committee. S54. It shall be the duty of each Book Steward to purchase all materials and books required for the establish- ment under his charf^^ ' eeping in view the mental wants of the Church, and if ^ligious instruction of the people generally. ^everthet^esSf before purchasing plant or mate- rials for improvement, involving unusual expenditure, he shall obtain the consent of the Executive Committee. He shall give the Committee such information as they may require concerning the state of the business, and present a half-yearly statement of the affairs of the establishment to the Executive Committee. He shall also present annually to the meeting of his Section of the Bonk Committee a balance sheet exhibiting the financial state of the Book Boom and periodicals, together with a cash account show- ing the sources whence the money has been received and the purposes for which it has been paid. 335* Each Book Steward shall conduct the business of his department in the most efficient and economical man- ner, and pay over to the Treasurer of the Superannuation or Supernumerary Fund such proportion of the profits as the respective Sections of the Book Committee shall determine. III. The Editors and their Duties. 356. The General Conference shall elect by ballot an Editor who shall have the editorial management of the 194 aljso a >k and tion of ard to ^ablish- . wants people mate- mre, he e. He By may esent a uent to anually aittee a e Book t show- sred and iness of al man- nuation profits BO shall Elliot an ) of the THE EDITORS AND THEIR DUTIES. IT 369 Christian Guardian^ and an Editor of the Canadian Meth- odist Magaaiiie and Sabbath School Periodicals, under the direction of the Western Section of the Book Committee ; and an Editor who shall have the editorial management of the Wesleyam.^ under the direction of the Eastern Section of the Book Committee. 35T* It shall be the duty of the Editoiti to make their respective periodicals soundly Scriptural and instructive, and to put forth all reasonable efforts to render them the means of promoting right views on social, moral and reli- gious questions, and of stimulating the zeal of our people in suf^rtihg all our Connexional enterprises. 358' They shall likewise carefully supervise the print- ing of all books and periodicals published at the respec- tive Book Rooms ; and it is required that in all matters respecting the publication of the periodicals, the Book Stewards and Editors shall act in harmony. 359' The Book Stewards and Editors elected by the General Conference shall hold c£[ice for four years from the time of their election, or from one General Conference to another, and shall be eligible for re-election ; but they shall continue in office, after the appointment of their successors, till the meeting of the Annual Conferences to which they belong. ,, ,.i*'i-;^.j ,y-„ ; — :i J.- ..^,..^. ■ ' • ' ' ' ' Yf b/ffc --u.uau a ' J X I : !' 195 a -if'^l IT 360 THE MISSIONARY SOOIETr. CHAPTER II. BENEVOLENT INSTITUTIONS. Seotion T. THE MISSIOITARY SOCIETY. I. Name, 360. This Society shall be known as " The Missionary Society of the Methodist Church." II. Object 361. The object of the Society is the support and enlargement of the Indian, French, Domestic, Foreign and other Missions, which are carried on under the direction of the General Board and the Conferences of the Methodist Church. III. Members. 36%. Every person paying annually the sum of Five Dollars and upward, and every person collecting annually Ten Dollars and upward for this Society, shall be deemed a member, and entitled to a copy of the Annual Report. IV. Auxiliary and Branch Societies. 363* The Methodist Missionary Societies within the bounds of any Annual Conference shall collectively be 196 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. IT 365 <■ ' IV ■- , • ft ft iv(»f.i<- sionary >rt and ign and irection )thodist >£ Five nnually deemed iport. bin the vely be entitled " The Auxiliary Missionary Society" of t!iat Oon- ference, and severally shall be entitled " Branch Societies " of such Auxiliary. Every Sunday School shall be a Branch of the Conference Auxiliary. Ep worth Leagues or other Young People's dissociations may form Missionary Societies among their members as branches of the Confer- ence Auxiliary, and students in colleges may organize as elsewhere provided. V. Treastirers. 304. Each Annual Conference may appoint a Treasurer, through whom all remittances to or from the General Treasurers may be sent. In case any Annual Conference does not make such an appointment, then all remittances to and from the Mission Rooms shall be made through the Chairman of Districts of such Conference. The Chairman of the District shall be ex officio the Treasurer of all missionary money collected on his District. The Superintendent of a Circuit or Mission shall be Treasurer of the Branch Society of his Circuit or Mission ; but the Missionary Committee of the Circuit, or the Quarterly Board, if there be no Missionary Committee, may, at the request of the Superintendent and on his nomination, appoint a local Missionary Treasurer. s'^ -fii*' yi. Remittances. 305 The money raised on any Circuit or Mission shall be transmitted, as soon as collected, to the Chairman of the District, deducting only what has been disbursed for incidental and local expenses ; and the District Chairman 197 ^366 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. shall, in turn, remit promptly to the General Treasurer, through the Conference Treasurer, or directly, if there be no Conference Treasurer. Hrrr/i. fl'?.^ VII. Circuit Lists. Ji -.-r^. 366. The Superintendent of each Circuit or Mission shall prepare annually, not later than the first day of the Annual District Meeting, a list of all subscribers of Two Dollars and upward, also the aggregate of all collections and sums under Two Dollars ; such lists to be sent without delay to the Conference Treasurer or the Chairman of the' District, who shall immediately forward them to the Mis- sion Rooms, together with a statement of the gross receipts, local disbursements and remittances. VIII. The General Board. 36T> !• There shall be a General Missionary Board for the management of the Missionary Fund, which shall meet annually at such time and place as it may appoint. 2. The General Board shall be composed of the General Superintendent, the officers of the Society, one minister and one layman from each Annual Conference, elected by ballot by the ministers and laymen of the Annual Confer- ence voting separately, except that the Newfoundland and British Columbia Conferences shall be entitled to only one representative each, a minister or a layman, as the Con- ference may determine, to be elected by the joint vote of ministers and laymen, together with twelve other persons l^poinM by the General Conference, who shall oontinue in THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. IT 367, §4 easurer, )here be Mission f of the of Two llections without 1 of the' ;he Mis- receipts, baa yfii 7 Board ch shall )point. General minister icted by Confer- and and )nly one he Con- vote of persons tinue in office four years ; the Japan Conference to have such repre- sentation as is otherwise provided for. 3. The Mission Conference of each Foreign Mission shall have the right to elect one of its members as a representa- tive to the General Board as often as this can be done without incurring the necessity of a journey home for that purpose, or at any time when the General Board or Execu- tive Committee shall authorin such action. 4. The duties and powers of the Board shall be to review the missionary field of the Church at home and abroad ; apportion the Missionary funds to the various Conferences or other departments of the work ; authorize the erection of mission houses, churches or buildings for educational purposes on other than home missions, and provide for the cost of the same when necessary; select through its rei^ponsible officers (after consultation and agreement with Annual Conference authorities), missionaries for the Indian and Chinese work, and fix annually the stipends and c**- 3r allowances for the same ; select and appoint missionaries for the foreign fields, and fix a scale of stipends and other allowances for missionaries on each of such foreign fields, such scales to be subject to revision by the General Board at any of its annual sessions ; grant furloughs to the missionaries in the foreign field when deemed expedient, or recall them permanently if considered necessary ; decide when and where new Missions may be opened in the Indian, French, Chinese or foreign fields; select and appoint teachers for our Mission schools, and fix their stipends; select and appoint Principals for the various Indian or other Institutep, and fix their stipends ; take 199 m •■^\ ..-ii 1367, §6 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. }', such steps as may be judged expedient to raise and increase the missionary income ; pledge, hypothecate or mortgage the property under the control of the said Board, when found necessary, as security for moneys obtained from Banks or other sources ; and in general oversee and control the Mission work of the Church, in so far as this is not provided for in the constitution and powers of the Annual Conferences. The action of the Board in all matt-ers within its jurisdiction shall be final. 5. In the appropriations of the General Mission Board during the next quadrennium 42 J per cent, of the amount appropriated each year shall be given to domestic missions. When an appropriation is made by the General Board to any particular department of the work, or for any special object, the Annual Conference Missionary Com. mittee shall not be at liberty to divert any part of such grant to any other department or object. , , ,.6. Vacancies occurring amongst Conference Representa- tives may be filled by the Special Committee of the Confer- ence affected ; vacancies occurring among those appointed by the General Conference may be filled by the Executive Committee, but in case such a vacancy occur during the session of the General Conference, it shall be filled by the General Conference. isjfim di k- .jv7. In case any of the twelve members of the Missionary Board elected by the General Conference become there- after an ex officio member of the Missionary Board, a vacancy is thereby created. 8. In the event of the death or disability of any of the Officers of the Society, the Executive Oommlttee shall aoo THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. irsGs appoint a suitable person to fill the vacancy till the next meeting of the General Board, when such appointment may be confirmed or changed, pending the meeting of the iiext General Conference. 9. The Executive Committee shall also have authority to suspend any officer of the Missionary Society for incom- petence or for culpable neglect of the duties of his office, and supply his place till the iioxt meeting of the General Board, which shall have authority to fill the vacancy till the next General Conference. ■Ai^m IX. Executive Committee. ^ ■ "^' m»m^^'^'<'^^ 308. A Committee, to be called the Executive Commit- tee, shall be annually appointed by the General Board, con- sisting of the General Superintendents, the Officers of the Missionary Society, and eighteen other members — nine ministers and nine laymen — a majority of whom shall be members of the General Board, who shall meet at the call of the General Secretary to consider and decide any matters referred to them by the General Board ; review correspondence from the Mission field ; consider and decide special claims or other accounts; fill vacancies among General Conference representatives on the General Board, or among its own members ; and provide, ad interim^ for any exigencies that may arise between sessions of the General Board. All the proceedings of said Committee shall be entered in a minute book, and reported to the General Board at its next inual meeting. 201 ! ^ m 1369 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. X. Annual Meeting. 3I»9- An Annual Public Meeting of members and friends of the Society shall be held at the time and place appointed by the General Board, when an abstract of the Annual Report shall be presented, and such religious services held as may be deemed expedient. N ^4 XI. General Officers and Their Duties. 3T0. 1* The General Conference shall appoint the General Secretary, the Associate Secretary, and the Treasurers of the Missionary Society, who shall be ex officio members of the General Board. 2. The duties of the General Secretary shall be chiefly administrative. He shall, previously to each Financial District Meeting, furnish each Chairman of a District with a schedule to be filled up by said Chairman at the Finan- cial District Meeting, showing the estimated income and expenditure of each Mission for the support of the minis- ters and preachers, the amount of missionary grant recom- mended by the Financial District Meeting, etc., etc., which schedule shall be forwarded to the General Secretary without delay. From these schedules he shall prepare a tabulated statement for the information of the General Board, in order that its members may intelligently and justly apportion the funds of the Society to the several Conferences, and other parts of the work. He shall also publish the Annual General Report of the Society, with a statement of the income and expenditure. 3. The duty of the Associate beoretary shall be chiefly 202 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. ^371, i5 'J aers and nd place of the religioui^ t >int fche and the ex officio )e chiefly financial rict with le Finan- ome and hie minis - it recom- B., which Secretary ►repare a General itly and t several hall also ', with a i chiefly to visit as many of our fields as possible, to give informa- tion, and to awaken interest and enthusiasm in the mission cause. 4. In the discharge of their duties, the oflicers of the Society shall act in harmony with the legally appointed courts and officers of the General and Annual Conferences. In case of an^ emergency arising, that may require prompt action in the matter of supplying any remote Mission, it shall be competent for said officers, on the recommendation of the Executive Committee, to request the proper authori- ties of any Annual Conference to aid them in meeting such emergency, by allowing one of its ministers or probationers to proceed to such Mission. XII. Superintendent of Missions for Manitoba and the North-West. 3T1- 1- The Superintendent of Missions shall be a member, ex officio^ " the Stationing Committee and local Missionary Boards of the Conferences within his juris- diction. 2. He shall travel at large through the Missions and new settlements within the bounds of the Conferences, and report to the respective district meetings, and through them to the Annual Conferences, on the condition and prospects of existing Missions, suggesting changes and the formation of new Missions when, in his judgment, such action is deemed advisable ; and he shall have authority, in the absence of the Chairman of the District and the Superintendent of the Circuit or Mission, with thie consent of the Sujperintendent of the Circuit pr Mission, to preside 203 % J I r I- . ! IT 371, §3 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. at the Quarterly OfBoial Boards of those Circuits oi- Missions on which probationer or supplies are stationed. 3. He shall have authority, under the provisions of the Discipline, and after consultation with the President of the Conference and the Chairmen of the Districts affected to organize new Missions where he deems it necessary, and to secure missionaries from the other Conferences to fill the work. He shall also, when in the Eastern Conferences, solicit subscriptions for the Church and Parsonage Aid Fund, so as to extend the work in the North- West and British Columbia where needed. 4. His salary shall be fixed by the General Board of Missions, and paid, together with his travelling expenses out of the Mission Fund. 5. He shall be, ex officio, one of the members of the Central Board of Missions. XIII. Regulations Respecting Home Missions. S7% 1« The allowance of a Missionary shall be under- stood as including all the items of a minister's support, such as salary, board, fuel and travelling expenses, but not house rent, horse-keep or hire, or incidentals. 2. The minimum allowance for a married minister on a Home Mission shall be $600 per annum, with a free house ; the house to be provided by the mission. For single ordained men the minimum allowance shall be $350, and for single unordained men, $300. 3. A special committee of each Annual Conference shall make arrangements for a visitation of Home Mission fields 204 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. IT 372, §6 ■cuita or tationed. us of the udent of affected lary, and o fill the 'erences, age Aid ^est and "■■'■ ■ )oard of expenses 8 of the 18. 3 under- support, ises, but ter on a i house ; * single '50, and ice shall >n fields by a deputation appointed for the purpose, who shall nteet the official members, and also the congregations, if they judge it necessary; inquire carefully into the circum- stances of the people ; point out the injustice of deficiencies under any circumstances, and the still greater wrong in- flicted when amounts actually promised are not paid; indicate methods of increasing circuit finances, and after careful consideration name the amount which, in their judgment, the Mission ought to raise, obtaining, if possible, the consent of the officials to the same. A written report shall be presented by the deputation to the ensuing Financial District Meeting, and shall be taken into account in recommending a grant from the Missionary Fund for the ensuing year. 4. When grants to Home Missions are finally deter- mined, the proper authorities shall at ou-^e furnish an official statement of such grants to the district chairman concerned, who shall, without delay, notify the superin- tendents of the Home Missions within his district. The superintendents shall at once notify their Official Boards, so that steps may be taken, if necessary, to raise such additional amounts as may be required to pay at least the minimum allowance above indicated. 5. The responsibility of providing the minimum allow- ance agreed upon, rests primarily with the people upon the mission, and not upon the Missionary Board. Grants from the General. Fund are designed to aid, for a time, those fields wherein, owing to the limited numbers and scanty means of the membership, the people are unable to support their own pastor. 205 ii-i :| 1372, §6 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETT. 6. The, General Board ma^ notify Annual Conference authorities, when deemed necessary and advisable, that ^-rants to particular missions shall cease, or be continued on a diminishing scale to terminate at a certain period, and when such notice is given the Annual Conference shall take action thereon, which action can only become tinal upon a three-fourths vote of the Conference, other- wise the recommendation of the General Board shall be accepted. ~^"*-*^- XIV. Indian Missions. 3T3. 1. The Indian Work in the Manitoba and North- West Conference, and in the British Columbia Conference, shall be entirely under the directipn of the General, Board of Missions. ' -- 2. The General Board shall have exclusive authority (a) To regulate the number and boundaries of districts in the Indian work. (b) To designate the number and extent of missions, and the number and character of the laborers to be employed thereon. (c) To submit to the Stationing Committees of the Annual Conferences each year a list of proposed stations in the Indian work — the confirmation of such stations to be with the Annual Conferences according to Discipline. (d) To nominate chairmen for the Indian districts— the final appointment to be with the Annual Conferences according to Discipline. {e) To recommend to the Annual Conferences concerned the names of suitable persons to be received as probationei?.s 5J06 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. IF 374. §2 nference le, that >ntinued period, nference become other- shall be ■^» i North- iference, •1 Board Drity districts ons, and i of the stations bions to pline. ts — the erences icerned tioners for the Indian work, and for ordination for such work. Provided that, whenever practicable, this shall be done through the usual channels of Quarterly and District meetings. {/) To authorize the General Superintendent, when deemed necessary, to issue a license, where it can be legally done, under the Seal of the Church, empowering lay workers on isolated stations to solemnize matrimony and rxlminister the ordinance of baptism, such license to be revocable at the pleasure of the Board, and in any case to be surrendered by the person holding it when he ceases to be employed by the Society. Lay workers so licensed shall not thereby become members of any Annual Con- ference, nor be entitled to any claim on the Superannua- tion Fund. (g) To remove or recall any worker who is found to be unsuitable for an Indian field ; and when the worker so removed or recalled is a minister or probationer, to negoti- ate with any Annual Conference for his employment else- where. XV. Medical Missionaries. 3T4. 1. The employment of Medical Missionaries shall rest with the General Board, which shall have authority to institute all necessary inquiries, prescribe a preliminary course of study, and provide for all necessary examinations. 2. Medical Missionaries, duly appointed, shall have equal rank with the other missionaries in the field, and their stipends shall be computed on the same scale. Where there is a Mission Council they shall be members thereof, having a voice and vote in all its business. 207 ';il •L If « IT 374, §3 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. 3. They shall be members of the District Meeting within the bounds of which they are laboring, and the same questions shall be asked respecting them as are asked concerning other missionaries, except those which strictly pertain to the pastoral office, such as recommending pro- bationers for the ministry, their continuance on trial, ordination, or the like. 4. Medical Missionaries, who are or who shall become probationers for the ministry, shall pursue the course of study prescribed in the Discipline, and shall be subject to the same regulations as other probationers. If deemed expedient the General Board may prescribe a four years' course of study for Medical Missionaries who are not pro- bationers for the ministry. 5. No Medical Missionary shall be received as a proba- tioner for the ministry by any Annual Conference, or be ordained for special purposes, except by request of the General Board or the Executive Committee. 6. Each Medical Missionary who is in receipt of a stipend from the Missionary Fund, shall keep an accurate account of all fees received for medical services, and for- ward a copy of the same through the Mission Council or Annual District Meeting to the General Board, which shall determine how said fees shall be expended. Where hospitals are established the Medical Missionary in charge shall keep a careful account of income from aU sources, and of expenditure for maintenance and medical appliances. A copy of this account shall appear in the annual financial statement from the mission. 7. Each Medical Missionary shall prepare and forward 208 THE MISSIONAKY SOCIETY. t376 Meeting and the kre asked strictly ing pro- an trial, become course of abject to deemed ir years' not pro- a proba- Be, or be t of the ipt of a accurate and for- 9uncil or I, which Where Q charge sources, pliances. financial forward to the J^Iission Rooms, through the Mission Council or Annual District Meeting, a report of his work, whether hospital, dispensary or general practice, showing number and character of cases treated, and any other information that may help the Board to understand the extent and value of the medical work as an adjunct tP evangelistic effort. 8. It is expected that all Medical Missionaries will keep constantly in view the spiritual needs of their patients, and lose no opportunity of offering Christ, the great Physician, for their acceptance. 9. The years of service of Medical Missionaries after admission to probation for the ministry shall be accepted pro tanto in lieu of the years of probation required in the regular work, provided they pass the prescribed course of 10. The General Board, at its discretion, shall have power to make provision for Medical Missionaries and their families in case of misfortune, sickness or death. 11. During the ensuing quadrennium the General Board shall have power to adopt, if necessary, additional regula- tions respecting Medical Missionaries and their work, not inconsistent with the foregoing regulations. XVI. Foreign Missions. 1. Object. .3T5' The Objeot of the Foreign Missions of the Meth- odist Church is to extend the Kingdom of Jesus Christ by raising up, as speedily as possible, self-supporting and self^ propagating native churches, U 209 1. t ft if! i I m :.i 1[376 TUB MISSIONARY SOCIETY. 2. Mission Oouncil. 3T6. The missionaries sent by the Methodist Church to any foreign field, when not less than five in number, shall constitute a Mission Council, with powers and duties as here- inafter defined. When there are less than five missionaries in the field, they may act as a committee to make recom- mendations, but shall not possess the powers of a Council. The Council shall be subject to such regulations as the General Board of Missions may from time to time adopt, provided the same be not ultra vires of the powers con- ferred upon the Board by the Discipline of the Church. Subject to this general restriction, the Council shall have authority : (a) To elect e, Secretary, who shall keep a true record of the proceedingi3 and decisions of the Council. It shall also be his duty to forward to the General Board, or its officers, all resolutions, memorials, recommendations, or other official action of tLe Council and its Executive, and all official communications intended for the consideration of the Board, except such as pertain to the Treasurer's department, as hereinafter defined. The Superintendent of the Mission shall be Chairman of all meetings of the Council when present. In his absence the Council may elect a Chairman pro tern* (6) The Council, composed of the missionaries and Superintendent, shall meet together at least once a year for mutual oonsultation respecting . the interestg ol the work on the various fields comprised in the mission. (e) To appoint an Executive Committee to deal with 210 THE MLSSIONAIIV SOCIETY. , ii:t7«(/) aay matters tliat may arise in the intervals of Council m^atinp On the recommendation of the Executive Com- mittee of the Council the Superintendent shall call a special meeting of the Council. (d) To designate the particular field of each foreign rniflsionary, and to appoint or reappoint him thereto ; th** dqmrtment of work — whether educational, evangelistic, or the like — to be designated by the General Board. Wher»; there is no organized District Meeting or Annual Confer enoe, the Mission Council shall station the native preachers and other workers. .>i arrfn^^M , (e) To consult, when deemed necessary or advisable, on matters of common interest, with native pastors who mnv \ie appointed by the Annual Conference for the purpose, with the view of maintaining the fullest confidence and harmony between the native and foreign workers. (/) The Council shall meet in joint session, at least once in the year, with the Council of the Woman's Mis- sionary Society, for consultation on matters of common interest) with the view of promoting harmony and co-opera- tion between the agents of the two Societies in the prose- cution of their w change r by rt3 from ates for ls to the pedient. dgn mis- aeration, uncil, to interfere pastors Council nvolving General [lallhave ider the i all the Is can be mfliet of a nalive lich they Superfn- [Harterly present ' furnish >oard. THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY. t377(«) , (/), The Council shall prepare and forward to the Gen- eral Board, at least annually, a full report of the work and any recommendations touching the same which the Council deems it expedient to make. (m) All instructions or orders from the General Board to individual missionaries may be communicated either directly or through the Superintendent ; but in any case such orders or instructions must also be communicated to the Svicretary of the Council, to be laid before the Council for information only, and not for review. t m '.J •3f^TrKii-f trAS'.i *■''! .iji^ft'Li. ^.■Jl I '•-<- v^^) -oiq ito3. Superintendent^ Treasurer and Secretary. itiji 3TT. The Superintendent of any foreign mission shall be the Treasurer and Corresponding Secretary of the Generc^l Board for such mission, and the Executive of the instruc- tions of the Board in all matters not committed to the Mission Council and its officers by the preceding regula- tions. He shall be a member of the Mission Council, also of the Stationing Committee of the Annual Conference, and of the Board of all Educational institutions under the control of the General Board within the bounds of the mission. .^ tT, .. «i a; ,;, J, r.-' His duties shall be : . i.v.j.v*;? (a) To supervise the entire work of the mission ; to confer with and advise the Council respecting the appoint- ment and work of the foreign missionaries, also the Sta- tioning Committee of the Annual Conference respecting the work of the native preachers and evangelists^; to advise with the missionaries and native pastons on their fields. Ml i N I ' i'! II I;; 11! 1 377 (b) THE MISSIONARY SOCIETT. ! 1 ■ WBbk * i : ^^|l regarding methods of orgflmzation and work ; fe> decide matters in dispute between missionaries and native pastors, respecting their work, and between agents of the General Board, and the Woman's Missionary Society, or refer the latter to the Home Boards for adjustment ; to open up, with the concurrence of the Council, new fields of work ; to initiate, through the Council or the Conference, methods for promoting self-support ; and in general so to lead and direct the work of the mission as to build up the Annual Conference and the work under its care."^ ""'"*"*"'""*"" ^'* (6) As Treasurer for the Board, to take charge of all funds sent from the Mission Kooms, rent of misdon pro- perty, if any, and of income derived by missionaries, out- side their regular stipends, for teaching in schools, or the like ; keep the books and make all necessary reports con- nected therewith ; disburse the money in his possession in accordance with the appropriations authorized by the General Board oi' Executive Committee, and subject solely to their authority; transmit annually to the Mission Rooms a detailed and audited statement of the accounts of the mission for the preceding year, also the estimates of the Mission Council for the followixig year. (c) As Corresponding Secretary of the Board he shall report fully to the Board concerning his work as Superin- tendent, and keep the Board informed of all matters of importance connected with the work : lay promptly before the Council all official communications from the Board or Mission Kooms, and discharge such other duties m the Board may from time to time direct. '^ ' T'a vase of the death or disability of the Superintendent^ or 214 THE MISSIONARY SOCIETY, ir379,§2 his absence from the field, the General Board or Executive Committee shall designate one of the foreign missionaries as Treasurer and Corresponding Secretary pro tem.y who shall discharge the duties specified in Sub-sections (6) and (c) of the regulations next preceding, except those of superintendency. The General Conference shall elect the Superintendent of the Japan Missions, and the Superintendent of Missions in China shall be elected by the Board of Missions. The provisions of Par. 367, Sub-sections 8 and 9, of the Discipline shall apply to the Superintendents of foreign mission fields. t.tr»'i-.» ii : ■ ■«■' % r»'(T !t 4. Mission District Meetings. 3T8. The constitution and powers of the District Meeting shall be the same as those of the ordinary Dis- trict, as in Part II., Chap. II., Sees. 1, 2, 3 and 4 of the Discipline, so far as they can be adapted to the condition of things in the foreign field. M !■■■ 5. Mission Conferences. t^j > 3T9> !• When there are fifteen or more ordained minis- ters on the field, and the General Board or the Executive Committee recommends the step, the missions shall be erected into a Mission Conference, with power to divide into two or more Districts. 2. The constitution of the Mission Conference shall be the same as that of the ordinary Annual Conference, as in Tart II., Chap. I., Sees. 4 and 5, of the Discipline, with the following limitationi : 215 w i i II •I V' w. IT 379, §2 (a) WOMAN'S MISSIONARY SOCIETY. \n I:. 'I Ht ■ *^ I'll I if K^ i i !•! u Ik (rt) The Conference shall not in any way inte^'fere with the administration of the General Board of Missions, nor with the powers and duties of the Miasion Council or the Superintendent of the Mission, as elsewhere defined. , > (b) It shall elect representatives to the General Con- ference and the General Board of Missions only when authorized so to do by the General Board, which shall also designate the number of such representatives. ,»^ ,.qT ^^i^ ><, (c) To meet peculiar conditions of the work in Japan the Stationing Committee may appoint a native pastor to the same field for five consecutive years ; but any exten- sion beyond this term shall be only by a three-fourths vote of the Stationing Committee, but in no case shall the term exceed seven years. (d) When a missionary who has been transferred to a Mission Conference in the foreign field, returns perma- nently to the Home Work, he shall be received and sta- tioned by the Conference from which he was sent out. Nevertheless, it shall be competent for the General Super- intendent to arrange for his transfer into some other Home Conference when the circumstances, in his opinion, justify such a course. (e) That it shall be the duty of the native chairmen of districts, pastors and Annual Conferences to co-operate in all possible ways with the missionaries and the Superin- tendent of the mission. XVII. Woman*8 Misaiontvry Society. 380' !• ^^'^ t)he more successful prosecution of the mis- sionary work of the Church among women, there shall hd 216 tmmmmmmBn (I WOMAN. S MISSIONARY SOCIETY. 11380, §5 («) an organization known as "The Woman's Missionary Society of the Methodist Church," to be governed and regulated by its constitution, which may be altered or amended by the General Conference, if so required by the necessities of the work. 2. The Society shall work in harmony with the authori- ties of the Missionary Society of the Methodist Church, and be subject to their approval in the eifipkj/^ment and remuneration of missionaries or other agents, the designa- tion of fields of labor, and in general plans and designs of work. -"--^ ■--' ■■'-'^--'- ■■'•• i • : ■ -••■■J 3. The funds of the Society shall be raised by collections in meetings convened in the interests of Woman's Mission- ary work, by securing memberships and life -memberships, and by any other plans of collection arranged by the Society, but always in such manner as not to prejudice the other funds of the Church. 4. All funds raised for the Society shall be reported by the minister in charge to the Annual Conference ; and be entered in a Cs^lumn among the benevolent collections in the Annual Minutes, li* '^i .blait nj^K^wi & oJ mirs^a^yV'^kim 5. Plans for new work by the Woman's Missionary Society or its Council, before being finally decided, shall be laid before the Mission Council of the General Societ}' and receive its approval. (a) Propositions for new developments or modifications of the work of the Woman's Missionary Society, by any member of the General Mission Council, must first have the approval of said Council, and afterwards be sent officially to the Council of the Woman's Missionary Society for its approval or otherwise. 217 t m •-if- •:;■■ Ji-: i '■ w It' f 11380, §6 (i) COLLEGIATE MLSSIONARY SOCIETY. (6) The Mission Council of the Woman's Missionary Society shall meet in joint session with the Council of the General Missionary Society at least once in the year, for consultation in regard to matters of common interest, with the view of promoting harmony and co-operation between the agents of both societies. Uitp i, ..vt^ XVIII. Collegiate Missionary Society. i bit 381* !• Students of any of our Colleges may organize themselves into Societies in affiliation with the Missionary Society, under the title of Auxiliary Missionary Societies ; and they shall, respectively, be known as " The Students' Auxiliary Missionary Society of .... College." 2. For the purpose of the Society as above, they shall have power to frame a constitution not inconsistent with the constitution of the Missionary Society. 3. Such Societies shall work in harmony with the authorities of the Missionary Society ; and if at any time the said Societies should decide to send a missionary or m ssionaries to a foreign field, it shall be with the concur- /rrr^ce of the General Board of Missions. 4. They shall, year by year, report their income and expenditure to the General Board of Missions. , -ftfecioiMii' 218 •0 ija^i JIETY. 8 Missionary 'ouncil of the the year, for interest, with tion between 'ety. hi'. may organize le Missionary vcj Societies ; rhe Students' » vQ, they shall insistent with ly with the at any time nissionary or 1 the concur- income and 1 .f. » SUPEHANNUATTON FUND. Section II. 'M.*m Constitution op thb Suprrannuation Fund. vf^ciT •*iino'--!' ;o';ilj:T<»*.) lii'Vi 382> The name of this fund shall be " The Superannua- tion Fund of the Methodist Church." .-.-,._^^». ....-'■ I s^:-,^.,,v.*:> ..,. II. Object, ^li ^,._._'.,.„t-, f !...f ....; .r. .i. 38S. The object of this fund shall be to assist in the support of Superannuated Ministers, Ministers' Widows, and Children of deceased Ministers, as hereinafter provided. ;:,;f, iT^r ' ;-fvH« Memherahip. t 384. All Ministers fttid probationers of the Methodist Church in the Toronto, London, Hamilton, Bay of Quinte, Montreal, Manitoba and North- West, British Columbia and Japan Annual Conferences, shall be members of the fund, except—— ■'» v«< -t.nt'-^ f^-yiti. iiutm jiii-»vii ^^ja ir^fijc* 1. Those who are given a supernumerary relation. >^ lliii 2. Those who are located. »^»s.*«fnj^'-»i iiiw-^wiil- fH 3. Those who have commuted their claims. ^^/oIU }hi«: 4. Those whose claims have expired by limitation. 5. Those who are native ministers in foreign fields. IV. Management. -.^ ^^.^^ 8^. The f«iKid shftll be managed by a Board cOIXi^ed ^iA^ lV«ate«iv«t« «]id siiftoett «(lior uMttibwi, tight M whom shall be laymen who^h^ members of the Church. 219 ;| IT 386 SUPERANNUATION FUND. ' ;,■■ ,'»! ki ii ' 386. The delegates from the aforesaid Annual Confer ences to the General Conference shall meet, under the presidency of a General Superintendent, or of a President of an Annual Conference designated by him, to elect the aforesaid Board of Management, and shall report the same to the General Conference for information. They shall also nominate one or more personis for the offices of clerical and lay treasurer, respectively ; and, from among those so nominated, the General Conference shall elect, by ballot, the Treasurers of the Fund. The meeting of the delegates shall be held during the session of the General Conference, and previous to the day appointed for the election of General Conference officers. jn^ ito JfoqCff? •tr''38T. A General Superintendent shall be ex officio Chairman of the Board ; but if no General Superintendent be present, the Board shall elect one of its members us chairman. It shall elect its own secretary. In pase of the death, resignation or disqualification of any officer or member of the Board during the quadrennium, the Board is authorized to till thei vacancy. 388. The Board shall meet once a year, and, shall have full authority to determine, according to the Constitution, By-laws and Regulations of the Fund, the status, annuity and allowance of all claimants, and the amount to be allowed ia commutation of claims, and to make such special appropriations as are permitted by the constitution, and to consider and determine all matters connected with the administration of the fund. , 38d* An Xnvestment Committee, consisting oi: the ^Treasuven and five oth«r members, Appointed by the.JBi» 290 i' ^tlPERAS^flTATION FUND. IT 3»3 1 Confer nder the iVesident elect thp the saute ley shall f clerical those so y ballot, delegates aference, cti V. Invested Capital, y «jt 391. The invested capital of this fund shall consist of tho funds held and reported by the Board as invested or awaiting investment, and of such donations, bequests and legacies fts may hereafter be received by the Board, and also of such portion of the ministerial subscriptions as shall not be required to pay all current claims in full. ' i>-*aifi3 fxl 7i;m i ^^- Current Incoms, > mii>rt( -jij/ 399> The sources of current income shall be the follow- ing, viz.: "TTJ' mo^ViV i.>^Mr.b^' » 1. Interest on invested capital. inri ^ikrAb^^tf airf? 2. Appropriations from the Book and Publishing House. 3. The annual subscriptions of ministers and proba- 4. Odntjfibtttions itom. circuits and domestic missions. ^^^ 5. Payments by or cm behalf of ministers who are not in tiM Mgu^ l^torate in lieu of circuit oontriWtiotis. - 393. 'Th6 annual subseriptidh of each ministei* tmd: pro-^ bationer in the active service of the Church shall be a sum' 221 % ; f 394 SUPEKANNUATiON FUND. :! ., ,^ ^ i'^ I.!' I 1.1 ill, Ill equal to three per cent, of his salary, as reported in the minutes of the previous year for "salary, board and fuel," but in no case shall his subscription be less than $1 j per annum. The subscriptions shall be paid to the Financial Secretary, one-half at the Financial District Meeting, and the other half at the Annual District Meeting. During probation the subscriptions shall be paid from year to year, in accordance with the credit of years travelled, and shall not be less than four payments for the entire twiik of probation. / i A^ 394. Each circuit and domestic mission shall be required to contribute a sum equal to five per cent, of the' amt^imt raised and reported to the Conference the previous year for ministerial support and the following Connexi. MC VII. Claimants* •{99. Claimants shall consist of ministers who are regularly superannuated by an Annual Conference, minis- ters' widows and children of deceased ministers, as in each case is hereinafter provided. '^'' ^^*"'' "^ ''' ^ '**•* ^^'^490. The initiative in the superannuation of a minister or in his restoration to the active work, may be taken by himself, by his Annual District meeting, or by his Annual Conference. unM^acV ^umi 491. Each Annual Conference i^hall have a Committee On Conference Relations, consisting of the ministerial mem- liers of the Superannuation Fund Board in the Conference, and seven other ministers appointed by the Conference, to which all cases of superannuation or restoration to the active work shall be referred. 49!S8. No superannuated relation shall be granted by an Annual Conference except on the recommendation of the Committee on Conference Relations. The said Committee in making its recommendation shall hot take into consid- eration anything else than the question, '' Is the minister recommended for superannuation, or asking for the same, really worn out or temporarily disabled in the itinerant service 1 " Provided, however, that in case the Committee report adveraely, the Conference may, by the vote of not less than three-fourths of the ministers present, grant a superannuated relation.^^^^^'*^^*'' ^'^f^'!^ *^'orafim ^' '49S. The said Commiitee on Conference Relations shall have power to require ft. medical eicamihation of the niinister recommended for or seeking supot'annuatioh, by a physi- SUPERANNUATION FUND. If 409 ^'■■iu- who are le, minis- 9 in each minister > ^ken by I Annual »mmittee ial mem- iference, rence, to 1 to the d by an n of the mmlttee ) consid- minister iie same, tinerant mmittee ) of not grant a »ns shall minister Hi, physi- cian named by itself, who shall make the examination in behalf of the Annual Conference; nevertheless, this shall not apply to ministers of 40 years' standing- 404. A minister who is superannuated, or the payment of whose annuity is suspended, or who is restored to tlio active work, by the regular action of his Annual Confc? - ence, shall have no option but to accept the decision of tli(> same. 405. A minister who is superannuated for one year shall, as a matter of course, return to the active work at the end of that term ; if, however, a superannuated rela- tion is then recommended by the Annual District Meeting, his case shall go before the Committee on Conference Kela- tions and be dealt with on its merits. 400. A widow, whose husband was permanently super- annuated at the time of their marriage, shall have no claim on this fund, unless an annuitant at the time of her mar- riage, in which case the former annuity shall be revived. 407. A widow fifteen years younger than her husband, and married after he was fifty-five years of age, shall not be paid any annuity, except at the discretion of the Board. " 408. The widows of all ministers who were superan- nuated prior to 1883, after having travelled fifteen years or upwards, shall be entitled to the same protection as was granted .to their husbands by the Basis of Union. 400. A superannuated minister, who is suspended by an Annual Conference, shall receive no annuity from the fund for the period of suspension. 16 to i)!-.. m» '^n T410 SUPERANNUATION FUND. VIII. Computation of Annuities. 410. The computation of annuities shall be based on the number of years spent in the active service of the Ch'irch on circuits or missions, or in the interests of any department, society or corporation within the Methodist Church, by the appointment of the General or an Annual Conference. 411* The period for computing a minister's annuity shall commence, from the time of his being received on probation ; nevertheless a year of service rendered under the direction of a chairman anu allowed by a Conference shall be counted, but not more than four years shall be credited on the term of probation. ■ -;» 41/S. The period for computing the annuity of a minister received from another Church shall commence from the time of his reception into our work. ,.^ r . 413' The period for computing the annuities of those ministers who failed to "hvel up," as j)er the Basis of Union, shall commence with June 1st, 1884. 41^> A superannuated minister, whose claim has expired by limitation, or who has commuted his claim and is restored to the active service, shall have a subsequent claim only for services rendered after such restoration. The samv^ rule shall apply to located ministers who are restored to &?tive work. 415> A minister regularly transferred to a Conference of the Eastern Section of the Methodist C ^urch shall retain, in connection with thitt fund, the standing that he Acquired previous to his transfer, and on superannuation ^26 € i i ( SUPERANNUillON FUND. IT 417 }ed on of the af any :hodist Annual y shall )ation ; rection tall be Lted on linister )m the : those lasis of ■- . -*'■!■ i"i. f^ *» 9xpired 3stored >nly for na rule • i^it^ye ference :h shall that he nuation he shall be paid such a sum annually as shall be equal to such fraction of the amount which he would he entitled to receive for total years of service under this constitution, as may be determined by th^ proportion of years travelled in the Western Section ; and if, when given a superannuated relation, his total years of service would entitle him under this constitution to an annuity during his natural life, that part of his annuity, payable by this fund, shall be payable during his life. 410. A minister of one of the Conferences of the Eastern Section of the Methodist Church, who is regularly transferred to a Conference of the Western Section, in the event of superannuation, shall be paid such a sum annually as shall be equal to such fraction of the amount which he would be entitled to receive for total years of service under this constitution as may be determined by the proportion of years travelled in the Western Sectic -x of the Church ; and if, when given a superannuated relation, his total years of service would entitle him under this constitution to an annuity during his natural life, that part of his annuity, payable by this fund, shall be payable during his life. IX. Scale of Annuities. 4 IT A superannuated minister shall receive from the fund an annuity according to the following scale, payment to continue as many years as he shall have rendered effsctive service. Nevertheless, if he shall have rendered twenty-three years of service, the payment shall continue during his natural life ; provided, in every case, his relation aa a superannuated minister be continued : 227 ir4i8 ;i?i'1I m For 5 yerttt' service 6 SUPERANNUATION PUN 9; •I u If II II ti If fi •f If H M II It II fl If It II If H H •I 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 09 30 II II II II 5 J*^\. 126 00 •*« .^ iioi: ao 00 ..at-, 11 II fl II ft •I II II ti II It »t If It It It If II •1 11 II If It II - . i . ,. . . ^ 40 00 • '. . ' . . 45 UU ■:^i^%ii)^;la,feT^r^l«Jtiif:«h' 66 00' -^'1 : - - -^ 63 00 ill ji-j^. ■' \.^- 1 71 00 80 00 90 00 100 00 110 GO '4 12a 00 nl II It If - • ' r • 'i . • 162 00 :.inx (lorn iii i.fii;j>H s;*;* "X- »a M , ... . .^ 170 ,00 JfU-in -^^m »^ •^•^itn 4*.4£i'>i^"'ffi06 00 -f^^ •faftci'-tj'fti^iar:*^^/; l^iii xii-i:«sile/ «i21ft 00 lo . uKfo!£,-t»^toillfft<*#qft»-«4 l«3'^i^ n'.-.;-?30 OOr.cfj!.. iM^iii- • ,rii>^felm 244 00^ • . ' • 258 00 .>.« .*'!, _ __..i i-riit '^'^Bd 00 **!! or upwards, $10 for each such year. If II If 418* All superannuated ministers and widows who were anmritaents in September, 1890, shall continue to I'ecfeive annuities according co the scale of 188G, land for the number of jtJars therein provided. 419. Widows of miriisters, being members of the Method- ist Chtfrch, dhall receive tAvo-thirds of the amount then* hiMbandB would have received, and for the same term of yeara. 228 m # \SJf| B& 'iXIii W'j SUPERANNUATION FUND. ir428 '< 4^0. If the <;laims upon the fund for any year shall exoeed the income for the year, the Board may direct the treasurers to deduct from each annuity such a sum as shall be eqwi to a pro rata share of such a deficiency. ^ c| Vach child of a deceased mirlster, if such child was bom after its father was received into full Connexion with the Conference, shall receive an annuity of $20 up to sixteen years of age. If a deceased minister leave no claimant widow, but leaves a child or children unprovided for, even though beyond 16 years of age, the Board may make provision for their support beyond the ordinary children's annuity, but such provision shall not exceed a sum equal to two-thirds of the annuity to which their father would Ivhvo been entitled. The Chairman of the Distriotj if imy'^.^ixry, shall make special arrangements tor the adininifiia ;/ r x>f such allowances. nci£j^^^ ' , X. Commutation of Annuities. '^'^4^. A minister wlio, on superannuation, in the judg- ment of his Conference, is laid aside from the work of the ministry, from causes which do not disqualify him for sedular bu iiness, may be recommended by such Conference to the Bo.j A ^or the commutation of his annuity. 4^> The relation of each superannuated minister of less than twenty-three years' standing, at the close of the third year of his superannuation, shall be brought under review by his Annual Conference. If there is little hope of reistoration to the acti%'e work of the ministry, and the Ji 43%. In all other oases, when a member of the fund ceases to be a minister or probationer of the Methodist Church, he shall have one-half the amount of 'his annual subscriptions refunded; nevertheless, if he is a superan- nuated minister, the sum of the payments he has. received shall be deducted from the sum of his aimual subscrip- tions, and the balance only, if any, shall be refunded. 433. In the refunding of subscriptipiis, the Treasurers shall ascertain whether ti,nj loans that may have been granted the applicant by the Educational Society have been repaid. If such loaina have not been repaid, no refund of ?inbscriptions shall h^ made until a certificate of pay- ment is furnished. The Treasurer/^ shaU be authorized to protect the Book and Publishiog House in the same manner. ami> m m imi ,smt.!iio mwitiM^mm^'r. ^^QO^ 434. The Secretary of each' Annual Conference, imme- diately on the rising of the same, and on blank forms provided by the Board, shall furnish the Treasurers of the fund with a certified statement containing : 1. The name and date of birth of each preacher received on trial.; ^in' f«'fT- h.s!- -.'r . ■'". 2. The name and date of birth of any minister receiye(l from another Church. 3. The name aud latest P.O. address of each minister or minister's widow that has died during the year, also of claimant children.1 4. The names and addresses of those who have received a superannuated relation. 232 a X y SUPERANNUATION JFUND* ii j >: 1436 5. The names of superannuated ministers who are re- commended to commute their claims. 6. The names of ministers who are located, made super- numeraries, dropped, suspended or deposed from the ministry. rry "-i '■*.'; n/r? 7* .1.,. 7. The names of superannuated, supernumerary, located or suspended ministers restored to the active work. 8. The names of ministers left without an appointment dt their own request 9. The name of the Conference Treasurer of this futid. 10. The amounts raised on each charge for ministerial support, and for the funds forming the basis of circuit apportionment, as per Article YI.; also the amount paid each minister and probationer, from all sources, for "salary, board and fuel." 435. A superannuated minister who changes his place of residence shall notify the Treasurers, and also the Presi- dent of his Annual Conference, of such change within thirty days thereof. , « . 430. The names of subscribers of $5, or more, annually to the fund, shall be printed in the minutes of the Annual Conference. vV-v! ;."^ ;,' ^, A ii VCi: • m --A : .m^'.Mti :,K /vi ■ -r^tt)? ' 34* ^I^Mfc.- »^5wfi'f»f ^m>'J kmmmt) ^^mU &i ■■ «avAi»i*^ nr;;'^ *ir^'?.i-rl -i'^^n-i^t^mmimifB iii'mrt^vFy f^A IT 437 SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS AND {■r?- i^f^Axiiit-r'7 -^n— ?.-v!¥:r Section III. v. i' I SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS' AND MINISTERS' WIDOWS' FUND. 'Constitution. I. Name. ,i,;,^jM -cxst\ii>.\. 43T> This fund, heretofore known as "The Super- numerary Ministers' and Ministers' Widows' Fund of the Conference of Eastern British America," shall hereafter be designated, " The Supernumerary Ministers' and Minis- ters' Widows' Fund of the Methodist Church," embracing the Provinces of Nova Scotia, New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island, Newfoundland and the Bermudas. a»^ >l ill;) iyeiA hixsi Jn-i^iMi'M, rT% n iyt .b II. Membership, '^^^^^ 438. All members of the Nova Scotia, New Bruns- wick and Prince Edward Island and Newfoundland Annual Conferences, complying with Article IV. of this Constitution, shall be members of this fund. III. Management. 439* The representatives of the aforesaid Annual Con- ferences to the General Conferences shall, at some time during the session of each General Conference, at a meeting summoned not later than the sixth day of the Session of the General Conference, by a General Superintendent, at 8S4 ^ FERS' ■ 'U Super- of the reafter Minis- )raoing Prince Bruns- tidland of this kl Con- > time leeting ion of )nt, at ministers' widows' fund. r^. IT 440 which a General Superintendent or a President of one of the Annual Conferences concerned shall preside, to consider the affairs of this fund, elect by ballot one or more persons as General Treasurer or Treasurers of the fund. 440. It sha^l be the duty of the Treasurer to collect and disburse from year to year all the moneys constituting " The Current Income," according to the provisions of the Constitution, and in any case in which there are, or shall hereafter be, arrears of payments due by ministers who are members of the fund, it shall be the duty of the Trea surers to report such cases to the General Committee, which shall thereupon take such steps as may be necessary to collect said arrears, with interest at the rate of six per cent., compounded annually ; nevertheless, in the case of any such arrears existing at the date of passage of this amended article of the Constitution, it shall be competent for the (General Committee, when the interests of the fund appear to demand it, to compromise with the parties con- cerned by accepting payment for a less number of years than are due (with interest as above for the number of years accepted), or to cancel the full amount of the arrears and interest. In every such case it shall not be competent for the General Committee to allov/, in respect to such years paid for, a greater number of years' claims on the fund than that to which said payments would entitle the partiies under the Constitution, as provided in Par. 462; and, further, it is enacted, in the case of any members of the fund who have been in arrears as above, and have for any term of years been on the list of supernumeraries, or who miky now b6 on said list^ or in the case of any widows aw ','1 ^441 SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS' AND ■r^ fi/i ■'] jjti now on the list of claimante, or who may have been on said list, that they shall not have a claim tor payment for any number of years for which during the time they were supernumerary claimants they did not receive allowance on account of the fact that they were then in arrears in their payments to the Fund. ,, tu^fit ''^i-nftjaitf httv, 441. It shall be the duty of the Treasurers to prepare and present at each of the meetings of the Generf^l Com- mittee a particular account, duly audited, of all the business transacted for the fund during the previous Conference 441^' The Treasurers, so elected, are to hold o6fice for four yearSf or until their successors are appointed, unless one or both should die, or resign, or become, in the judg- ment of the General Committee, disqualified for the dis- charge of the duties of the office. In any such case it shall be the duty of the General Committee to elect some other person or persons to fill the vacant place or places until the meeting of the Citeneral Conference. ^, , ^ 443^ The General Committee of this fund shall consist of eight members, viz.: The two General Treasurers and six other persons, that is, one minister and one layman, to be appointed annually from and by each of the scud Anni^l Conferences. 444- This Committ(ie, so constituted, shall meet annu- ally, at the call of the General Treasurers, and five of its members shall constitute a qttorvan for the transaction of Dusiness. . ■, rii-^j'* »Ai ni a ■. >■ injfj'f '•n\ 44ft. It shall- be the duty of this CiMnmittee) at ei^h of its annual meetii^, to examine carefully the reports. o€ the m said or any r were bncaon n their >repare kl Com> Uvsiness fereuce Kice for unless e judg- bhe difl- ca^e it 3t some places consist )rs and nan, to ^nni^l b annu- r of its jtioft.9l .,..% ,..r. M^h of ipf.tUe ' *•' MINISTERS' WIDOWS' FUND. ir447 Traasurers, and of the Investment Committee, of all the business transacted for the fund, and to cause a full report of the results of such examination to be prepared for pre- sentation to elu)h of the Conferences interested, at its next annual meeting; also, a report, embodying a summary of all th^ business of the four years, to be laid' before the next quadrennial meeting of the representatives of the three Conferences aforesaid. A i^peoial meeting of the Committee shall be summoned in the event of the death or disability of one of the General Treasurers, by the surviving one, and in case of emergency, on the call of four of the members of the General Committee. At such meetings any business may be transacted that any Annual Meeting is competent to do. - ^ i- - . i ^ •.,...*:!; 441^ The Treasurers, together vf ith three other peiw)ns, chosen by the General Committee, shall constitute an In- v^tment Cdmmitt^e^ which, under direction of the General Committee, shall have the management of the capital stock of the fund. ■ *'0 ef^UUKUCi \tiS, .>:>««UrtTi tW ,l»JflJ&iBSli' The General Committee, at its annual meeting, shall appoint an Audit Committee of two persons for the ensuing year.' :i*t a«V'jr»p?j:!^iim'i at ■s/itjy iii»4?i-3! 441. Each Conference named in Article II. shall appoint annually a Conference Committee composed of its members in the General Committee and «ia; other persons, one>half of whom shall be ministers and the other half lay- men. Each Conference Committee shall appoint its own Chairman, and it shall be the duty Of said Committee to look alter the interests of the fund in the Conference by whiob it ie app^nted, especially to examine the returns 237 IT 448 SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS' AND ''l! II! lii-i I from the several Districts, to ascertain whether due atten- tion has been given on all the Circuits to secure, in the different modes prescribed in this Constitution, the proper income for the fund, and to call the attention of the Con- ference to any cases of apparent negligence. No applica- . tion for a supernumerary relation shall be granted by an Annual Conference, except on recommendation of a Com- mittee on Conference Relations, consisting of seven Foinis- ters elected by the Conference in ministerial session, to which such application shall be referred; and this Com- mittee and the Conference, in making their decisions, shall not take into consideration anything else than the ques- ticii, namely, "Is the applicant physically or mentally unfitted for the itinerant serviced" ■HWBiMmift&lliUK.iuMrA 448* Each Conference shall appoint a Secretacy-ilhrea- surer of the aforesaid Committee, whose duty it shall be to receive all ministerial payments and moneys collected on the Circuits, and generally as representative of the G^eneral Treasurer, to transact any business of a financial nature connected with this fund in his Conference, and to^ account for the same to the General Treasurers ; also to present each year to Conference an abstract of the current income and capital stock accounts, as prepared by the General Committee, and to have printed in the Annual Minutes a full and complete list of all ministerial payments, as well as lists of other subscriptions and donations of two dollars and upwards from the Circuits. 449* It shall be the duty of the Secretary -Treasurer of each Conference Committee to receive all the moneys collected in his Conference for the fund, and to account for 2BS atten- in the proper 16 Con- pplica- 1 by an a Oom- Fiiiiiis- sion, to is Oom- 18, shall 16 qU68- i6ntally cy-jTJrea- tllbeto otedon G^eneral '. nature account present income leneral nutes a as well dollars lurer of moneys unt for a MINISTflftS WIDOWS FUND. IT 462 the same to the General Treasurers ; and also to prepare each year an abstract of the accounts of the current income and the capital stock, as reported by the General Com- mittee, together with a list of the ministers' subscriptions, and of other subscriptions and donations of ttvo dollars and upwar on the Circuits, to be published in the Minutcb of thee U Conferences. ; . .^^^l^l^^^r^^^^ *AJi\4i • I * • Current Income. 450. Every member of the before-named Annual Con- ferences, not being a Supernumerary, shall be required to pay a subscription of tioelve dollars annually, in advance, at the time of the District Meeting ; nevertheless, this shall not be held to permit any minister who is a supernumer- ary or has leave of absence from his Conference to pay for such time as he is a supernumerary or has leave of absence. One-sixth of the annual subscriptions of ministers and probationers shall be added to Capital Stock Fund from year to year. ?,^<^^ ,i^*'^ ,ftQt?^mv Hy Sifm.ml^ 451' Probationers shall pay the annual subscription for the period of their probation, either in advance from year to year, or by one equivalent payment at the end of their probation. - 'i^^ < 459- The Annual Conferences of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick and Prince Edward Island shall be obligated to raise for the fund at the rate of not less than ten cents per member, including persons on trial, the number of members reported to each General Conference to form the basis of calculation for each year of the following quad- I'ennium. Each Annual Conference shall apportion the i \ \ 239 -ijj;.b»: ¥453 SUPERNUMERAiir MINISTERS' AND n'i' amount required on this basifi among the Districts, and the Financial District Meeting shall a^^portion the amount required cf the District among the Circuit?. Each Super- intendent of a Circuit shall be held responsible by his Annual District Meeting for the amount apportioned to his Circuit by the preceding Financial District Meeting. While the Conference of Newfoundland is not obligated to raise at present the amount of ten cenbs per member, it is expected that the Conference will approximate as closely as possible to the foregoing scale of contribution. 453. Every minister shall, at the fir^^t quarterly visita- tion of thf classes, after Conference, explain the nature and reasonableness of the claims of this fund upon the justice and liberality of our Church. He shall then inquire of each member what sum he or she is willing to subscribe, and shall enter the respective sums in the class- b6ok, and it shall be the duty of the class leader to collect these, and also subscripticns from the members absent at the time of visitation, and to pay the amount to the Superintendent of the Circuit. * ' * "4^4' An Annual CoUection, in aid of this fund, shall be made in all the churches and other preaching-places in the month of December, nrd private application shall be made by the minister to friends on each Circuit for sub- scriptions and donations. ..i-.i.... „ a 455. Five-sixths of the subscriptions of ministers and probationers, the Circuit contributions, the interest on the capital stock, and the amount received from yts>T to year from the Missionai'y Society, shall constitute the current income for each year available for the payment of annual claims. 240 MINISTERS' widows' FUND. f*< IT 468 and the amount t Super- by his ioned to lifeeting. gated to 3er, it is s closely y visita- nature ipon the all then illing to [;he class- bo collect ibsent at b to the nd, shall places in shall be for sub- ters and 3t on the r to year » current >f annual V. Capital Stock. 450. The capital stock of this fund shall consist of the amount now reported by the Treasurers as constituting the U present capital stock and all sums hereafter received as legacies ; payments received under Article VI., the excess of current income above current claims in any year ; and one-sixth of the amount of the payments of ministers and probationers. VI. Claimants. 45T* Any minister being a member, of this fund, on becoming a Supernumerary, except as hereinafter provided, shall have a claim on the current income as long as he shall remain a Supernumerary in connection with either of the Conferences specified in Article II. for an annuity equal to the sum of ten dollars for each annual subscription which he shall have previously paid to the fund. 458' A widow of any minister having been a member of this fund, except as hereinafter provided, shall, so I;>ng as she shall remain his widow, have a claim upou the current income for an annuity equal to one-half the claim of her deceased husband ; provided, however, tJiat if the wife of any member of the fund shall die, and he should marry again, he must, in order to entitle his new wife to such an annuity, p&jfive dollars a year additional for each year of his connection with this fund previous to hie marriage; otherwise her claim shall be coi.sidered as com- mencing only at the time of her marriage. The widows of Supernumerary ministers, who have never been in Circuit work with their husbands, shall have no claim. 16 241 t45d SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS' AND ■1 '!«*< IjllJii! 459. Any claim upon this fund based upon not more than ten years' subscriptions thereto shall not continue more years than the number of the annual subscriptions which constitute its basis; but the claims of ministers transferred to or from any other Conference of the Meth- 3dist Church who shall have paid subscriptions to the Superannuation Fund of the Western Conferences, or to this Supernumerary Fund, and whose annual subscriptions to the two funds shall, together, be more than ten, shall not be subject to the limitations of the foregoing clause. Neither shall this limitation apply to ministers received into full Connexion at or before the Annual Conference of 1882. I 400. Any minister of the Conferences specified in Article II., being a member of this fund, who shall be transferred to any other Conference of the Methodist Church, may retain the standing in connection with this fund which he had acquired previous to his transfer. 461- It is provided always that, when in any year the current income shall be insufficient to meet the claims of that year in full, such claims shall be proportionately reduced by one equal percentage from all. 462. Any person who, by withdrawal, location, expul- sion, or in any other way, shall cease to be a member of an Annual Conference of the Methodist Church, may be repaid by the General Committee on the recommendation of his Annual Conference from the capital stock of this fund the amount of his annual subscriptions; provided always that it shall be lawful for the General Treasurer to pay to the parties properly authorized to receive them, 242 ministers' widows' fund. IT 403 ot more continue riptions linisters e Meth- to the or to ;riptions sn, shall f clause, received nference I I 3ified in shall be "ethodist rith this ir. ^' year the laiins of ionately I, expul- aaber of may be ndation of this rovided mrer to I vhem, any amounts due by the party or parties claiming repay ment, to the Book Boom of the Eastern Section of the Methodist Church or to that of the Western Section, or to any Fund of the Methodist Church, and the receipt of the aforementioned properly authorized parties shall be a sufficient discharge as against the claimant or c ^imants as aforesaid. The General Committee may, upon tue recom- mendation of the Annual Conference, commute with such ministers as may be Supernumeraries from causes which do not disqualify them for secular business, by payment of such sums as may be mutually agreed upon, instead of allowing them to become permanent claimants up^'^ the Supernumerary Fund. VII. Change in Constitution, |.|>ju 403. No change shall be made in this Constitution until after notice thereof shall have been given to the General Committee, whose duty it shall be to report all such notices to each of the three Annual Conferences interested ; nor then, unless the proposed change or changes shall have been concurred in by two-thirds of the members of the fund present and voting thereon in the said three Con- ferences, the number of the contents and non-contents being carefully taken and pu*^ upon record in the Journal of each of the said Conferences, and shall be certified by the President and Secretary of each Conference to the next meeting of the General Committee. When the aggregate required number of two-thirds of all the mem- bers voting in the three Conferences shall be found to have 243 f?, i Hi id 1464 GENERAL CONFDHENCE FUND. been given in favor of the proposed change or changes, it shall be the duty of the General Committee so to report to the representatives of the aforese'd three Annual Confer- ences to the next ensuing General Conference, in order that the said proposed and requested change or changes may be coiifirmed by the General Conference. Section IV. GENERAL CONFERENCE FUND. Constitution. I. Name. ;»>'$. fi^ ■■ii> i^'< 404. The name of this Fund shall be <i» ■jf^ General *-'. •#«»: ie for : General >oards of by Gen- Confer- eeting of III. Income. 400. The sources of income shall be from the following an'iual apportionments for the next quadrennium, and until the same shall have been altered or amended by General Conference : Toronto Conference $1,500 London Conference 1,200 'W; Hamilton Conference 1,450 Bay of Quinte Conference 1,000 Montreal Conference 1,450 Manitoba Conference 450 British Columbia Conference 150 Nova Scotia Conference 375 New Brunswick and P. E. I. Conference 300 Newfoundland Conference 125 $8,000 These amounts shall be apportioned to the several Cir- cuits upon the same basis and manner as now adopted on behalf of the Superannuation Fund in the Western Con- ferences, and at the May District Meeting it shall be the duty of the Financial Secretary to collect the amount from each circuit or mission, and remit the same to the Treas- urer of this Fund immediately thereafter. The above provisions shall not take effect till the next meeting of the Annual Conferences. IV". Management. 40Y. The management of this Fund shall be vested in a Board consisting of five persons, three laymen and two 245 1 IT 468 CHURCH AND PARSONAGE AID FUND. ministers; one of whom shall be the Treasurer, to be elected quadrennially by the General Conference. V. Audit. 468. The Board shall provide for a careful audit, by competent persons, of the accounts of the Fund ; and shall publish the certificate of said auditors in connection with annual and other statements. Vl. Vacancies. 409. The Board of Management shall fill any vacancy that may occur in the Board during the quadrennium. Regulation re Billeting. 4T0. The members of the General Conference, not pay- ing for themselves at boarding-houses or hotels, shall pay to the Treasurer of the Billeting Committee the sum of each, to provide a fund for billeting delegates. i!' • iy ■ ■ . ■< ■' siiil Section V.'^' ->- rr: CHURCH AND PARSONAGE AID FUND. Constitution. I. Name. 4T1* The fund shall be known as ''The Church and Parsonage Aid Fund of the Methodist Church ; ** never- theless, the Nova Scotia Conference is allowed to manage its own Church and Parsonage Aid Fund. 246 CHURCH AND PARSONAGE AID FUND. t473, §6 > elected ludit, by tnd shall bion with vacancy urn. ■kr/ not pay- ihall pay tim of $5 N^D. ch and never- Danage II. Object. 4T^. The object of the fund shall be to aid in the erection of churches and parsonages, on sites held in trust by our Model Deed, on the Stations, Circuits or Missions of the Methodist Church, and the reduction of debts upon the same, by means of loans at low rates of interest, on such conditions as will secure the earliest possible extinc- tion of all liabilities upon the property aided, -^i^s.- -^ ^i> x i.**.: ''■ '■' '" Til. Afanagement'^'^^ -^' ^^^'^^^yi^t 473> The management of the fund shall be vested in a Board of nine Directors (a majority of whom shall be lay- men), to be elected quadrennially by the General Confer- ence. The Board shall have authority : 1. To make loans to Trustee Boards of churches or par- sonages, in harmony with the objects set forth in the con- stitution, and the general regulations hereinafter mentioned. 2. To receive moneys on deposit at low rates of interest for the purposes of the fund. 3. To institute proceedinga, when necessary ; to foreclose mortgages and recover loans or interest when due. 4. To sell, assign, or otherwise dispose of mortgages and securities. .^ >.«*.^^r. .- ,• 5. To employ such assistance as it may deem necessary for the correct keeping of the accounts and the prompt and /iccurate transaction of the business connected with the fund. 's-anitA n^ t 6. To fill any vacancy that may occur in the Board or among its officers during the quadrennium. ■ f 247 i I irv,! i:i IT 47a, §7 CHURCH AND PARSONAGE AID FUND. 7. And generally to take such steps as may be necessary for carrying out the provisions of the Constitution, and the general objects of the fund. IV. Capital. ' 4T4. The capital of the fund shall consist of : 1. Moneys or securities now belonging to the Church and Parsonage Aid Fund for the North-West. 2. Moneys or securities now belonging to any Church or Parsonage Aid Fund in any of the Annual Conferences, subject to the consent of said Conferences. 3. Legacies or donations that have been or shall here- after be made for the objects contemplated by the tohd. 4. Moneys received on deposit. ' " * Application of Revenue. 4Y5> Hevenues arising from interest on loans and other sources shall be applied : 1. To the payment of interest on deposits. 2. To the payment of necessary expenses of management. 3. The balance, if any, shall be carried to a Sinking Fund for the repayment of deposits. Note. — Interest from loans of the Aylesworth legacy gotts to the Missionary Fund, according to the terms of the bequest. .■'f ffi'VfUr. VI. Reports. • 410. The Directors shall publish an Annual Statement for the information of the Conferences and the Connexion generally, and they shall present a Quadrennial Report to the General Conference, covering the business of the four 248 CHURCH AND PARSONAGE AID FUND. 1 478, § 5 scessary on, and preceding years, and showing the condition of the fund at the close of the last financial year. Church urch or )rences, >I1 here- Mhd. d other V - ement. •inking s to the Binent lexion )rt to I four VII. Audit. 477- The Board shall provide for a careful audit, by competent persons, of the accounts of the fund ; and shall publish tjbe certificate of said auditors in connection with the Annual Statements. ^;^ ««'i»^ .,■ .■! **T. ^JJfliJ I ■ '■ •,■ i' > ; I .. ■■.'..J .V. VIII. Regulations. 4T8' The following regulations shall be observed in regard to loans. .._., 1. No officer or director connected with the fund shall be a borrower from the fund in any circumstances. » iu .v 2. The fund shall be used for loan purposes only, and no free grants shall be made in any circumstances. 3. No loan shall exceed forty per cent, of the estimated actual cash value of the property. 4. Loans shall be made on security of first mortgage on Connexional property held under our Model Deed, with assignment of Insurance Policy for amount equal to the loan, and the personal obligation of the Trustees as col- lateral. Where circumstances render it necessary the Directors may accept the personal obligation of the Trustees in lieu of a mortgage, in which case the Trus- tees shall give a bond for a mortgage as soon as a deed is secured. 5. All applications for loans in the North- West must be endr may of the laU be UNION CHUKCH UEiaEF FUND. Section VI. THE UNION CHURCH RELIEF FUND. 11481 'it r.-.U jq*ib Constitution. m I. Name. 4T9. The fund shall be known as « The Union Church Relief Fund." II. Object. 480' The object of the fund is to relieve only such churches as havfj become embarrassed through the Union. The churches to receive aid from this fund shall be classified as follows : 1. Churches that have lost their constituency and have no prospect of regaining it, and in cases where the property has been sold or is to be sold, the Trustees are still embar- rassed with the debt thereon, with no assets, or with in- sufficient assets to meet their liabilities. j^^.^ , 2. Churches that are too weak to meet their liabilities, and therefore require assistance for a time in the payment of the interest thereon. ' v III. Income. . !fWi.'rwj i ' |v**|. 48 !• The income of the fund shall be obtained from col- lections and subscriptions which shall be taken in all the congregations of our Churchy in the month of October in each year, for the next four years. 251 mU f482 CONTINGENT FUND. i m m m I i 1 IV. Management. 4S% The fund shall be managed by a Committee ap- pointed by the General Conference, whose duty it shall be to investigate all applications for aid, and decide upon them, and disburse the funds at its disposal according to the provisions of Article II. •\'V\!i:)' •ti:>- AiU Section VII. THE CONTINGENT FUND. Constitution op the Contingent Fund. I. Name. 483. Each Annual Conference shall have a Contingent Fund, to be called " The Contingent Fund of the Methodist Church." II. Object. 484. The object of this fund shall be : 1. To relieve cases of special affliction and to defray extraordinary expenses incurred in the services of the Church. 2. The surplus, if any, shall be used for such objects as each Conference may define. 252 I CHILDREN S FUND. 1488, §1 littee ap shall be ide upon ording to III. Sources of Income. 485* The sources of income shall be : 1. Collections to be taken up on all Circuits. 2. The public collections taken up at each Annual Con- ference. IV. Committer 480. Each Annual Conference shall elect seven minis- ters and seven laymen, who shall be the Contingent Fund Committee for such Conference. It shall be the duty of thii^ Committee to consider all claims properly presented to it, and appropriate all the funds placed at its disposal to their proper objects^ as directed by the Conference. 48T> Each Annual Conference shall provide such regu- lations in reference to this fund, in accordance with the foregoing provisions as it may deem necessary. ntingent [ethodist Section VIII. • defray I of the jects as THE CHILDREN'S FUND. 488. Each Annual Conference may have a Children's Fund under its own control and management, subject to the following conditicnis and restrictions :. 1. The revenue of any such fund sh^l be raided by sucli form of assessment as each Annual Conference Q^ay^ iA its judgment, consider best. J^3 p. *i* IP i P I ! I.!. ■{,!■!, IT 488 §2 CHILDREN S FUND. 2. The Children's Fund Committee of the Annual Con ference shall have the power to exempt any Circuit or Mission from the assessment for this fund upon f he rooom- mendation of the Annual Conference. 3. The amount payable to each child until eighteen years of age shall be not more than twenty-five dollars per annum ; and if in any case the fund shall not be sufficient to pay the full amount, it shall be divided pro rata according to the amount E.t the disposal of the Conference. 4. The claims of children whose fathers are employed on the French or Indian Missions shall be ps.id by the Mission- ary Society ; provided that no missionary shall receive any allowance from this fund who receives $600 or more from all other sources. And the same regulations shall apply to all ministers. , . u, ^^^^ 5. No such claims shall be paid out of th« Mission Funds in an^^ Conference where the Children's Fund is abolished or discontinued. 6. The claimants on this fund shall be : (a) The children of Superannuated Ministers, such as were born .* hilst their fathers were in the acLive wo^-k ; (b) The children of such ministers in the active work as receive less than $600 per annum from all other sources. 7. This Children's Fund of ths Nova Scotia, New Bruns- wick and Prince Edward Island and Newfoundland Con ferences may be continued on the same basis and under the same regulations as htcve previously existed iu those Conferences, or according to ^^uch rules and regulations as they may deem best. 264 I I SUSTENTATION FUND. ir492 inual Con Circuit or he rooom- fceen years Br annum ; enfc to pay cording to iployed on e Mission- Jceive any Biore from M apply to ion i^unds abolished 3 children lilst their a of such $600 per ^ Bruns- »nd Con id under iu those htions as Section IX. SUSTENTATION FUND. '>'>LlA.'i[-!,, 480> Each of the Annual Conferences may have a Sus- tentation Fund. The government of such fund, and also the full control and management of its income, shall be left entirely with the several Annual Conferences. 490* The object of this fund shall be to secure salaries of not less than $750 for ordained married ministers ; $400 for ordained unmarried ministers, and $350 for probationers. Section X. TEMPERANCE WORK. 491. There shall be a Standing Committee on Temper- ance, Prohibition and Moral Reform, appointed by the General Conference, and divided irito groups representing different sections of the Dominion of Canada and New- foundland. It shall be the duty of the several groups to guard the interest of the temperance reform within their respective jurisdictions under the principles laid down by the General Conference ; and it shall be the duty of the entire Standing Committee to lend them all possible aid, and to promote the temperance reformation and all moral reforms by all proper means throughout the Dominion. 49^" A public Temperance Meeting shall be held annu- ally pn each of our Circuits and Missions at the discretion 266 :mf W' f 493 TEMPERANCE WO^K. of thfj superintendent minister, at which a sermon on tem- perance or addresses on that subject shall be delivered, and a coUev'^tion taken to defray the expenses of our temperance work. This may be done on a Sunday set apart for that purpose, to be called Temperance Sunday. The collections are to be forwarded to the Financial Secretary, and by him t> the Treasurer of the G^eneral Conference Standing Committee. 493. The question of Temperance shall be made the subject of exhortation and prayer, as may be profitable or necessary in our week-evening services. V ■ r, i J : . H?l- 11 1' i nt ^f- ftij. 866 tn on tem- vered, and emperance t for that collections y, and by I Standing made the ofitable or ^art VI. THE RITUAL. 17 III' h i. 5 '7 turn Ji.Ui THE RITUAL. IT 494 ORDER OF BAPTISM. 404. 1. The Ministration op Baptism to Inj-ants. ©-- 1' the liihUter coming to the /oiU^ which %$ to be filUd loUh pure tocUert thaU uk the foUowing, or aome athef mAortoMon mtlUMe to thii tacrei office. Dearly Beloved : Forasmuch m all m6n are condeived and born in sin, and that our Saviour Christ saith, " Ex- cept a man be bom of water, and of the Spirit, he ^jaunot enter into the Kingdom of God;*' I beseech you to call upon God the Father, through our Lord Jesus Christ, that having, of His bounteous mercy, redeemed this child by the blood (f His Son, H") will grant that A«, being baptized with water, may also I e baptized with the Holy Ghost, be received into Christ's ^- •/ Church, and become a lively member of the same. Then »haU the MinitUr «ay, — Let u» pray. Almighty and everlasting God, who of Thy gr^at mercy didst save Noah and his family in the ark from perishing by water ; atid stlso didst safely lead the children of IsrAel, thy people, through the R«d Sea, figuring thertiby Thy 368 h^ m\ IT 494 BAPTISM OF INFANTS. Holj Baptism; and bast set apart water for this Holj Saorament ; and hast condescended to enter into gracious covenant with man, wherein Thou hast included children as partakers of its benefits, declaring that "of such is the Kingdom of heaven ; " we beseech Thee for Thine infinite mercies that Thou wilt look upon this child; wash him, and sanctify him with the Holy Ghost ; that he^ being saved by Thy grace, may be received into the ark of Christ's Church, and being steadfast in faith, joyful through hope, and rooted in love, may so pass the waves of this troublesome world, that finally he may come to the land of everlasting life, there to reign with Thee, world without end, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Ambn. ,t^ ^^t i^. O merciful God, grant that the old Adam in this ehild may be so buried that the new man may be raised up in him. Amen. Grant that all carnal affections may die in him^ and that all things belonging to the Spirit may live and grow in htm. Amen. Grant that he may have power and strength to have victory, and to triumph against the devil, the world, and the flesh. Amen. Grant that whoever is dedicated to Thee by our office and ministry, may also be endued with heavenly virtues, and everlastingly rewarded through Thy mercy, O blessed Lord God, who dost live and govern all things, world without end. Amen, -^li 7 y Almighty, ever-living God, whose most dearly beloved Son, Jesus Christ, for the forgiveness of our sins, did shed out of His most precious side both water and blood, and BAPTISM OF INFANT& 1494 this Holj gracious ihildren as ich is the Qe infinite 1 him, and I saved by 's Church, and rooted me world, bsting life, >ugh Jesus this ehild ised up in t, and that d grow in .* • i to have ivorld, and ' office and rtues, and issed Lord d without \j beloved i, did shed blood, and gave commandment to His disciples that they should go and teach all nations, and baptize them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost ; regard, we beseech Thee, our supplications ; and grant that this ehild^ now to be baptized, may receive the fulness of Thy grace, and be found at last in the number of Thy faithful and elect children, through Jesus Christ our Lord. ' Amen. Then tthM the people Uand up, and the Minister shaU read one or more of the /oUowing portions of Scripture: - i- -' >- *^ Lord written in the Book of Hear the word of the Genesis (chap. xvii. 7) : k And I will establish my covenant between Me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generation for an everlast- ing covenant, to be a God unto thee, and to thy seed after thee. The Apostle Peter declares (Acts ii. 39) : The promise is unto you, and to your children, and to all that are afar off. The Apostle Paul likewise saith in the Epistle to the Galatians (chap. iii. 13, 14, 29) : ^Christ hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse for us : for it is written. Cursed is every one that hangeth on a tree : that the blessing of Abraham might come on the Gentiles through Jesus Christ. And if ye be Christ's then are ye Abraham's seed, and heirs according to the promise. ^ i. The Lord hath by His servant Ezekiel (chap, xxxvi. 25) said : Then will I sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall ba clean : from all yoir filthiness, and from all your idols, will I cleanse you. 261 I I :i IT 494 BAPTISM OF INFANTS. •m Hear also the words of the Gospel written by St. Mark, in the tenth chapter, beginning at the thirteenth verse : ^ ^ They brought young children to Him, that He should touch them : and His disciples rebuked those that brought them. But when Jesus saw it, He was much displeased, and said unto them. Suffer the little children to come unto Me, and forbid them not : for of such is the kingdom of God. Verily I say unto you, Whosoever shall not receive the kingdom of God as a little child, he shall not enter therein. And He took them up in His arms, put His hands upon them, and blessed them. >-^w>. ■>.. .■^r*.. Then may the Minitter tay^ Dbablt Beloved: Forasmuch as this child is now presented by you for Christian baptism, you must remember that it is your part and duty to see that he be taught, as soon as he shall be able to learn, the nature and end of this holy sacra- ment, and all those truths of the Holy Scriptures which reveal our duty and God's will concerning us. Bring hin up in the nurture and admonition of the Lord, so that he may lead a virtuous and holy life, and, being sheltered from the dangers and temptations of the world, and kept safe from ungodly teaching and example, may be led to trust in Christ his Saviour, and abide through life a faithful member of His holy Church. T^hm shaU the Minister take the chUd in his arms, and say to tht parents or friends of the child : Name tpis Child. And ^im, namtkg it x^Her (Aem, he shall baptixe the ekSd, amyim§ : Ni I baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. 262 BAPTISM OF ADULTS. IT 496 f St. Mark, I verse : He should lat brought )leased, and le unto Me, >in of God. receive the ter therein, lands upon V presented r that it is i soon as he I holy sacra- )ures which Bring him so that fie altered from 1 kept safe to trust in f ul member )d tay to tht ldtmyim§: and of ^e We receive this child into the congregation of Christ's flock, that he may be instructed and trained in the doctrines, privileges, and duties of the Christian religion, and trust that h$ will be Christ's faithful soldier and servant unto his life's end. The Minister may dose toith extempore prayer. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God the Father, and the fellowship of the Holy Ghost, be with you all. Ahbn. i^ i.j \^-J. 495. UStSN' 2. The Ministration op Baptism to such as ake OP Riper Years. The Minister shall say to the Congregatio7i : Dbablt Beloved : Forasmuch as our Lord Jesus Christ gave commandment to His Church to make disciples of all the nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost ; and, forasmuch as this person here present, not having been baptized in his infancy, seeks now in the presence of this congregation to be admitted into Christ's Church, through the ordinance which He hath appointed for that end ; let us, being gathered together in the name of Christ, and in obedience to His command, hear, for our instruction and encouragement, the teaching of His holy Word concerning this sacrament. And Jesus came and spake unto them, saying. All power is given unto Me in heaven and in earth. Go ye therefore, and teach all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost : teaching them to observe all things whatsoever I have commanded 263 Y495 BAPTISM OF ADULTS. vMJ!' I r?"; /"^ 1 you : and, lo, I am with you alway, even unto the end of the world. Amrn. (Matt, xxviii. 18-20.) Then Peter said unto them, Repent, and be baptized every one of you in the name of Jesus Christ for the remission of sins, and ye shall receive the gift of the Holy Gho?^>. (Acts ii. 38.) Ananias .... said .... Brother Saul .... why tarriest thou 1 Arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the name of the Lord. (Acts xxii. 12-16.) Then the Minister shall speak to the person to he bapthed on this, wise : Well beloved, thou hast been instructed, according to Christ's commandment, in the principles of His doctrine, and by the coming hither desiring to receive His holy bap tism dost solemnly profess, before God and this congregation, thy belief in the Father, and the Son, and the Holy Ghost, into whose name thou art about to be baptized, and dost confess with thy mouth the Lord Jesus. Thou Jiast heard the command of God by the mouth of His Apostle, Repent, and be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ ; and the words spoken to Saul of Tarsus, Arise, and be baptized, and wash away thy sins, calling on the name of the Lord. Thou art also reminded that all such as are baptized into Jesus Christ are joined unto Him in one Spirit. Thou must therefore, for thy part, declare thy faith in Christ, and must promise in the presence of this congregation that thou wilt^ by the grace of God, renounce the devil and all his works, and wilt steadfastly believe God's holy promises, and obediently keep His commandments. 264 BAPTISM OF ADULTS. ir495 16 end of zed every nission of *■: (Acts iest tbou 1 lalling on n thia^wiae: [>rding to doctrine, holy bap ^regation, )ly Qhost, and dost aat heard I, Repent, the words and wash Thou art (US Ohrist therefore, ; promise It, by the and wilt ntly keep Then shall the Minister demand of each of the persons to be baptized, severally: Ques. Dost thou renounce the devil and all his works, the vain pomp and glory of the world, with all covetous desires of the same, and the carnal desires of the flesh, so that thou wilt not follow nor be led by them 1 Ana. 1 renounce them all. Ques. Dost thou believe in God the Father Almighty, Maker of heaven and earth ? and in Jesus Christ His only begotten Son our Lordl and that He was conceived of the Holy Ghost, born of the Virgin Mary 1 that He 8u£fered under Pontius Pilate, was crucified, dead and buried ? that He rose again the third day ^ that He ascended into heaven, and sitteth at the right hand of God the Father Almighty, and from thence He shall come again, at the end of the world, to judge the quick and the dead 1 And dost thou believe in the Holy Ghost ; the holy catholic Church ; the communion of saints ; the remission of sins ; the resurrec- tion of the body, and life everlasting 1 Ana. All this I steadfastly believe. QvLea. Wilt thou be baptized in this faith 1 Ana. This is my desire. Quea. Wilt thou then obediently keep God's holy will and commandments, and walk in the same all the days of thy life 1 Ana. I will endeavor so to do, God being my helper. Then shall the Minister ask the name of the person to be baptized, and repeating the same shall baptixe him, saying: N,\ baptize thee in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. 26d iA '! * 'i ■ - IT 495 BAPTISM OF ADULTS. 0-; ''1 II A/ttr which he »hall say: Grant, b mercifui father, that this person whom we now receive into Iliy Chu *ch by baptism, may never hereafter be ashamed to confess tNe Faith of Christ crucified, and manfally fight under His k anner against sin, the world, and the devil ; and that h^ n>n,/ continue Christ's faithful soldier and servant unto his life's end. Amen. After which the Jdini$ter shall say : Almighty and everlasting Qod, our heavenly Father, wo give Thee humble thanks for that Thou hast vouchsafed to call us to the knowledge of Thy grace and faith in Thee. Give Thy Holy Spirit to this psrson^ that he may be made tm hew of everlaisting salvation through our Lord Jesus Christ, who liveth and reigneth with Thee and the Holy Spirit, now and forever. Ambn. Grant that all carnal afiections may die in him^ and that all things belonging to the Spirit may live and grow in him. Amen. Grant that he may have power and strength to have vic- tory^ and to triumph against the devil, the world, and the flesh. Amen. Grant that he^ being dedicated to Thee by our ofSce and ministry, may also be endued with heavenly virtues, and everlastingly rewarded, through Thy mercy, O blessed Lord God, who dost live and govern all things, world without end. Amen. Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us 266 BAFT10M OF ADULTS, ir4»6 m we now hereafter cified, and "v^orld, and ful soldier 'ather, we ihsafed to I in Thee, be made ord Jesus the Holy and that »win Atm. have vic- and the »fSce and 'Ues, and sed Lord without ly name, i it is in our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil. Amen. Tlien the Minister^ tipeaking to the newly-bapthed, shall eay : Dear Brother: Thou hast now been baptized in the name of the Lord Jesus ; I exhort thee to bear in mind that it is thy part and duty to walk answerably to thy high and holy calling, as becometh the child of light, blameless and harm- less, without rebuke in the ntidst of an ungodly world ; remembering always that baptism representeth unto us our profession ; which is to follow the example of our Saviour Christ, and to be made like unto Him, that as He died and rose again for us, so should we that are baptized die to sin and rise again unto righteousness ; continually mortifying all our evil and corrupt aflections, and daily proceeding in all virtue and godliness of living. The Minister wuty conclude the Service with exhortation cmd extempore prayer. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the fellowship of the Holy Ghost be with you all. Amiv. 2ffJ ^'^\ 1496 RECEFTION OF MEMBERS. II. mi '\ ill 'A' ';ilT5B.'. u K 11^, ill. RECEPTION OF MEMBERS. 490. Form of Receiving Persons into the Church AFTER Probation. Upon the day appointed, all that are to be received shall he called for- ward, and the Minister, addressing the Congregation, shall say : Dearly Beloved Brbthr: . : The Scriptures teach us that the Ohurch is the household of God, the body of which Christ is the Head, and that it is the design of the Gospel to bring together, in one, all who are in Christ. The fellowship of the Ohurch is the communion which its membf;r& enjoy one with another. The ends of this fellowship ar(3 the mainten- ance of sound doctrine, and the ordinance of Christian wor- ship, and th'd exercise of that power of godly admonition and discipline which Christ has committed to His Church for the promotion of holiness. , It is the duty of all men to unite in this fellowship, for it is only thoi^e that be " planted in the house of the Lord, that shall flourish in the courts of our God." Their more particular duties are to promote peace and unity ; to bear one another's burdens ; to prevent each other's stumbling ; to seek the intimacy of friendly society among themselves ; to continue steadfast in the faith and worship of the Gospel; and to pray and sympathize with each other. Among their privileges are peculiar incitements to holiness from the hear- ing of God's Word, and sharing in Christ's ordinances ; the being placed under the watch! jl care of pastors, and the 268 RECEPTION OF MEMBBBS. IT 496 ij^ktta- Chubch lt» called /or- iall say : ch us that Lch Christ j1 to bring owship of enjoy one mainten- bian wor- lition and lurch for ^ship, for he Lord, leir more to bear imbling ; Qiselves ; Gospel; ng their he hear- ses; the and the enjoyment of the blessings which are promised to those only who are of the household of faith. Into this holy fellowship the persons before you, who have already received the sacra- ment of baptism, and having been for three months on trial, come seeking admission. We now propose, in the fear of God, to question them as to their faith and purposes, that you may know that they are proper perspny to, be admitted into the Church. ,. ->^^ •>. > Then Ae Mini^. may address the applieatUs in the/oUowing or , * Mnit7ar language : Dbablt Beloved : Tou come hither seeking the great privi- lege of union with the Church our Saviour has purchased with His own blood. We rejoice in the grace of God vouchsafed unto yon in that He has called you to be His foUowerSy and thus far you have run well. You have heard how blessed are the privileges and how solemn are the duties of membership in Christ's Church ; and before you are fully admitted thereto, it is proper that you do here publicly renew your vows, confess your faith, and declare your pur- poses, by answering the following questions : Qttes, Do you here, in the presence of God and of this congregation, renew the solemn consecration of yourself to God, and take upon you the sacred obligation involved and set forth in the holy ordinance of baptism, and do you pur- pose that in heart and life, in death and for ever, you will be a true servant of God and of Christ 1 Aru, 1 do. Such is my purpose, by God's help, r'rr Ques. Do you believe in our Lord Jesus Christ, as the only, and all sufficient, propitiation for the sins of mankind, 269 1I4M RECEI^ON OP MEMBBR8. and dd yon look to Him fdr Uie remki*ioD of siii tad eteniAl lifet Aiis. Such are my faith and hope. Ques. Do yon believe in the inspiration and divine authority of the Holy Scriptures, and accept the same as a sufficient rule of faith and practice 9 Ans. I do. ' " • Qtiea, Will you cheerfully be governed by the .rules of the Methodist Church, hold sacred the ordinances of God, and endeavof, as much as in you lies, to promote the wel- fare of your brethren, and the advancement of the Re- deemer's kingdom 1 Ana. I will. Ques. Will you contribute of your earthly substance, according to your ability, to the support of the Gospel and the various benevolent enterprises of the Church 1 Ans. 1 will. ThcH the MinUtert addreaaing the Churchy $haU tay : Brethren: You have heard the responses given to our in- quiries. Have any of you any reason to allege why these persons should not be received into full membership in the Church 1 No ohgectioH being cUlegedf tht. Minister shall say to the Candidates . We welcome you to the communion of the Church of God; and, in testimony of our Christian affection and the cordiality with which we receive you, I hereby extend to yon the right hand of fellowship ; anU may God graitt that yott may be faithful and useful members of the Church 270 THE LORD S SUPPER. f 497 i sterna) I divine ime aaa rules ol of God, the wel- the Ee- bstance, ^p«lattd ► our m- y these > in the didates . irch of nd the end to it that /hurch militant, until you are called to the fellowship of the Church triumphant, which is "without faillt before the throne of God." Then shall the Minister offer extempore prayer. III. - ,<■•■ n ^, THE LORD'S SUPPER. 49T Order for the Administration op the Lord's Supper. Whik the collection for the poor is Jteing tcdeen up, the Minister shall say one or more of these sentences : Let your light so shine before men, that they may see your good works, and glorify your Father which is in heaven. (Matt, v 16.) Lay not up for yourselves treasures upon earth, where moth and rust doth corrupt, and where thieves break through and steal ; but lay up for yourselves treasures in heavon, where neither moth nor rust doth corrupt, and where thieves do not break through nor steal. (Matt. vi. 19, 20.) Whatsoever ye would that men should do to you, do ye even so to them : for this is the law and the prophets. (Matt. vii. 12.) Not every one that saith ui:to Me, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven ; but he that doeth the will of My Father which is in heaven. (Matt. vii. 21.) Zttccheus stood, and said unto the Lord : Behold, Lord, the half of my goods I give to the }>oor ; and if I have taken 271 rr xtm f-r? IT 497 THB lord's supper. f'i :'il. till I anything from any man by false accusation, I restora him fourfold. (Luke xix. 8.) He which soweth sparingly shall reap also sparingly; and he which soweth bountifully shall reap also bountifully. Every mar. according as he purposeth in his heart, so let him give; not grudgingly, or of necessity; for God loveth a cheerful giver. (2 Cor. ix. 6, 7.) As we have therefore opportunity, let us do good unto all men, especially unto them who are of the household of faith. (Gal. vi. 10.) Qodliness with contentment is great g&in. For we brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can carry nothing out. (i Tim. vi. 6, 7.) Charge them that are rich in this world, that they be not highminded, nor trust in uncertain riches, but in the living God, who giveth us richly all things to enjoy ; that they do good, that they be rich in good works, ready to distribute, willing to communicate ; laying up in store for themselves a good foundation against the time to come, that they may lay hold on eternal life. (1 Tim. vi. 17-19), Qod is not unrighteous to forget your work Mid labor of love, which ye have showed toward His name, in that ye have ministered to the saints, and do minister (Heb. vi. 10.) To do good and to communicate forget not ; for with such sacrifices God is well pleased. (Heb. xiii. 16.) Whoso hath this world's good, and seeth his brother have need, aad shutteth up his bowels of compassion from him, how dwelleth the love of God in him f (1 John iii 17.) He that hath pity on the poor lendeth unto the Lord ; and that vS,*-f ■ H, V '■ m m 0-^ 11^ B^ IT 497 THE LORD S SUPPER. Then thatt the Miniver or Miniatera receive the Communion in both kinds : and deliver the same to the people alaOf in order, into their uncovered hands. And toAen he delivereth the bread fie shall say : The body of our Lord Jesus Christ, which was given for theCf preserve thy soul and body unto everlasting life. Take and eat this in remembrance that Christ died for thee, and feed on Him in thy heart by faith, with thanksgiving. And the Minister thai delivereth the cup shall say: ^,j The blood of our Lord Jesus Christ, which was shed for thee, preserve thy soul and body unto everlasting life. Drink of this in remembrance that Christ's blood was shed for thee, and be thankful. If the consecrated bread or wine be all spent be/ore aU have communed^ the Minister may consecrate more by repeating the Prayer qf Con- secration. When all have communed, the Minister shall return to the Lord^s Table, and place upon it what rernaineth of the consecrated elements, covering the sam^ with a fair linen cloth. Then may the Minister say the Lord's Prayer : the people repeating after him every petition. Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be- Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil : for thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever and ever. Amen. 276 |f3':fva THE lord's supper. 11497 on in both , into their thall aay : given for fe. Take theCf and shed for J. Drink i for theef ^Mmtnuned, VerqfCon- the Lord*i uinaecrated repeating iy name. >s it is in I forgive 3 against us from and the After which may be said asfolloweth : Lord, our heavenly Father, we Thy humble servants desire Thy fatherly goodness mercifully to accept this our sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving; most humbly beseech- ing Thee to grant that, by the merits and death of Thy Son Jesus Christ, and through faith in His blood, we and Thy whole Church may obtain remission of our sins, and all other benefits of His passion. And here we offer and pre- sent unto Thee, O Lord, ourselves, our souls and bodies, to be a reasonable, holy, and lively sacrifice unto Thee ; humbly beseeching Thee that all we who are partakers of this holy communion may be filled with Thy grace and heavenly benediction. And although we be unworthy, through our manifold sins, to offer unto Thee any sacrifice, yet we beseech Thee to accept this our bounden duty and service; not weighing our merits, but pardoning our offences, through Jesus Christ our Lord ; by whom, and with whom, in the unity of the Holy Ghost, all honor and glory be unto Thee, Father Almighty, world without end. Amen. Then may be said : Glory be to God on high, and on earth peace, good-will towards men. We praise Thee, we bless Thee, we worship Thee, we glorify Thee, we give thanks to Thee for Thy great glory, O Lord God, heavenly King, God the Father Almighty. O Lord, the only begotten Son, Jesus Christ; O Lord God, Lamb of God, Son of the Father, that takest away the sins of the world, have mercy upon us. Thou that takest away the sins of the world, receive our prayer. 277 f 498 H MATRIMONY. Thou that sittett at the right hand of God the Father, have mercy upon us. For Thou only art holy, Thou only art the Lord ; Thou only, Christ, with the Holy Ghost, art most high in the glory of God the Father. Amen. Then the MintsteTf if he see it expedienit may offer an evimvpore prayer ; and afUrwardB thail let the people depart with this blessing : May the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, keep your hearts and minds in the knowledge and love of God, and of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord ; and the bless- ing of God Almighty, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, be amongst you, and remain with you always. Amen. N.B. — ^fthe Minister he straitened /or time^ he may omit any part of the Service, except the Prayer of Consecration, iW f 1 V.'Hi IV. , MATRIMONY. 498. Form of the Solemnization of Matrimony. FirUt the hanns ofaXL thaJt are to he married mtut be published in the Congregation a^ording to law^ unless in cases where license has been obtained. At the time appoirUed/or the solemnization of matrimony, the persons to be married standing together, the man at the right harid of the vooman, the Minister shall say : Dearly Beloved : We are gathered together here, in the sight of God, and in the presence of these witnesses, to join together this man and this woman in holy matrimony, which 278 MATIUMONY. 1498 ler, have art the krt most prayer; |tanding, love of 16 bless- le Holy Amen. o-nypan ONY. d in the enae ha* persons i of the in the to join which is an honorable estate, instituted of God in the time of man's innocency, signifying unto us the mystical union that is be- twixt Christ and His Church; which holy estate Christ adorned and beautified with His presence, and first miracle that He wrought in Oana of Galilee, and is commended of St. Paul to be honorable among all men ; and therefore is not by any to be enterprised or taken in hand unadvisedly, but reverently, discreetly, advisedly, and in the fear of God. Into which holy estate these two persons present oome now to be joined. Therefore, if any one can show any just cause why they may not lawfully be joined together, let him now speak, or else hereafter foreyer hold his peace. And also speaking unto the persons that are to be nuirriedt he shall say: I require and charge you both (as you will answer at the dreadful day of judgment, when the secrets of all hearts shall be disclosed), that if either of you know any impedi- ment why you may not be lawfully joined together in matri- mony, you do now confess it. For be ye well assured, that so many as are coupled together otherwise than as God's Word doth allow, are not ,'oijued together by God, neither is their matrimony lawful. If no impedimerU he alleged, then shaU the Minister say unto the man: My wilt thou have this woman to be thy wedded wife, to live together after God's ordinance, in the holy estate of matrimony 1 Wilt thou love her, comfort her, honor and keep her, in sickness and in health, and forsaking all other, keep thee only unto her, so long as ye both shall live 1 The man shall answer : I WILL. 279 M ^, IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-S) 1.0 1.1 tea iM |2.5 ■50 ■^" MHH m \ 1.25 1 1.4 1 1.6 < 6" ► Photographic Sciences Corporation 23 WEST MAIN STRiET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14S80 (716)873-4503 \ ^^ 4 •^ o \ k 1 ^ ir498' MAl-RIMONY. -'4 .' m » <■ !«■' 1 1 ! ! life '"% t ■ ■ '^ . ^'■■.\ ■ii i ' njl ^, I'- jit; •i 1 P '1 ■' " ^: '1. * - 1 i'' sf ; 1 I ^-'^ — 7%eA «Aatt the Miniater my unto the woman : iT, wilt thou have this man to bo thy wedded husband, to live together after God's ordinance, in the holy estate of matrimony 1 Wilt thou love him, honor and keep him, in sickness and in health, and forsaking all other, keep thee orily unto him, so long as ye both shall live ] The woman shall answer . I WILL. Then the Minister shall cause the maUf with his nght hand, to take the woman by the rigJU hand, and to say after him om foUoweth : I, M, take thee, JT, to be my wedded wife, to have and to hold, from this day forward, for better for worse, for richer for poorer, in sickness and in health, to love and to cherish, till death us do part, according to God's holy ordinance ; and thef eto I plight thee my faith. Then shall they loose their hands, and thi woman, with her right hand^ taking the man by his right hand, shall likewise say a^ter the 'Minister: r j^iitt'ir.TVT' -j/i^iff oi^ n-T'V ^iir^. I, N't take thee, JIf, to be my wedded husband, to have and to hold, from this day forward, for better for worse, for richer for poorer, in sickness and in health, to love and to cherish, till death us do part, according to God's holy ordi- nance ; and thereto I plight thee my faith. id ua When the parties desire to he married with a ring, the following form jj^^,.moy be used:— The man, placiwj the ring upon the fourth fimger qf the woman's left hand^ shall say after the Minister: With this ring, a token and pledge of the vow and cove- nant now made between me and thee, I do thee wed, in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost MATRIMONY. 1498 isband, to estate of bim, in ^eep thee to taJke the noeth: ^e and to or richer » cherish, inanoe ; r^ ighthand^ after the lave and 3rse, for and to >l7 ordi- ing form th Jinsier d cove- , in the Ghost Tlun iJuUl the Minister say : Let us pray. Eternal God, Creator and Preserver of all mankind, Giver of all spiritual grace, the Author of everlasting life, send Thy blessing upon these Thy servants, this man and this woman, whom we bless in Thy natje ; that, as Isaac and Rebecca lived faithfully together, so these persons may surely perform and keep the vow and covenant betwixt them made, and may ever remain in perfect love and peace together, and live according to Thy laws, through Jesus Ohrist our Lord. Amen. Then shall the Minister say : O God of Abraham, God of Isaac, God of Jacob, bless this man and this woman, and sow the seed of eternal life in their hearts, that whatsoever in Thy holy Word they shall profitably learn, they may indeed fulfil the same. Look, O Lord, mercifully on them from heaven, and bless them. And as Thou didst send Thy blessings upon Abraham and Sarah, to their great comfort, so vouchsafe to send Thy blessings upon this man and this woman, that they, obeying Thy will, and always being in safety under Thy protection, may abide in Thy love until their lives' end, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. Then shall the Minister join their right hands together ^ and say : Those whom God, hath joined together let no man put asunder. Forasmuch as M and iV huve consented together in holy wedlock, and have witnessed the tame before God and this 281 i Ail 1499 BURIAL OF THE DEAD. m company, and thereto have pledged their faith, either to other, and have declared the same by joining of hands, and by the giving and receiving of a ring, I pronounce that they are husband and wife together, — In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Ambn. And the Minister shaU add this blessing : Qod the Father, God the Son, God the Holy Ghost, bless, preserve, and keep you ; the Lord mercifully with His favor look upon you, and so fill you with all spiritual benediction and grace, that ye may so live together in this life that in the world to come ye may have life everlasting. Amen. 7*Aen shall the Minister say: Our Father who art in heav *n, hallo\ired be Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses as we forgive them that trespass against us. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from eviL Ambn. V. BURIAL OF THE DEAD. 499> Form fob thb Burial of thb Dead. [N.B. — ^The following or some other solemn service shall be used.] The Minister meeting the eorpu, and going before it^ shall say : I am the resurrection, and the life, saith the Lord ; he that believeth in Me, though he were dead, yet shall he BUBUL or THE DEAD. 1499 I, either to of hands, ounce that hme of the Amen. host, bless, i His favor benediction ife that in Amen. rhj name, as it is in ad forgive >ss against r U8 from AD. be used.] Lord; he * shall he live : and whosoever liveth and believeth in Me shall never die. {John xi. 25, 26.) I know that my Redeemer liveth, and that He shall stand at the latter day upon the earth : and though after my skin worms destroy this body, yet in my flesh shall I see God : whom I shall see for myself, and mine eyes shall behold, and not another. {Job xix. 25, 26, 27.) We brought nothing into this world, and it is certain we can oairy nothing out. The Lord gave, and the Lord hath taken away ; blessed be the name of the Lord. (1 Tim, vi. 7; Job i. 21.) At the gravCt when the corpse is laid in the earthf th ^, Minister shall say : Man, that is born of a woman, hath but a short time to live, and is full of Diisery. He cometh up, ard is cut down as a flower; he fleeth as it were a shadow, and never con* tinueth in one stay. II the midst of life we are in death ; of whom may we seek for succor, but of Thee, Lord,, who for our sins art justly displeased i Yet, O Lord God most holy, O Lor J. most mighty, O holy and most merciful Saviour, deliver us not into the bitter pains of eternal death. Thou knowest. Lord, the secrets of our hearts ; shut not Thy merciful ears to our prayers, but spare us. Lord most holy, O God most mighty, holy and merciful Saviour, Thou most worthy Judge eternal, and suffer us not at our last hour for any pains of death to fall from Thee. t499 BURIAL OF THE DBAD. Si ■i W ' »: Then tohile the earth ahail he easi upon the body 6y tome atanding hy, the Minister shall say: Forasmuch as ifc has pleased Almighty Qod in His wise providence to take out of the world the soul of the departed, we therefore commit hia body to the ground ; earth to earth, ashes to ashes, dust to dust ; looking for the general resur- rection in the last day, and the life of the world to come, through our Lord Jesus Christ ; at whose second coming in glorious majesty to judge the world, the earth and the sea shall give up their dead j and the corruptible body of those who sleep in Him shall be changed, and made like unto His own glorious body; according to the mighty working whereby He is able to uubdue all things unto Himself. Then shall he said: I heard a voice from heaven saying unto me^ Write, Blessed are the dead which die in the Lord from henceforth: Yea, saith the Spirit, that they may rest from their labors; and their works do follow them. Then shall the Minister say : -' ^ Lord have mercy upon us, Christ have mercy upon ue. Lord have meroy upon ns. Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name, rhy kingdom come. Thy ^ill be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that trespass against us. And lead ui not into temptation, but deliver us from evil Amen. 284 BURIAL OF THE DEAD. t499 t ttanditig fty, Hig wise »e departed, •th to earth, aeral resur- d to come, coming in nd the sea ly of those ce unto His y working mself. me, Write, lenceforth: leir labors; The OoUect. O merciful God, the Father of our Lord Jesus Christ, who is the resurrection and the life ; in whom whosoever believeth shall live, though he die, and whosoever liveth and believeth in Him shall not die eternally : we meekly beseech Thee, O Father, to raise us from the death of sin unto the life of righteousness ; that when we shall depart this life we may rest in Him ; and, at the general resurrec- tion at the last day, we may be found acceptable in Thy sight, and receive that blessing which Thy well-beloved Son shall then pronounce to all that love and fear Thee, saying, dome, ye blessed children of my Father, receive the king- dom prepared for you from the beginning of the world. Grant this, we beseech Thee, O merciful Father, through Jesus Christ our Mediator and Re( )emer. Amen. The grace of our Lord Jesus Christ, and the love of God, and the fellowship of the Holy Ghost, be with you all ever- more. Amkn. 'hy name. IS it is in forgive us gainst us. from evil 0Q :ii 283 IT 600 ORDINATION. VI. ORDINATION. 500. The Form of Ordaining Ministers. [ When the day appointed for the ordination of Ministers is oome, there shall be a Sermon, or Exhortation, declaring the duty and office of such as oome to be admitted Ministers, how necessary that order is in the Church of Christ, and also how the people ought to esteem them in their office.] AJUt toAtcA VM of the Miniaten shall present wUo the General Super- intendent or President aU them that are to be ordained : I present unto you these persons present to be ordained ministers. •nriD BMBe' \ I; J%en their names being read aUmdp the OenereU SuperkUendent at President shall say unto the people : Brethren, these are they whom we purpose, God willing, this day to ordain ministers. For, after due examination, we find not to the contrary, but that they are lawfully called to this function and ministry, and that they are per- sons meet for the same. But if there be any oi you who knoweth any impediment or crime in any of them, for which he ought not to be received into this holy ministry, let him come forth in the name of God, and show what the crime or impediment is. [If any crime or impediment be alleged, the General Superintendent or President shall surcease from ordaining that person until such time as the party accused shall be found dear of the crime.] 286 ORDINATION. ^500 :rs. ien it oome, the duty and Bw necessary the people ineralSluper' e ordained rintendent ot od willing, amination, ■e lawfully sy are per- i you who them, for ' ministry, '■ what the erintendent n until such orime.] Then thaU be mM tiU CMfeee, EpiatUt and Ooapd, at follcweth: Tht OolUd: Almighty God, Oiver of all good things, who by the Holy Spirit hast appointed ministers in Thy Church ; mercifully behold these Thy servants now called to the office of minis- ters, and replenish them so with the truth of Thy doctrine, and a(* trn them with innocency of life, that, both by word aud good example, they may faithfully serve Thee in this office, to the glory of Thy name, and the edification of Thy Church, through the merits of our Saviour Jesus Christ, who liveth and reigneth with Thee and the Holy Ghost, world without end. Ambn. The EpieUe (Eph. iv. 7-13). XJnto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. Wherefore He saith. When He ascended up on high. He led captivity captive, and gave gifts unto men. (Now that He ascended, what is it but that He also descended first into the lower parts of the earth 1 He that descended is the same also that ascended up far above all heavens, that Ho might fill all things.) And He gave some, apostles; and some, prophets; and some, evangelists ; and some, pastors and teachers ; for the perfecting of the saints, for the work of the ministry, for the edifying of the body of Christ : till we all come in the unity of the faith, and of the knowledge of the Son of God, unto a perfect man, unto the measure of the stature of the fulness of Qhri9t 287 ■ ^.^■' ITDOO ORDINATION. ,, The Oospel (St. John z. 1-16). Verily, verily, I say unto you, He that entereth not by the door into the sheepfold, but olimbeth up some other way, the same is a thief and a robber. But he that entereth in by the door is the shepherd of the sheep. To him the porter openeth; and the sheep hear hib voice; and he calleth his own sheep by name, and leadeth them out. And when he putteth forth his own sheep, he goeth before them, and the sheep follow him : for they know his voice. And a stranger will they not follow, but will flee from him : for they know not the voice of strangers. This parable spake Jesus unto them : but they understood not what things they were which He spake unto them. Then said Jesus unto them again. Verily, verily, I say unto you, I am the door of the sheep. All that ever came before Me are thieves and robbers : but the sheep did not hear them. I am the door : by Me if any man enter in, he shall be saved, and shall go in and out, and find pasture. The thief cometh not but for to steal, and to kill, and to destroy: I am come that they might have life, and that they might have it more abundantly. I am the good shepherd: the good shepherd giveth his life for the sheep. But he that is an hireling, and not the shepherd, whose own the sheep are not, seeth the wolf coming, and leaveth the sheep, and fleeth ; and the wolf catcheth them, and scattereth the sheep. The hireling fleeth, because he is an hireling, and careth not for the sheep. I am the good shepherd, and know My dieep, and am known of Mine. As the Father knoweth Me, even so know I the Father ; and I lay down My life for the sheep. And other sheep I have, which are not of this fold ; thera 288 1 ORDINATION. IT 600 )reth not by some other But he that sheep. To I voice; and 1 them out. ;oeth before w his voice. le from him : Dhis parable »d not what Then said JO you, I am lore Me are ar them. I Eill be saved, thief Cometh I am come lave it more od shepherd an hireling, e not, seeth )th ; and the The hireling not for the r dieep, and !tf e, even so r the sheep. fold ; them alto I moit bring, and they shall hear My voice ; and there shall be one fold, and one shepherd. And tiuU done, the Oenerai Superintendent or President $haU oay wUo them (M hereafter foUoweth : You have heard, brethren, as well in your private exami- nation as in the exhortation which was now made to you, and in the holy lessons taken out of the Gospel, and the writings of the apostles, of what dignity and of how great importance this office it whereunto you are called. And now again, we exhort you in the name of our Lord Jesus Christ, that you have in remembrance into how high a dig- nity, and to how weighty an office you are called : that is tx) say, to be messengers, watchmen and stewards of the Lord ; to teach and to premonish, to feed and provide for the Lord's family; to seek for Christ's sheep that are dispersed abroad, and for His children who are in the midst of this evil world, that they may be saved through Christ for ever. Have always, therefore, in remembrance how great a treasure is committed to your charge. For they are the sheep of C^'^ist, which He bought with His death, and for whom He shed His blood. The Church and congregation whom you must serve is His spouse and His body. And if it shall happen that the same Church, or any member thereof, do take any hurt or hindrance by reason of your negligence, you know the greatness of the fault, and also the horrible punishment that will ensue. Wherefore consider with yourselves the end of the minislay towards the children of God, towards the spouse and body of Christ ; and see that you never cease your labor, your care and diligence, until ^^ 289 1[600 ORDINATION. M li ' II you hare done all that lieth in you, according to your bnunden duty, to bring all luch as are or shall be committed to your charge, unto that agreement in the faith and know- ledge of Gk)d, and to that ripeness and perfectness of age in Christ, that there be no place left among you, either for error in reli^,'ion or for vioiousnens in life. Forasmuch, then, as your office is both of so great excel- lency, and of so great difficulty, you see with how great care and study you ought to apply yourselves, as well that you may show yourselves dutiful and thankful unto that Lord who hath placed you in so high a dignity, as also to beware that neither you yourselves offend, nor be occasion that others offend. Howbeit you cannot have a mind and will thereto of yourselves, for that will and ability is given of God alone; therefore you ought, and have need, to pray earnestly for His Holy Spirit. And seeing that you cannot compass the doing of so weighty a work, pertaining to the salvation of man, but with doctrine and exhortation taken out of the Holy Scriptures, and with a life agreeable to the same, consider how studious you ought to be in read- ing and learning the Scriptures, and in framing the man- ners both of yourselves pud of them that specially pertain unto you, according to ti^a rule of the same Scriptures: and, for this self-same cause, how you ought to forsake and set aside (as much as jmv^ may) all worldly cares and studies. We have good hcpa tLaG you have all weighed and pon- dered these things lon^; before this time ; and that you have clearly determined, l;y God's grace, to give yourselves wholly to this office, whereunto it has pleased God to call you ; so that, as much as lieth in you, you will apply your- 290 ORDINATION. 11600 g to your sommitted sknd know- I of age in either for reat excel- how great I well that unto that as also to le ocoasion mind and ty is given B need, to I that you pertaining exhortation i agreeable be in read- l the man- tlly pertain Scriptures ; brsake and bnd studies. d and pon- Bkt you have yourselves jrod to call apply your selves wholly ^o this one thing, and draw all your cares and studies this way, and that you will continue to pray to God the Father, by the mediation of our only Saviour, Jesus Christ, for the heavenly assistance of the Holy Ghost ; that, by the daily reading and weighing of the Scriptures, you may wax riper and stronger in your ministry ; and that you may so endeavor yourselves, from time*to time, to sanctify the lives of you and yours, and to fashion them after the rule and <'.octrine of Christ, that you may be wholesome and godly examples and patterns for the people to follow. And now that this present congregation of Christ here assembled may also understand your minds and wills in these things, and that this your promise may the more move you to do your duties; you shall answer plainly to these things which we, in the name of God and His Church, shall demand of you touching the same. Do you think, in your heart, that you are truly called, according to the will of our Lord Jesus Christ, to the office of a minister 1 **» <*^' Ans. I think so. The General Superintendent or President. Are you per- suaded that the Holy Scriptures contain sufficiently all doc- trines required of necessity for eternal salvation through faith in Jesus Christ ? And are you determined out of the said Scriptu 'OS to instruct the people committed to your charge, and to teach nothing as required of necessity to eternal salvation, but that which you shall be persuaded may be concluded and proved by the Scnptures 1 Ans. I am so persuaded, and have so determined, by God's grace. 291 Mr' ' . %'0 V,, It :. \l:\ I ,\ i I IT 600 OBDINATION. 2^ QvMTid Superintendent or Pretident, Will you then give your faithful diligence always so to minister the doo- trinet, and sacraments, and discipline of Christy as the Lord hath commanded t Am. I will so do, by the help of the Lord. The General Superintendent or President, Will you be ready, with all faithful diligence, to banish and drire away all erroneous and strange doctrines contrary to GoJ'a Word; and tQ use both publio and private monitions and exhorta- tions, as well to the sick as to the whole within your charge, as need shall require and occasion shall be given 1 Ans. I will, the Lord being my helper. jhsjij^;- ' The Genertd Superintende^ii or President, Will you be diligent in prayers, and in reading of the Holy Scriptures, and in such studies as help to the knowledge of the same, laying aside the study of the world and the flesh t Ans. I will endeavor so to do, the Lord being my helper. The General SuperirUendent or President. Will you be diligent to frame and fashion yourselves, and your families, according to the doctrines of Christ: and to make both yourselves and them, as much as in you lieth, wholesome examples and patterns to the flock of Christ t Ans. I will apply myself thereto, the Lord being my helper. The General Superintendent or President. Will you main- tain and set forward, as much as lieth in you, quietness, peace, and love among all Christian people, and especially among them that are or shall be committed to your charge 1 ilfM. I will do so, the Lord being my helper. The General Superintendent or President. Will you rever- 292 OBDINATION. f 600 i you then ir the doc- IB the Lord ''ill you be drire away oJ'sWord; d exhorta- our charge, I ti 'OitJ.^ "•;i!!£f9. nil you be Scriptures, I the lame, % my helper, mi you be ur families, make both wholesome 1 being my I you main- i, quietness, i especially our charge 1 II you rever- ently obey your chief ministers, unto whom is committed the charge and government over you ; following with a glad mind and will their godly admonitions, submitting your- selves to their godly judgment t Ana. I will do so, the Lord being my helper. Then shall the OenercU Superintendent or Presidentt landing up, say : Almighty God, who hath given you the will to do all these things, grant also unto you strength and power to perform the same ; that He may accomplish His work which He hath begun in you, through Jesus Christ our Lord. aMBN» [After this the congregation shall be desired, secretly in their prayers, to make their humble supplications to God for all these things, for the which prayers there shall be silence kept for a space.] AJier which shtUl be said by the General Superintendent or President (the perpfms to be ordained Ministers all kneeling), Veni, Creator, SpirUuo, tJie General Superintendent or President beginning, and the Ministers and others that are present ansujering by verse, as foUoweth: Gome, Holy Ghost, our souls inspire, ;.;ii; : j^^ lighten toith celestial fire. ^*^^ ^ Thou the anointing Spirit art. Who dost Thy seven-fold g%fls imparL Thy blessed unction from above. Is comfort, life, and fire of love. Enable with perpetual light The dtdness of our blinded sight. Anoint and cheer our soiled face With the abundance of Thy grace ; 293 n' I 4'^ ll \l V '< irSOO OHDINATION. Keep far our foes, give peace at home; Where Thou art guidct no ill can eonie, . Teach us to know the Father, Son, And Thee, of bothy to be but one; That through the ages all along, ,^^ This may be our endless song; Praise to Thj eternal merit, Father^ Son, and Holy Spirit. ThcU done, the General Superintendent or Prestdent shaU pray in thu .bi* unse: rf a -r.|<-rn ' ? "* ^fl« T fj Almighty Qod and heavenly Father, who of Thine infinite love and goodness toward us, hast given to us Thy only and most dearly beloved Son Jesus Christ, to be our Redeemer, and the author of everlasting life ; who, after He had made perfect our redemption by His death, and was ascended into heaven, sent abroad into the world His apostles, prophets, evangelists, pastors, and teachers, by whose labor and ministry He gathered together a great Bock in all parts of the world, to set forth the eternal praise of Thy holy name : for these so great benefits of Thy eternal goodness, and for that Thou hast vouchsafed to call these Thy servants here present to the same office and ministry appointed for the salvation of mankind, we render unto Thee most hearty thanks : we praise and worship Thee : and we humbly be- seech Thee, by the same Thy blessed Son, to grant unto all who either here or elsewhere call upon Thy name, that we may continue to show ourselves thankful unto Thee for these and all other Thy benefits, and that we may daily in- *.rease and go forward in the knowledge and faith of Thee 294 ORDINATION. 1600 w I .'^vK I pray in thu line infinite \y only and Redeemer, e had made cended into 8, prophets, labor and ill parts of Thy holy A goodness, hy servants ipointed for nost hearty humbly be- nt unto all ae, that we » Thee for ay daily in- th of Thee and Thy Son, by the Holy Spirit; so that, as well by* these Thy minister, as by them over whom they shall be ap- pointed Thy ministers, Thy holy name may be forever glorified, and Thy blessed kingdom enlarged, through the same Thy Son Jesus Christ our Lord; who liveth and reigneth with Thee in the unity of the same Holy Spirit, world without end. Amen. It ^ Pk> When this jtrayer is ended, the General Superintendent or President, with two or more of the Ministers preseTU, shall lay their hands ^. . severally upon the head of everi) one thai receiveth the order oj Ministers; the receivers humbly kneeling upon their knees, and the General Superintendent or President saying : The Lord pour upon thee the Holy Ghost for the office and work of a minister in the Church of God, now com- mitted unto thee by the imposition of our hands. And be thou a faithful dispenser of the Word of God, and of His holy sacraments ; in the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen. Then the General Superintendent or President shall deliver to every one of them, kneeling, the Bible into his hands, saying : Take thou authority to preach the Word of God, and to administer the holy sacramenls in the congregation. Then the General Superintendent or President shall say : Most merciful Father, we bespech Thee to send upon these Thy servants Thy heavenly blessing, that they may be clothed with righteousness, and that Thy Word spoken by 295 11500 ORDINATION '•I i H i '5, their mouths may have such auccess that it may never be spoken in vain. Grant also that we may have grace to hear and receive what they shall deliver out of Thy most holy Word, or agreeably to the same, as the means of our salvation ; and that, in all our words and deeds, we may seek Thy glory and the increase of Thy Kingdom, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. lir?^ i>l f Prevent us, O Lord, in all our doings, with Thy most gracious favor, and further us with Thy continual help, that in all our works, begun, continued, and ended in Thee, we may glorify Thy holy name, and finally, by Thy mercy, obtain everlasting life, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. ■i!ii>. >*ii.i 'iiii ■ ^iiiiiii ;f( 't^-^-t ,;; .'tf. Here let the service dose with singing and the following . benediction: The peace of God, that passeth all understanding, keep your hearts and minds in the knowler^--* and love of God, and of His Son Jesus Christ our Lord ; and the blessing of God Almighty, the Father, the Son, and the Holy Ghost, be among you, and remain with you always. Amen. ■>^aI: .''^■■'■■^' I I i I (I 296 y never be ) grace to Thy most ms of our s, we may Q, through hi . Thy most nual help, ended in , by Thy IJhrist our •J(V A Hi ding, keep •ve of God, blessing of oly Ghost, MEN. FORM FOR SE'lTING APART DEACONESSES. 1501 VII. 501. FORM OF SERVICE FOR THE SETTING APART OF DEACONESSES. After an introductory service at the time appointed, the Chairman of the Deaconess Board, or some other minister, shall present to the General Superintendent, or President of Conference, having charge of the service, the person or persons to be set apart to Deaconess work, sa}»ing : Mr. President — I present unto you these persons, to be set apart as Deaconesses in the Methodist Church. The President — ITave you reason to believe them to be fit and qualified by a godly life and by skill and training in womanly ministrations, to discharge the duties of a Deaconess ? Answer — They have given satisfactory evidence, during probation, by practical service and by the prosecution of the prescribed studies, of meetness for this calling. Then shall the President say to the congregation : Dearly Beloved — In the record of the earthly life of our Divine Master we learn that he accepted and honored the service rendered Him by loving and devout women. In the apostolic age it was the practice of the Church to give employment to the activity of all believers. Notable among their activities was the employment of godly women of suitable gifts as deaconesses or servants of the Church. St. Paul, writing to the Phillppians, says, "Help those women which labored with me in the Gospel." He also commends unto the Church at Rome Phoebe, a Deaconess of the Church, which was at Cenchrea. To this honored 297 IF 601 FORM FOR SETTING APART DEACONESSES. y nil. service these persons now come to be admitted. We have good confidence that they are apt and competent thereto, nevertheless, should there be any of you who know any reason for which it is inexpedient that these persons, or any of them, should be so set apart, let it be now declaimed. ^f no impediment he alleged^ the President shall read, and the Candidate shall respond a^ follows : President — The spirit of the Lord God is upon me ; be- cause the Lord hath sent me to bind up the broken- hearted, to proclaim liberty to the captives, and the opening of the prison to them that are bound. Response — Unto every one of us is given grace according to the measure of the gift of Christ. President — Then shall the righteous answer him, saying, Lord, when saw we Thee an hungered, and fed Thee ? or thirsty, and gave Thee drink? When saw we Thee a stranger, and took Thee in ? or naked, and clothed Thee ? or when w we Thee sick, or in prison, and came unto Thee? Response — And the King shall answer and say unto them, Verily I say unto you. Inasmuch as ye have done it unto one of the least of these my brethren, ye have done it unto Me. Then all kneeling, the President shall say : President — Unto Thee lift we up our eyes. Response — O Thou that dwellest in the heavens ; President — As the eyes of servants look unto the hand of their masters ; Response — And as the eyes of a maiden unto the hand of her mistress ; 208 FORM FOR SETTING APART DEACONESSES. IT 601 President — Even so our eyes wait upon Thee, O Lord ; Response — Until Thou have mercy upon us. President — Almighty God, our heavenly Father, who didst call Phcebe and other devout women to be the servants of Thy Church, enabling them to minister to Thine Apostles and to many others also, we thank Thee that Thou hast called th^e^ our aistersj now being set apart to the office of Deaconess, to undertake the like ministra- tion. We beseech Thee to look graciously upon them at this hour and bless them ; anoint them with the spirit of wisdom ; clothe them with the spirit of power, and enrich them with all spiritual gifts and graces. Let Thy work appear unto Thy servantSy and let the beauty of the Lord our God be upon them ; and establish Thou the work of their hands upon them; yea, the work of their hands establish Thou it. Look upon all Thy servants here present in compassion and love, and grant unto them the fulness of Thy salvation, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. The candidate shall then rise, and the Fresidetit shall say : Dear Sisters — We rejoice with you that in the provi- dence of God an open door of usefulness has been found for you in the service of the Church of Christ. In our loving Master's wide vineyard there are manifold forms of labor, and to each disciple some fitting task is assigned. To you are accorded peculiar privileges and opportunities. Released from other cares, you give yourselves without reservation, according to the will of God, to the service of the Lord and of His Church, wherever your lot may be 299 fciii IT 601 FORM FOR SETTING APART DEACONESSES. ;i;; I ft:;? 1! i ■ 5 t ;, cast. Like our blessed Master, you are to go about doing good, ministering, as He did, to the wants of a suffering, sorrowing and sin-laden world. You are to be angels of mercy to the poor, to visit the sick, pray with the dying, care for the orphan, seek the wandeiing, comfort the afflicted, save the sinning, and ever be ready to take up any other duty proper to your calling. Such a ministry confers upon you a gi'eat honor, and involves a solemn responsibility. We are persuaded that you have not entered upon it lightly. No doubt, in the sacred stillness of the sanctuary of the heart you have already consecrated yourselves to this office and work. What you have done alone with God you are now to do formally and publicly, as the Church sets you apart for her special service in co-operation with her pastors. The President shall then ask : Question — Do you believe that you have been led by the Spirit and Providence of God to engage in this work, and to assume the duties of this office ? Answer — I do. \\*^m Question — Do you, in the presence of God and this con- gregation, promise faithfully to perform the duties of a Deaconess in the Church of God, so long as you remain in this calling t Answer — I will endeavor so to do, the Lord being my helper. Question — Do you accept the Bible as God's Word, and will you take it as the guide of your life and tlie source and authority of your spiiitual instruction? .- : Answer — I so accept it, and will so employ it. j' !* 900 FORM FOB SETTING APART DEACONESSE& IT 601 Question — Will you strive to walk so close to your Saviour that you may ever carry His presence and bene, diction to the hearts and homes of those to whom you minister ? Answer — I will endeavor so to do. Question — Will you accept the direction of those whom the Church may set over you, in the prosecution of your work? Answer — I will cheerfully do so. HYMN 923. service in ■•.v.K>^' ^v She loved her Saviour, and to Him Her costliest present brought ; To crown His head, or grace His name. No gift too rare she thought. So let the Saviour be adored, And not the poor despised : Give to the hungry from your hoard, But all) give all to Christ. Go, clothe the naked, lead the blind. Give to the weary rest ; For sorrow's children comfort tiud, And help for all distressed. But give to Christ alone thy heart, Thy faith, thy love supreme ; Then for His sake thine alms impart. And so give all to Him. >^,\'^ ,^ All present shall kneel and join in silent prayer for the candidatei. 301 '1 ;: \ .' i ii II IT 601 FORM FOR SETTINO APART DEACONESSES. f! nvi ■ Then the President shall say : Almighty God, who hast gi\en Thj handmaidens the will to do all these things, gi'ant also unto them power to perform the same, so that all their works may be begun, continued and ended in Thee, and that they may glorify Thy holy name, and finally obtain everlasting life, through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. Then all shall lise, and the President shall present each candidate with her license, saying: Take thou authority to discharge the duties of a Deaconess in the Methodist Church. The President may then offer a few words of counsel f and close tvith the follounng invocation: May the Holy Spirit of the Living God descend upon you and abide with you evermore. May His holy anoint- ing impart unto you grace for every trial, and gifts for every duty. May His presence be. to you a pillar of cloud by day, and a pillar of fii'e by night, all along the journey of life ; and may the blr ssing of God the Father, Son and Holy Spirit be with you, now and evermore. Am>en. \i-< 3()2 RENEWING THE COVENANT. 1502 VIII. 50». THE FORM OF RENEWING THE COVENANT. [After a short Mrmon, impreiaiiig npon every sonl the importuiee of giying himaelf to God, and that without delay, each Minister ia recommended, on hie first tour round his Circuit in the New Year, beginning the first Sabbath in January, to read the fol* lowing directions, or some of them, in every Congregation, and persuade as many as possible to make solemn Covenant witii Ood, and by divine grace, to keep the Covenant inviolate onto the day of His coming:] L Get these three principles fixed in your heart: That things eternal are much more considerable than things temporal; that things not seen are as certain as the things that are seen; that upon your present choice depends your eternal lot. Choose Christ and His ways, and you are blessed for ever; refuse, and you are undone for ever. And then, II. Make your choice. Turn either to the right hand or to the left; lay both parts before you, with every link of each ; Christ with His yoke, His cross, and His crown; or, the devil with his wealth, his pleasure, and curse; and then put it to your- selves thus: "Soul, thou seest what is before thee, what wilt thou dol Which wilt thou have, either the crown or the curse f If thou choosost the crown, remember that the day thou takest this, thou must be content to submit to the cross and yoke, the service and the sufferings of Christ, which are linked to it. What sayest thout Hadst thou rather take the gains and pleasures of siu, and v^ture on au3 1 IT 602 BINXWINO THE OOTXNAMT. fll*^ ■(■: V i.l ■ V ! I! I I: P I '1 the eonet Or wilt thou yield thyself to Ohriit, and lo make sure of the orownl" If your hearts fly off, and would fain waive the business, leave them not so. If you be unresolved, you are resolved If you remain undetermined for Ohrist, you are determined for the devil. Therefore, give not off, but follow your hearts from day to day; let them not rest till the matter be brought to an issue; and see that you make a good ohoioe. oj This is your choosing the good part, Qod and the blessed- ness of the world to come, for your portion and happiness; and in this is included your renouncing the world and worldly happiness. III. Embark with Christ. Adventure yourselves with Him; cast yourselves upon His righteousness, as that which shall bring you to Ood. If you stay where you are, you perish; and escape home of yourself you cannot. Christ offers, if you will venture with Him, He will bring you home. He will bring you to God. Will you now say to Him, " Lord Jesus, wilt Thou under- take for mel Wilt Thou bring me to God, bring me into the Land of Promisel With Thee will I venture myself; I cast myself upon Thee, upon Thy blood, and Thy righteous- ness; X Ifty oXl my hopes, and venture my whole interest, soul and body, with Thee." jjii / lY. Resign and deliver up yourselves to Gk)d in Christ. : Vf^i^ld yourselves to the Lord," that is, as His servants; give up the dominion and government of yourselves to Christ. "Neither yield your members as instruments of unrighteousness unto sin; but yield yourselves to Qod, as 304 RENCWJNQ TU£ COVENANT. 1602 those that Mre alive from the dead, and your momberi aa instrunients of righteousneia unto God." "To whom ye yield younelvea servants to obey, his servants ye are to whom ye obey." Yield yourselves so to the Lord, that you may henceforth be the Lord's: "I am thine," saith the Psalmist Those that yield themselves to sin and the world in heart say, "Sin, I am thine; world, I am thine; — riches, I am yours ; pleasures, I am yours." ** I am thine," saith the Psalmist; devoted to Thy fear, dedicated to Thy service. ^ J. am Thine, save me." Qiy^ yQUftelyea to Christ, sinnen; be devoted to His fear. .; And this giving yourself to Him must be such as suppoMi that you be heartily contented, — 1. That He appoint you your work. 2. That He appoint you your station. 1. That He appoint you your work: That He put you to whatsoever He pleaseth. Servants, as they must do their master's work, so they must do that work which their master appoints them; they must be for any work their master hath for them to do; they must not pick and choose: ** This I will do, and that I will not do" : they must not say, "This is too hard," or "This is too mean," or "This may be well enough let alone." Good servants, when they have chosen their master, will let their master choose their work, «nd will not dispute his will, but do it. Christ hath many services to be done; some are more easy and honorable, others more difficult and disagreeable; some are suitable to our inclinations and interests, others are contrary to both. In some we may please Christy and please ourMlycif ; i^ when He re<|ui]res \n to feed aiid qIoUhi 20 f 502 BSNBWING TBI OOTXNAMT. I omvelTWy to provide things honest for oar maintenanoei Yes, and there are some spiritual daties that are more pleasing than others; as, to rejoice in the Lord, to be blessing and praising €k>d, to be feeding ourselves with the delights and comforts of religion: these are the sweet works of a Christian. But then there are other works, wherein we cannot please Christ but bj denying ourselves: as, giving and lending, bearing and forbearing, reproving men for their sins, withdrawing; from their company, witnessing against their wickedness, confessing Christ and His name, when it will cause us shame and reproach; sailing against the wind, swimming against the tide, steering contrary to the times, parting with our ease, our liberties, and our ao* commodations for the name of our Lord Jesus. [It is desirable that the whole of this Service be prayerfully pon< -'^ dered in private by those who purpose to enter into the Covenant ; but, to shorten the service, the miaisters may here begin to read, on occasion of the annual renewal of the Covenant lib in the Methodist Societies.] It is necessary, beloved, to sit down, and consider what it will cost you to be the servants of Christy and take a thorough survey of the whole business of Christianity, and not tc> be engaged thoughtlessly to you know not what. First, see what it is that Christ doth expect, and then yield yourselves to His whole wilL Do not think of com- pounding or making your own terms with Christ: that will never be aUoi^ed you. Go jto Christ, and tell Him, « Lord ^^vm, if Thou wilt flly upon the merits of His death; when you have understandingly and heartily resigned yourselves to Him, t^QBolving forever to be at His command, and at His dis- posal ; then you are Christians indeed, and never till then. Christ will be the Saviour of none but His servants. He is the author of eternal salvation to those who obey Him s Christ will have no servants but by consent ; His people are f willing people ; Christ will accept of no consent but in fuU to all He requires : He will be all in all, or He will be -•* '. . . ■■■_ , -I , .(IW'l--. '-, _^Tj nothing. , " . Next confirm and complete all this by solemn covenant. Qive yourselves to the Lord as His servants, and bind yourselves to Him as His covenant servants. P'pon your entering into covenant with God, the covenant of God stands firm to you : God gives you leave, every one, tQ put in his own name into the covenant grant; if it be IK>t found there at last, it will be your own fault; iiP.it be ^j^ fih^ire, there will be nothing found in the whol^ covenant lielongiifg unto you ; if it be there, all is yours ; if you ^▼f pQipe intQ thf bond of the covenant, you sh^l \y,y^ ■A*,"w.*!Afi.iA.'VW(.(.' REN£WINQ TfiE CX)y]ENAMt. 1502 your share in the blessings of the covenant. *' Thou hMt avouched the Lord this day to be thy God, to walk in Hi* tvays, and to keep His sttitutes, and His commandments, and His judgments, to hearken to His voice ; and the Lord hath avouched thee this day to be His peculiar people, as He hath promised thee. (Deut. xxvi. 17, 18.) Observe it: The same day that they avouched the Lord to be their Qod, the same day the Lord avouched them to be His peculiar people. The same day that they engaged to keep the commandments of God, the same day the Lord engaged to keep His promise irith them. i"^"" . '■^ There is a two-fold covenanting with God. In prqfessioh^ or in reality; an entering our names, or an engaging our hearts. The former is done in baptism, by a}\ that are baptized, who, by receiving that seal of the covenant, are visibly, or in profession, entered into it. The latter is also two-fold. '% 1. TiBTUAL. Which is done by all those that have sin- cerely made that closure with God in Christ which we have spoken of. Thos3 that have chosen the Lord, em- barked with Christ, resigned, and given themselves to the Lord, have virtually covenanted with Him. ^ tf. ? 2. Formal. Which is our binding ourselves to the Lord by solemn vow or promise to stand to our choice. And this may be either inward in the soul, or outward, and ex- pressed either by word, lifting up the hands, subscribing with the hand, or the like ; and by how much the more express and solemn our covenanting with God is, by so much the more sensibly and strongly is it likely to hold our hearts to Him. ^ 'ih'r: 'iy> ■>I^ 1-' A d| v..\ Mi Mt II 'ii m '!•- i:1 $ I i * ^ 11502 RINEWING THE COVENANT. Now, that which we would persuade you to, if thii Boiv^mn and expressed covenanting with Ood ; and in order to "he putting this matter into practice, take these few directions : — 1. Seek earnestly His special assistance, and gracious acceptance of you. 2. Consider distinctly all the conditions of the Covenant, as they have been laid before you. 3. Search your hearts, whether 70U either have already or can now freely make such a closure with God in Christ as you have been exhorted to. Especially consider what your sins are, and examine whether you can resolve to forego them aU. Consider what the laws of Christ are, how holy, strict, and spiritual, and whether you can, upon deliberation, make choice of them all (even those that most cross your interests and corrupt inclinations), as the rule of your whole life. First. Be sure you be clear in these matters; see that YOU do not lie unto God. . r. ^ , Secondly. Compose your spirivs into the most serious frame possible, suitable to a transaction of so high im- portance. „,.u Thirdly. Lay hold on the covenant of God, and rely upon His promise of giving grace and strength, whereby you may be enabled to perform your promise. Trust not to your own strength, or to the strength of your own resolutions, but take hold on his strength. Fourthly. Besolve to be faithful. Having engaged your hearts, opened your mouths, and subscribed with your hands to the Lord, resolve in His strength never to go back. 310 RBNSWINO THE COVENANT. IT 502 > is thii d in order these few 1 gracious Covenant, ve already in Christ sider what resolve to /hrist are, can, upon that most )he rule of ; see that st serious high im- rely upon you may • to your ■ solutions, tged your »ur hands (HcM let th« Minister request aU who are willing to engage in the renewal of the Covenant, to signify it by standing up, after which, in the name of the congrsgation, he shall open his lips to the Lord, in these words, all devoutly kneeling :] most holy and most merciful God! for the passion of Thy Son, we beseech Thee accept of us poor prodigals now prostrating ourselves at Thy door. We have fallen from Thee by our iniquity, and are by nature heirs of death, and a thousand-fold more children of hell by our sinful practice; but of Thine infinite grace Thou hast promised mercy to us in Christ, if we will but turn to Thee with all our hearts ; therefore, upon the call of Thy Gk)spel, we are now come in, and, throwing down our weapons, submit ourselves to Thy mercy. And because Thou requirest, as the condition of our peace with Thee, that we should put away our idols, and be at defiance with all Thine enemies, which, we acknowledge, we have wickedly sided with against Thee, we here, from the bottom of our hearts, renounce them all ; firmly covenant- ing with Thee not to allow ourselves in any known sin, but conscientiously to use all the means that we know Thou hast prescribed for the death and utter destruction of all our corruptions. And whereas, formerly, we have inordinately let out our afiections upon the world, we do here resign our hearts to Thee; humbly protesting before Thy glorious Majesty, that it is our firm resolution, and that we do un- feignedly desire grace from Thee, that when Thou shalt call us hereunto, we may practice this our resolution, to forsake all that is dear unto us in this world, rather than turn from Thee to the ways of sin ; and that we will watoh against M )«■ ^ (r f 602 RENEWING THE COVENANT. & I 11 V ' all teimptations, whether of prosperity or adversity, lest they should withdraw our hearts from Thee, beseeching Thee also to help us against the temptations of Satan, to whose wicked suggestions we resolve, by Thy grace, never to yield. And because our own righteousness is but filthy rags, we renounce all confidence therein ; and acknowledge that we are of ourselves hopeless, helpless, undone creatures, without righteousness or strength. , .; . r- t */ ' f f v i ^ ';.,.. And forasmuch as Thou hast, of Thy boundless mercy, offered most graciously to us, wretched sinners, to be again our God through Christ, if we would accept of Thee ; we call heaven and earth to record this day, that we do here solemnly avouch Thee for the Lord our God ; and with all possible veneration, bowing our souls before Thy most sacred Majesty, we do here give up ourselves to Thee, the Lord Jehovah, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, for Thy ser- vants ; promising and vowing to serve Thee, in holiness and righteousness, all the days of our lives. And since Thou hast appointed the Lord Jesus Christ the only means of coming unto Thee, we do here, upon our bended knees, accept of Him as the only new and living way by which sinners may have access to Thee. blessed Jesus, we come to Thee hungry, wretched, miserable, blind, and naked ; guilty, condemned malefac- tors, unworthy to wash the feet of the servants of our Lord, much more to be joined in covenant to the King of Glory ; but since such is Thine unparalleled love, we here, with all our power, accept Thee, and take Thee for our head and Lord ; for better, for worse ; for richer, for poorer ; for all times and conditions, to love, honor, and obey Thee be- 312 BS RBKEWINQ THE COVENANT. f 602 y, lest they g Thee also to whose er to yield. rags, we [e that we Bs, without .t:r>.^U ess mercy, o be again Thee; we re do here and with Thy most Thee, the I" Thy ser- >liness and Christ the upon our nd living "^retched, malefac- 1» of our King of we here, our head rer; for Thee be. fore all others, and this to the death. We embrace Thee in all Thy offices ; we renounce our own worthiness, and do here avow Thee for the Lord, our righteousness; we re- nounce our own wisdom, and do here take Thee for our only guide ; we renounce bur own will, and do take Thy will for our law. ^ . , And since Thou hast told us we' must siifTer if we wiU reign, we do here covenant with Thee, to take our lot as it falls with Thee, and, by Thy grace assisting, to nin all hazards with Thee ; verily purposing, that neither life nor death shall part between Thee and us. .!, , '"*' And because Thou hast been pleased to give us Thy holy laws as the rule of our lives, and the way in which we should walk to Thy kingdom, we do here willingly put our- selves under Tby yoke, and set our shoulders to Thy burden ; and, subscribing to all Thy laws, as holy, just, and good, we solemnly take them as the rule of our words, thoughts, and actions; promising that, though our flesh contradict and rebel, we will endeavor to order and govern our whole lives according to Thy direction. •VJvf.t fA^/L.IA [Here shall follow a season of silent prayer. Then the whole Ck>n- ^ '- gregation, led by the Minister, shall repeat audibly the follow* -t^'ing words:] j.fiju ^isijmu:mi^^ nmmosmii JO iMwoMmi Now, Almighty God, Searcher of Hearts, Thou knowest that I make this Covenant with Thee this day without any known guile or reservation, beseeching Thee, if Thou espiest any flaw or falsehood therein, that Thou wouldst discover it to me, and help me to do it aright. And now, glory be to Thee, God the Father, whom I 313 ^502 BBNEWINO THS COYENANT. if. ^ mm: .. I ■hall be bold, from thii day forward, to look upon as my God and Father, that ever Thou shouldtt find out luoh a way for the ncovery of undone tinners. Glory be to Thee^ O God the Son, who hast loved me, and washed me from my sins in Thine own blood, and art now become my Saviour and Redeemer. Glory be to Thee, O God the Holy Ghost, who, by the finger of Thine Almighty power, hast turned about mj heart from sin to God. O great Jehovah, the Lord God Omnipotent, Father, Son, and Holy Ghost, Thou art now become my covenant-friend, and I, through Thine infinite grace, have become Thy cove* nantservant. Amen. And the covenant which I have made on earth, let it be ratified in heaven. [The Minister may here oondnde with lingiiig and extemponuMoni prayer.] , X^OTB.— 2v memoert of the Church, This covenant we advise you to make, not only in heart, but in word ; not only in word, but in writing ; and that you would, with all possible reverence, spread the writing before the Lord, as if you would present it to Him as your act and deed ; and when you have done this, set your hand to it ; keep it as a memorial of the solemn transactions that have passed be> tween God and you, and that you may have recourse to it in doubts and temptations. - i ■■ ' 814 ' '""""'■■'*'"*■ LAYING A CORNER-STONE. upon M mj out inch a ^ be to Thee, ed me from become mjr who, by the about mjr Father, Son, mant-friend, »o Thy cove- lioh I have '■4 temponneoi •HI ovenant we t word ; not lid, with all ' Lord, as if deed; and keep it as a passed be- loune to it V:U. •Al'tWI X'-.K1». irao3 rfj im^ti^ <-r> IX LAYING A CORNER-STONE. 503. Form fob Laying the Cornkr-Stone of a Church. The MinitUr, ttamding near the place where theeUmeiitobetaid, ehaU my wnto the Congregation: Deablt Beloved : We are taught in the Word of God, that» although the heaven of heavens cannot contain the Eternal One, much less the walls of temples made with hands, yet His delight is ever with the sons of men, and that wherever two or three are gathered in His name, there is He in the midst of them. In all ages His servants have separated certain places for His worship : Jacob erected a stone in Bethel for God's house; Moses made a tabernacle in the desert; and Solomon builded a temple for the Lord, which He filled with the glory of His presence before all the people. We are now assembled to lay the comer-stone of a new house for the worship of the God of our fathers. Let us not doubt that He will favorably approve our godly purpose, and let us now devoutly unite in singing His praise^ and in prayer for His blessing on our undertaking. :i. II jy A>i.-44t! i • May peace and harmony prevail in the counsels of Thy servants. May the work of this building be accomplished without hurt or accident to any person. And when Thou shalt have prospered the work of their hands upon them, and this house shall be prepared for Thy service, grant that all who shall enjoy the benefit of this pious work may show forth their thankfulness, by making a right use of it, to the glory of Thy blessed name; through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. Grant that all who shall hereafter worship Thee in the temple here to be builded, may so serve and please Thee in all holy exercises of godliness, that in the end they may come to the holy place, made without hands, whose builder and maker is (jtray ujitb Thee on earth, may 316 SBsa BM UlYIJXG a C0RNER-ST0N9. 1 503 to have Thy Iwell in the earth. And God, that it rhy servants We thank contribute md We pray indertaking 1 k. until this id ready for or claim of Lsels of Thy ocomplished when Thou upon them, , grant that work may It use of it, i Christ our i'hee in the Bise Thee in i they may lose builder tn we trust, earth, may :, wp, with all those who in lik^ manner have erected such places to Thy name, and with all Thy glorified saints, eter- nally praise Thee for all Thy goodness vouchsafed unto us on earth, and laid up for us in heaven. Amen. Accept these our prayers, we beseech Thee, for the sake of Thy dear Son, who hath taught us when we pray to say, " Our Father who art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done in earth, as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our trespasses, as we forgive them that ' *«t«pass against And lead us not into temptation, but d^liyer us from us. evil'* Amen. •<01 '»?V' 'iirt Then the Minister shall read the/cUwnng Psalm^ w the Minister and people may read it in eUtemcUe verses ; the pa/rts in italics to he ' 'read hff the people: •"-*'^'" ..■•,,■. .,...; .^i.» .■• ...,i.. Psalm oxzxii. Lord, remember David, and all his afflictions: How he sfware unto the Lord, and vowed unto the mighty God of Jacob; ;»^r.i . >; . fc u „' ^ -tv * Surely I will not come into the tabernacle of my house, nor go up into my bed; ; tr^o (rrmi i / will not give sleep to mine eyes, or slumber to mine eye- '^» .iHviLH'jh la ii'jaiiijjrf :;■•;:? iuiJ Until I find out a place for the Lord, An hahitatiionfiyr ths mighty God of Jacob. LiQ, Iff lifard it at %hrati^h: w^ found it inth^^elds We:y^ go into Jfi$ ktbetmach9: we fnl^ mfthifi tt$ffi% '?!r iM II .11 ■rt tsw LATINO A CORNKR-STONS. !■!■ i :! 1 ^1 A 1 .) ' 1 i ^ ■■■; ' ^ ^- ; ■' i i • :^ i ■ ' 1 1 ' ^ i Ariie^ O Lord, into Thj rest; Thon, and the ark of Thy itrength. L€t Thy prieiti be elothed toith righteotuneu; And let Thy saints shont for joy. For Thy servant DavicPt take turn not away the /ace of Thine anointed. The Lord hath sworn in truth unto David; He will not turn from it; Of the fruit of thy body will I eet upon thy throne. If thy children will keep My covenant and My testimony that I shall teach them, their children shall also sit upon thy throne for evermore. For the Lord hath clwsen Zion; He hath desired it for His hahitaiiorh. 1 ^ This is My rest forever: here will I dwell; for I have desired it. '^ I will abundantly bless her provision: I will satisfy her poor with bread. i^^^m i^a^l / will also clothe her priests with salvation: ?- *^ ^^ '*'^» And her saints shall shout aloud for joy. There will I make the horn of David to bud: I have ordained a lamp for Mine anointed. His enemies will I clothe with shame: But upon himself shall his crown flourish. The Lesson, 1 Cor. iiL 9-23. . ^rt.^.^:*^^4 ^j. For we are laborers together with God; yo are God's hosbttndry, ye are Qod's building. According to the grace of God whieh is given unto me, as a wise masterbuild^, I have Udd the foundatioTi, and another buildetb th«i«on. 318 ',} hi\ :.f% LATINO A OORNER-STONB. ir6C3 fiat let eTery man take heed how he buildeth thereupon. For other foandation can no man lay than that ii laid, which is Jesoa Ohriit. Now if any man build upon this foundation gold, silver, precious stones, wood, hay, stubble; every man's wor/k ;hall be made manifest: for the day shall declare it^ because it shall be revealed by fire; and Uie fire shall tiy every man's work of what sort it is. If any man's work abide which he hath built thereupon, he shall receive a reward. If any man's work shall be burned, he shall suffer loss: but he himself shall be saved; yet so as by ^re. Know ye not that ye are the temple of God, and that the Spirit of Qod dwelleth in youl If any man defile the temple of God, him shall God destroy: for the temple of God is holy, which temple ye are. Let no man deceive himself. If any man among you seemeth to be wise in this world, let him become a fool, that he may be wise. For the wisdom of this world is foolishness with God. For it is written, He taketh the wise in his own craftiness. And again. The Lord knoweth the thoughts of the wise, that they are vain. Therefore let no man glory in men. For all things are yours; whether Paul, or ApoUos, or Cephas, or the world, or life, or death, or things present, or things to come; all are yours; and ye are Christ's; and Christ is God's. i'ti I* -rt ; •>r» '•:> •.''x^qir.J'y nr; ,-Ji((!»-f>i>» TKen »hatt /oUow th€ Sermon, or an Addren $MitabU to ih€ occtuion, trfUr which tht ecnitiihiUiona qfiktpeopUth/aU ht recdvtd, Tktn $haU the diinuter, atandhtg hy ihe itont, exhibit to the Cbnyrt* gaiion a vetad to be placed in an exeamUion qf the etone, (It maj eontaln a copy of the Bible, the Hymn Book, the Dieolpline, Choroh ptriodioals of reoeat date, the names of the Paetor, Trustees, aa4 •10 ,^ m m Kf!> IT 604 DEDICATION OF A CHURCH. a-r ii ■ i 11 5) ill; ■<3i, B|Bi|4i His name, olomon with B manifested >ubt that He ouse for the worship; and ity God that eted; and in ) haire been documents and read.] 4ft» stel in the aUmt Uder, Baying: a, and of the mdation of a 16 service of isages of the the benedietion. IT 604 -' r.r I , r-i Itt flu appropriate Bynm benmg, aiid extenport prayer bt e^lktd, the Congregation aU hneding during the prayer, f%m AaU the Mktiater, or eome one appointed by him, raxd : The Fint Lesaon, 2 Chrom. vL 1, 2, 18-21, 40-42 ; viL 1-4. Then said Solomon, The Lord hath said that He would dwell in the thick darkness. But* I have built an house of habitation for Thee, and a place for Thy dwellir^ forever. But will Gk>d in very deed dwell with men on the earthi Behold, heaven and the heaven of heavens cannot contain Thee; how much less this house which I have built! Have respect, therefore, to the prayer of Thy servant^ and to his supplication, O Lord my God, to hearken unto the cry and the prayer which Thy servant prajeth before Thee: that Thine eyes may be open upon this house day and night, upon the place whereof Thou hast said Thou wouldst put Thy name there; to hearken unto the prayer which Thy servant prayeth toward this place. Hearken, therefore, unto the supplications of Thy servant^ and of Thy people Israel, which they shall make toward this place: hear Thou from Thy dwelling placd, even from heaven; and when Thou hearest, forgive. >witi^km &ii iml I :. Now, my God, let^ I beseech Thee, Thine eyes be open, and let Thine ears be attent unto the prayer that is made in this place. Now therefore^ irise, O Lord God, into Thy resting place, Thou, and the ark of Thy strength: let Thy priests, O Lord God, be clothed with salvation, and let Thy saints rejoice in goodness. O Lord God, turn not away tha face of Thine anointed : remember the mercies of David Thy servant. 21 »«' it i ill m as- h'^ if r . f Vii \ •■ . j. j r t' ^ »i 1 i^' ■^ ^ r- ; ;, J }: y ,A' 1 1 ¥ 1 1 t\ 1; 1 I, i ''I'i II 5! Ml •S; ! ;i: 1 H ' 'i ^ ' ii! ii; ^^n BEn ; !;' MnV ^KWft ' Ii' M Wt\ . B p ^ : m m ' '' 1 wt Kr !• 1 li i r.; wM ^m, ' ' t m K^; : li' 1504 DEDICATION OF A CHUBOH. ^^l' if; H^ A '^ ^1 WJSKTi ■'i if Mi'lfi r si 'i Hiii HKi^i HeB^m^i, • I ..■til I I :! ^ HK' i iij! '! ■ : 1 !' ■ ^B^i ll'ili '' f > >:.: ^SBBm «£'' '^'\ \ ' si i rill- jL.i;i Now when Solomon had made an end of praying, the fire came down from heaven, and consumed the burnt oflfering and the sacrifices; and the glory of the Lord filled the house. And the priests coold not enter into the house of 1/he Lord, because the gloi o. opi Lord had filled the Lord's house. And when all the. chUdren of Israel saw how the fire came down, and th^ glory of the Lord upon the house, they bowed themselves; with their faces to the ground upon the pavement, and worshipped, and priiised the Lord, say- ing. For He is good; for His mercy endureth forever. Then the king and all the people offered sacrifices before the Lord. - .■ ■ ■ ■.■ •■ ' -. '■ i ■ mi^ The Second Leamm. Heb. x. 19-26. ■■GTJi:«'5fl<|v and living way, which He hath consecrated for us, tar >i^i>ll the veil, that is to say. His fiesh; and having an high priti&«\. over the house of God; let us draw near with a uf heart in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil con- science, and our bodies washed with pure water. Let us hold fast the profession of our faith without wavering; (for He is faithful that promises < : ' and let us consider one another to provoke unto love and t> ^'ici -v/orks ; not forsak- ing the assembling of ourselves together, as the manner of some is ; but exhorting one another : and so much the more, as ye see the day appx '>aching. For if we sin wilfully after that we have received the knowledge of the truth, there re- 9iaineth no more sacrifice for sina 322 DEDICATION OF ▲ CHURCH. IT 604 ing^ the fire mt offering , filled the ihe house of I the Lord's kw how the 1 the house, round upon I Lord, say- Bver. Then before the ■•%■ 9r into the living way, veil, that is the house of 1 843surance 1 evil Con- or. Let us wavering ; onsider one not forsak- ) manner of h the more, ilfully after h, there ro- Tkm $haU « hymm be mmg, I'll "I ■■ J ;F! IT 604 DBDIOATIOM OF A CHURCH. fa 5* ! !.' 11 '111! f%em tkatt iki Minuter rtquut (he Congregation Ut eUmd, tahSe he *^* 'f repecUi the folhwing DECLARATION : v a^^^ \> ^■^''- Dbablt Beloybd : It is meet and right, as we learn . from the Holy Scriptures, that houses erected for the public worship of Gk>d should be specially set apart and dedicated to religious uses. For such a dedication we are now as- fiembled. With gratitude, therefore, to Almighty God, who ' has signally blessed His servants in their holy undertaking to erect this church, we dedicate it to His service, for the reading of the Holy Scriptures, the preaching of the Word of Qodf the administration of the holy sacraments, and for all other exercises of religious worship and service, accord- ing to the discipline and usages of the Methodist Church. And, as the dedication of the temple is vain without the solemn consecration of the worshippers also, I now call upon you all to dedicate yourselves anew to the service of God. To Him let our souls be dedicated, that they maiy be renewed after the image of Christ. To Him let our bodies be dedicated, that they may be fit temples for the indwell- ing of the Holy Ghost. To Him let our labors and busi- ness be dedicated, that their fruit may tend to the glory of His great name, and to the advancement of His kingdom. And that He may graciously accept this our solemn act, let us pray. -^«^\ The Congregation hneeling, the Minister thall og^ the foUoivring prayer: O most glorious Lord, we acknowledge that we are not worthy to offer unto Thee anything belonging unto us; yet 824 *i t- DKDIOATION OF ▲ OHtTSOB. IT 604 nd,whiU1U 18 we learn r the public Ld dedicated are now as- ty God, who andertaking ^ice, for the »f the Word )nts, andfor ^ce, aiccord- list Church, without the I now call le service of they may be t our bodies the indwell- rs and busi- the glory of [is kingdom, iemn act, let the /oUowimg i we are not into us; yet we beseech Thee, in Thy great goodness, graciously to aooept the dedication of this place to Thy service, and to prosper this the work of our hands ; receive the prayers and inter> cession of all Thy servants who shall call upon Thee in this house; and give them grace to prepare their hearts to serve Thee with reverence and godly fear ; affect them with an awful apprehension of Thy divine majesty, and a deep sense of their own unworthiness; that so approaching Thy sano- tuaiy with lowliness and devotion, and coming before Thee with pure hearts, bodies undefiled, and minds sanctified, they may always perform a service acceptable to Thee; through Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen. ^ Regard, O Lord, the supplication of Thy servants, and grant that whohoever shall be dedicated to Thee in this house by baptism, may be found at last in the number of Thy faithful children. Amen. Grant, O Lord, that whosoever shall receive in this place the blessed sacrament of the body and blood of Christ, may come to that holy ordinance with true repentance, faith, and charity; and being filled with Thy grace and heavenly benediction, may obtain remission of their sins, and all other benefits of His death. Amen. Grant, Lord, that by Thy holy Word, read and preached in this place, and by the Holy Spirit grafting it inwardly in the heart, the hearers thereof may perceive and know what things they ought to do, and may receive power to perform the same. Amen. Now therefore arise, O Lord, and come unto this place of Thy rest, Thou, and the ark of Thy strength. Let Thine eyes be open toward this house day and night; and l^t 325 1^ f 604 DEDICATION OF A CHURCH. Thine eara be attent to the prayers of Thy children, which they shall offer unto Thee in this place : and do thou hear them from heaven, Thy dwelling place, and when Thou hearest, forgive. O Lord, we beseech Thee, that here und elsewhere Thy ministers may be clothed with righteousness, and Thy saints rejoice in Thy salvation. And may we all, with Thy people everywhere, grow up into a holy temple in the Lord, and be at last received into the house not made with hands, eternal i . the heavens. And to the Father, the Son, and the Ho y Spirit, be glory and praise, world without end. Ambn. The aervicea may conclude with the Doxciogy and the Benedict OlSfi ,' «ro$ . IK) ^i^ifft^^ ,'*'Hiii^i'iM\'f^ vfc . ■\'% •'"'■: ; - ' ." ^v-'y yv t/i /. M^* i..... M; ■ ., . - ■r.-^i^XK^ f.xxi.t ij-Ji.ii:f ■■■ Vi-ji *siiiuT i%S -''"-^m-ii.- - . rt •Hi ul ■:^m.- *■**, w ;JJ 'h mM Uii iAfJS a R^.v 826 ^506 ren, which > thou hear rhen Thou t here and iteousness, lay we all, temple in > not made le Father, tise, world mediction. fey'i vilX 'i-f ft.^ ..-*■' ■ ■ i '■ 1 . J %'- ..t* ,-. SCtJ' APPENDIX I. •■U5. COURSES OF STUDY FOR THE MINISTRY OF ^^^^^ THE METHODIST CHURCH.* The following Curricula were adopted for the ensuing Quadrennium, to take effect after the Annual Conferences, 1899 : 505. I. ORDINARY COURSE. Pbeliminart. A. Theological. Wesley's Sermons, I. to XX. (Burwash). ^ ; ■ New Testament History (Smith). f ' r Methodist Catechism (1898). «'> B. Literary. r Candidates for the ministry shall be required to present (a) a certificate or other evidence of matriculation (with the Greek option) into a Canadian or other British Uni. versity, or (b) an equivalent from one of our own col- leges, provided that a matriculated student who has not taken Greek shall be required to peas a satisfactory * A ■pecUl Catalogue of Books en the Course of Study may be had on iqppOoa- tion to the Book Boons at Toronto, Montreal or HaliffcT. 327 IT 506 COURSE OF STUDY. ? 3 1 '-.i \ «' 1 'iM^^ 'f, 1 Mi ; 1 |i i ^ . ^! 51 i ii examination on White's Beginiiar's Greek Book, the Exercises included ; (c) provided, moreover, that when the necessities of the work demand, an Annual Conference may, by a two-thirds vote, on recommendation of the Examining Board and District Meeting, admit a candi- date on his passing the following special preliminary examination : Special Preliminary Course for non-Matriculants, ad- mitted by a two-thirds vote of an Annual Conference and on recommendation of the Conference Board of Examiners : 1. Arithmetic — Simple Rules, Fractions, Percentage and easy Com- mercial Problems. 2. Euclid— Book I. . r.v 3. English Grammar — Composition (Lewis' First Book in writing English), with an Essay written at the time of examination. Special attention will be given to Spelling, Punctuation and Correctness of Expression. 4. Outlines of Political and Physical Greography. I^cial attention being given to the Geography of the British Empire. 5. English and Canadian History (High School History of Ontario recommended). Outlines of Grecian and Roman History, as follows : Grecian History to the Battle of Chaerouea ; Roman History to the Death of Augustus. (Smith's or Schmitz's Short History of Greece and Rome.) 6. Brooke's Outlines of English Literature— Macaulay's Essay on Milton ; Scott's Lady of the Lake. 7. Greek Grammar — White's Beginners' Greek Book, the Exercises included. FiBST Ybab (on a Circuit). 1. English Bible St vty. The Gospels (According to Matthew, Mark and Luke, with Buell's Synoptic Gospels. 2. Old Testament History. Smith's Old Testament History, Macoun's The Holy Land in Geography and in History. 32S COURSE OP STUDY. IT 505 Book, the tt when the Conference ion of the it a candi- }reliminary ulants, ad- herence and Examiners : id easy Com- c in writing examination. ;tuation and iai attention lire. y of Ontario I History, as lea ; Roman >r Schmitz's 's Essay on lie Exercises Luke, with Holy Land ..'I t'^oJ ■' 3. Greek Testament. The Sermon on the Moilht (Cambridge Greek Testament for Colleges). -' v(v r'li ^nsva-.j nw; 4. Theology — The Doctrines of Methodism. ■'-'l^ f* Wesley's Sermons, I. to LII. (Burwash). Shaw's Digest. Wesley on Christian Perfection. Steele's Antinomianism and Fletcher'^ Last Check (on Chris- tian Perfection). 5. Homiletics. A Written Sketch* and a previously prepared written sermon. Second Yxar (cn a Circuit). ,, - , 1. English Bible Study. ,...>. ,.^ ,,i- .i^_ , • Acts of the Apostles, v/ith Watson's Apostolic Age and Moulton's Old World and New Faith. , 2. Greek Testament. St. John, L to X. (Cambridge Greek Testament). .3. Theology. Banks' Manual of Christian Doctrine, ^.^^cj^ 4. Church History. .v;%i:j; Methodism to the death of Wesley (Stevens). Canadian Methodism. The Centennial Volume or History, by Rev. T. Watson Smith. 5. Homiletics and Practical Theolo^. A Written Sketch* and a previously prepared written sermon. Blaikie, For the Work of the Ministry. The Discipline of tho Methodist Church. Third Year (on a Circuit). 1. English Bible Study. The Epistles of Paul, with introduction by Findlay. 2. Greek Testament. St. Mark's Gospel (Cambridge Greek Testament). 3. Theology. The Design and Use of Holy Scripture (Randies). The New Life in Christ (Beet). * Sketch of Sermon to b» prepared on one of three texts deirignated by Bzain« iner at the time of ExamiLAtion. Value of Sketch or Sermon to be reported in tiie general standing. 329 Pi id Hi 81;? if I X 11506 COURSE OF STUDY. fl i m' 1 '*■ ! j> e » -'■ i V, ft!- I i 'i -'I * '1 iii H .'I 4. Church History. ^ A CSoncise History of Missionr (Bliss). '. Modern Church History (Slater). 5. Homiletics and Practical Theology. A Written Sketch* and a previously prepared written sennon. Sunday Schools (Trumbull's Yale Lectures). Fourth Year (at Collbok). 1. Theology. ' " ' Systematic. , r; historical. NoTB. — Hebrew may be taken instead of Historical Theology. 2. Hermeneutics. 3. Greek Testament. -,1' ■! -^'^ New Testament Introduction. Komans (Burwash). 4. Church History. To the Reformation. 5. Logic. University Pass Course. 6. Psychology. ,, University Pass Course. 7. Rhetoric. University Pass Course. 8. Homiletics and Pastoral Theology. Lectures on the Composition and Delivery of Sermons, with Practical Exercises. Fifth Year (at Collbob). 1. Theology. * Systematic. Historical. Note. — Hebrew maybe substituted for Historical Theology. 2. Greek Testament. Hebrews. 3. Old Testament Introduction. * Sketch of Sennon to be prepared on one of three texts deeigfnated by Exam- iner at the time of Examination. Value of Slietch or Sermon to be reported in the general etaadinf. 330 ^X'i'>taiH i^:nii}\ i ritton sennon. oM a&i> I Theology. 'H:^ 1. 2. 3. 4. o. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 1. 2. , , 50T. in. FRENCH COURSE. Grammaire Fran^aise et Composition. Arithm^tique et Gtographie. Histoire Universelle (Duruy). Cat^chisme M^thodiste, No. II. Articles de Religion et Ragles G^n^rales de I'Eglise Method- '^bf«f • '^ iste. V*^'/" iii ol» WintT A Premiere Anwe. ^r - -/ Vie de Jean Wesley (Leljevre). !fMrj6U) ixblqi'h.ukdH ,& Voie du Salut (Wesley). -. ^nri» migmjVi ob msjo'^ M Perfection Chr^tienne (Wesley). - Manuel de la Bible (Angus), l'» Partie, Chaps. I. k III. Etude BiUique (Godet), Vol. I. H}^ '* -* i 7. Rh^torique (Girard). On requiert la leotura^es sermons de Wesley, 1" Serie, No. XXVII. k LH. TVoisiirHi Annie. , ^, 1. Manael de la Bible (Angus), 2™* Partie, Chaps. I. it IV. 2. Histcdre de la Reformation (D'Aubign^), Vol. III. -•ve- 3. Histoire de la Litterature Fran9aise (Vin^t), Vol. II. 4. Histoire des Dogmes (Bonifas), Vol. I. 5. Homiietique (Vinet). 6. Philosophie (Janet), pp. 317-716. . 7. Traite de la Verity de la Religion Ghr^tienne ( Abbadie), Vol. I, Qmtriime Anmfe. i"«iiHi/i .^ 1. Manuel de la Bible (Angus), 2>o« Partie, Chaps. V. k VII. 2. Histoire de la Reformation (D'Aubign^), Vols. IV. et. V. 3. Histoire des Dogmes (Bonifas), Vol. II. .^^^t 4. Traite de la V^rite de la Religion Chretienne (Abbadie), Vol. II. oY ,S U K ■rr 5. Philosophie (Janet), pp. 716-951. 6. Co\]irs de Physique sans Maihematiques (Ganot). ' 7. Discipline de I'Eglise Methodiste. All of the above books in the French Course of Study, except the last, may at present be obtained from M. A. Chastel, Librairie Evangeiique, 4 Rue Roqu^pine, Paris, France. In case of text-books being out of print, the Principal of the French Methodist Institute, with the Principal and Registrar of the Wesleyau Theological College, are authorized to designate equivalent!) for them. <.u vvS.'.: ,!;.;u::.v:~; S4-' 334 COURSE OF STUDY. 5509 5<^. IV. SPECIAL COURSE FOR MISSIONARIEa 4es sermons de Native Japanese, Chinese and Indian candidates for the ministry shall pursue such course of study as the Conference Board of Exam- iners may frame, it V eing understood that, as far as possible, the work prescribed shall harmonize with the ordinary course of study. English -speaking candidates for Indian mission work in the Manitoba and North- West Conference m&y take Cree Grammar instead of Greek. .^^.,,,p^^rii *.. ; ux <.,. A young man proceeding to a degree in medicine with a view to missionary work is permitted to enter our ministry on the same con- ditions a« to probation as a B. A., and to take the same examination for his preliminary and three-year course of study, substituting Rhetoric, Logic, Psychology and Ethics for Greek Testament, when desired. J At 1 1,1 509. V. COURSE OF STUDY FOR DEACONESSES. First Year. (1) Bible, Old Testament— 1. Old Testament History. 2. The Pentateuch. 3. Poetical Books. - 4. Trophetic Books. (2) Bible, New Testament— 1. Life of Christ. ■■-'^'■- ^ '^ ;. L" i 2. The Acts of the Apostles. ■ uid) ' ■ • ., ; i 3. The Epistles. ^m-^h- . •.. (3) Bible Interpretation. (4) Church Histonr. (5) Evidences of Christianity. (6) Christian Doctrines — . 1. Weslc's Sermons. 2. Discipline and Catechism. (7) Early Christian Art. (8) Methods— 1. In Field Work. 2. In Industrial Work. (a) Kitchen Garden. (b) Cooking Garden. (c) Sewing. X 336 'Hi 5fu« 4: i 'Ki :i rl: ■ H \h» l^$ U f !(' ill! Ill iV. I !■ ' I IT 609 COURSE OF STUDY. •rmx 91'. imiu •iXoo ^» V 3. In SnncUty School Work. > JAl .7!J .^0^ 4. In Evangelistic Work. 6. In Kindergarten Work. , . : x^ 6. In Ck>nducting Meetings. (a) Making Analysis. , " • i *' (6) Preparing Bible Readings. ^ *• '^'^'^^ --m - (9) Elementary Medicine-^ L Anatomy and Physiology*; Hi, aoso ^ni;lq ai sat^F _»^'t^flor? -* — — *** - - — ij^ivf ^r/s^ «oUd«|tyu'i«^. wft' t'U'jiw 8. The Eye and the Teeth;' J8' (10) Lectures— ' • -■-« "'-^"fvnuhnq mi "- i(ts)H> 1. On Sociology or Applied Christianity, goj .Vmryto..! 2. On Temperance. f ., 3. On Mission Fields. (11) Drill in Physical Culture. The Board of Management may vary the Course of Study to meet the circumstances of individual students and the possibilities of the Training School when deemed advisable. ^, Second Year. The second year's reading shall consist of the Life of St. Paul (Stalker), Makers of Methodism (Withrow), Women of Methodism (Stevens), History of Canada (Clement), New Era (Strong), Modem Cities and their Problems (Loomis), Socialism and Christianity (Behrends). .YtiMdii^ ih-'r.V.^ '.i^ .iij/iJ v' }[->{• W APPENDIX II. ^(U> jidolin; t GENERAL CONFEEENOE OFFICERS. aer^ralSupeHMencUU. { «- ^-- C---. »^^,i„^_ ^,^^ Secretary Rev. J. S. Ross, D.D., Guelph, Ont. ' Rev. G. Steel, • St. John, N.B. R. W. Clakkk. Esq., Mill Brook, Ont. S. B. Clement, Esq., Brandon, Man. Assistant Seci e* 'n'e* . . . • Rev. Wm. ^acksox, D.D. Montreal, Que. Journal Secretary \ Oen. (7oV. SUUUCiaan . {^-- «- «• Cok«.sh, I.L.D.^^ ^^^ II. GENERAL CONFEUiiNCE APPOINTMENTS. I tl 1. GENERAL CONFERENCE SPECIAL COMMITTEE. Rev. M It II II II II II t? II II II J. Potts, D.D. Wm. Briggs, D.D. N. Burwash, S.T. D. , LL. D. E. B. Rycknian, D.D. J. S. Ross, D.D. J. S. Williamson, D.D. W. C. Henderson, D.D. T. Griffith, Ph.D. W. H. Heartz. E. Roberts. T. W. Jolliflfe. J. Wakefield, D.D. 22 337 Hon. George A. Cox. Richard Brown. John T. Itloore. J. Ellis. S. P. Ford, M.D. D. Allison, LL.D. J. J. Maclaren, Q.C., LL.D. H. P. Moore. J. George. J. Mann. E. Gurney. M. Lavell, M.D. -■;"* 3'ia m' m. m GENERAL CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. 2. COURT OF APPEAL. BV . W. L Shaw, D.D., LL.D. His Honour Judge Chesley. T. G. Williams, D.D. N. W. Rowell. S. Bond. J. Mills, LL.D. S. F. Huestia. J. J. Maclaren, Q.C., LL.D. J. R. Gundy. J. C. Antliff, D.D. B. M. Britton, M.A., Q.C., M.t His Honour Judge Deacon. rm I >': 1^ ( ■ 1 f , , 1 ?! 1(1 3. MISSIONARY DEPARTMENT. OenercU Secretary Rev. A. Sutherland, D.D. Associate Secretary Rev. James Henderson, 1). 1). rn f Eon. J. C. Aikins. Treasurers | j^^^ ^ Sutherland, D.D. Superintendent of N. W. Missions.. Rev. J. Woodsworth. GENERAL BOAtlD OF t'IISSIOXS. The General Superintendent \ ip^ m ■ 1 he Officers of the Society. / ^^ °-^'''°' REPRESENTATIVES OF THE OLNERAL CONFERENCE. Rev. T. G. Williams, D.D Montreal, Que. „ S. F. Huestis Halifax. N.S. I, E. B. Ryckman, D.D Brockville, Out. ti Wm. Britgs, D.D Toronto, Ont. It J. Wakefield, D.D Dundas, Ont. It L. Gaetz Brandon, Man. J. J. Maclaren, Q.C., LL.D Toronto, Ont. Hon. George A. Cox n ^^ W. F. Han Napanee, Ont. J. A. M. Aikins, Q.C Winnipeg, Man. A. Shaw Kingston, Ont. John T. Moore Toronto, Ont. Eighteen other members are chosen annually by the Annual Conferences. 338 SNTS. ;e Chesley. IC LL.D. .A.,Q.C., M.r. ;e Deacon. rland, D.I). undersoil, D.I), kins, irland, D.D. 3worth. . , . . Ex officio. LENCE. [ontreal, Que. Halifax, N.S. rockville, Ont. >ronto, Ont; undas, Ont. randon, Man. jronto, Ont. II II apanee, Ont. innipog, Man. ingaton, Ont. ironto, Ont. y the Annual GENERAL CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. 4. BOOK AND PUBLISHING ESTABLISHMENTS. TORONTO. Book Steward Rev. William Briggg, D.D. Editor of the " Christian Guardian " " A. C. Courtice, D. D. BJditorofthe " Methodist Magazins"\ " W. H. Withrow, D.D., and S. 8. Periodicals J F.R.S.C. HALIFAX. Book Steioard Rev. S. P. Huestis. Editor of the " Wesleyan " ** G. J. Bond, B. A. BOOK COMMITTEE — WESTERN SECTION. TORONTO CONFERENCE. Rev. H. S. Matthews. II John Potts, D.D. J. W. St. John. L. G. Jackson. LONDON CONFERENCE. Rev. S. Bond. II J. W. Holmes. W. J. Ferguson. Thomas B. Garling. HAMILTON CONFERENCE. Rev. J. S. Ross, D.D. 11 W. 0. Henderson, D.D. Joseph Gibson. Thomas Hilliard. BAY OF QUINTB CONFERENCE. Rev. W. R. Young, B.A. II W. J. Crothers, M.A. G. D. Piatt, B.A. W. E. Tilley, Ph.D. MONTREAL CONFERENCE. Rev. W. Jackson, D.D. II J. £. Mavety. A. Shaw. J. W. Knox. MANITOBA AND N.W. CONFERENCE. Thomas Nixon. 339 GENERAL CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. EASTERN SECTION. NOVA SCOTIA CONFERENCE. Rev. W. H. Heartz, D.D. , II J. A. Rogers. Dr. H. Woodbury, D.D.S. A. M. Bell. W. B. McCoy, LL.B. NEW BRUNSWICK AND P. E. I. CONFERENCE. V. rf I t. iit 'ii t II I !J Rev. G. Steel. R. W. WeddaU, M.A. R. Wilson, Ph.D. J. L. Black. L. L. Beer. NEWFOUNDLAND CONFERENCE. Rev. L. Curtis, B.A. | W. F. Bums, M.D. 6. CONNEXIONAL EDUCATIONAL INSTITUTIONS. Board of Management of the Educational Society. Rev. A. Carman, D.D., General Superintendent. Rev. J. Potts, D.D., and Hon. W. E. Sanfordj Treasurers. Rev. Principal Shaw, D.D., LL.D., Secretary. Rev. Chancellor Bur wash, S. T. D. LL.D. Rev. Charles Stewart, D.D. D. Allison, Esq., LL.D. S. Finley, Esq. Rev. Principal Sparling. D.D. II Prof. Reynar, LL.D. ., Prof. Stewart, B.D. Hon. Senator Cox. II Senator Wood. Rev. Prof. Antliff, M.A.., D.D. II Principal Sipprell, B. A. I, G. S. Milligan, LL.D. Joseph Greene, Esq. J. A. M. Aikins, Esq., M.A, Q.C. Board of Regents of Victoria University. His Honor Judge Dean, M.A., LL.D. B. M. Britton, M.A., Q.C., M.P. Rev. E. B. Ryckman, D.D. ,1 W. S. Griffin, D.D. II B. H. Dewart, D.D. Hon. Geo. A Cox. 11 W. E. Sanford. Rev. John Potts, D.D. II A. Sutherland, D.D. James Mills, Esq., LL.D. Rev. W. R. Parker, D.D. 340 I i GENERAL CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. J. E. Graham, Esq., M.D. Rev. VVm. Briggs, D D. „ W. H. Wilhrow, D.T)., F.R.S.C. K. Walker, Esq. Rev. W. P. Dyer, M.A., D.l). „ J. S. Ross, D.D. J. H. Beatty, Esq. VV' . W. Ogclen, M.D. W. E. H. Massey, Esq. Rev. W. C. Henderson, D.D. A. E. Ames, Esq. J. W. Flavelle, Esq. Rev. E. N. Baker, B.D. Board op Regknts of the University of Mount Allison. Rev John Lathern, D.D. C. Stewart, D.D. G. S. Milligan, A. M. , LL. D. R. Brecken, A.M., D.D. E. Evans, D.D. D. Chapman, D.D. B. C. Borden, A.M., D.D. G. J. Bond, A.B. John Read. J. A. Rogers. C. Jost, A.M., D.D. Thomas Marshall. David Allison, A.M., LL.D. Hon. Josiah VVood, A.M. , D.C.L. Jairua Hart, Esq. M. Sheffield, Esq., M D. Joseph L. Black, Esq. Hon. J. S. Pitts. J. D. Chapman, Esq., M.P.P J. Wesley Smith, Esq. L. L. Beer, Esq. R. Macdonald, Esq. A. M. Bell, Esq. J. E. Irvine, Esq. Board of Governors of the Wesleyan Theological GoLLEQB, Montreal. Rev. A. Carman, D.D. Principal Shaw, D. D. , LL. D. J. Potts, D.D., Secretary of Education. T. G. Williams, D.D. W. R. Parker, D.D. E. B. Ryckman, D.D. W. C. Henderson, D. D. J. G. Pi^ 3her. J. S. Ross, D.D. W. Jackson, D.D. S. Bond. W. J. Crothers, D.D. S. P. Rose, D.D. W. SparUng, B.A., B.D. S. Finley. J. Torrance. J. Dillon. Hon. Senator Cox. C. Morton. H. Millen. Hon. Senator Sanford. J. w. l; . io. R. J. Lati'i"\er. J. H. Mclieown. A. R. Oughtred, B.C.L. J. W. Knox. R. C. Smith, B.C.L. A. Eraser. 341 m m ?( ■ m m A M H i ' 1 (J ! i: » :i: GENERAL CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. And two Methodist pastors of Montreal, appointed by the Board of Governors; or, in case of vacancy, by the Executive Committee. Representatives of the General Conference on the Senate, Rev. A. B. Chambers, B.C.L. „ W. H. Withrow, D.D., r. R. S.U. J. B. Clarkson, A.M. I. Tovell, D.D. J. B. Saunders, M.D. Principal Flanders, D.D. W. Kettlewell. A. C. Courtice, D.D. J. Henderson, D.D. A. Lee Holmes, M.A. Rev. W. J. Jolliffe, B.C.L. „ J. Elliott, B.A. J. Ferrier. Principal S. P. Robins, LL.D. Geo. E. Armstrong, M.D. J. H. McConnell, M.D. F. G.Finley, M.D. J. J. Maclaren, D.C.L., Q.C. M. Lavell, M:D. W. S. Anglin, M.D., M.R.C. P.s. Principal G. L. Masten. ■ S.- Wesley CoLLEOB, Winnipeg, College Board. To Retire in September^ 1906. J. H. Ashdown, Esq. \V. H. Culver, B.A, Q.C. G. H. Campbell, Esq. Major G. H. Young. A. Monkman, Esq. R. J. Whitla, Esq. R. P. Roblin, Esq., M.P.P. W. A. Prest, Esq. Capt. Wm. Robinson. Rev. A. Andrews. M. Bull, Esq. Rev. S. Cleaver, M.A. II Leonard Gaetz. Andrew Graham, Esq. Rev. F. B. Stacey, B.A. S. E. Clement, B.A. Rev. J. McLean, P'h.D. J. M. Fee, Esq. ' ''-^ If I' it To Retire in September, 1902. J. A. M. Aikins, M.A., Q.C. Rev. James Woodsworth. II J. W. Sparling, M. A. , D. D. Thos. Ryan, Esq. Hon. J. C. Aikins. J. B. Somerset, Esq. Kev. A. Stewart, D.D. H. R. Cochrane, B.A. Rev. T. E. Morden, B.A. G. J. Laird, B.A., Ph.D. M. H. Fieldhouse, Esq. Hon. C. Sifton, B.A., M.P. Rev. T. Argue. A. M. Peterson, B.A. J. T. Gordon, Esq. Rev. J. M. Harrison. Thomas Nixon, sen., Esq. 342 ENTS. appointed by jancy, by the N THE Senate, Te, B.C.L. .A. obins, LL.D. ag, M.D. ,M.D. D. ).G.L. I Q.C. [).,M.R.C.P.S. lasten. OARD. M.A. etz. Esq. jT, B.A. A. Ph.D. , Ph.D. ^ I, Esq. ' .A., M.P. J.A. 1- »on. ID., Esq. GENERAL CONFEUENCE AIU'OINTMENTS. Albekt College Board of Management. Rev. A. Caiman, D.D., Ceneral Siiperintendent, Chairman. K. D. O'Flynn. Xelson Dollar, Levi Massey. C. P. Holton. T. Gilbard. H. P. Moore. VV. W. Chown. A. E. Mallory, M.D. \V. H. Gordon. J. Holgate. P. D. Goldsmith, M.D. N. Vermilyea. J. E. Eakiiis, M.D. T. W. Wickett. M. S. Madill. W. E. Tilley, Ph.D. R. J. McLaughlin. G. D. Piatt, B.A. Senate. Rev. A. Carman, D.D., President; Rev. W. P. Dyer, D.D., Vice-President ; Members of the Board of Management, Members of the College Faculty, and the following : Sir Mackenzie Bowell, K. C. M. G. Rev. Amos CampbeU. .. E. I. Badgley , B. D. , LL. D. I. I. B. Aylesworth, LL.D. A. R. Carman, B.A. Kev. S. G. Stone, D.D. M J. S. Williamson, D.D. .. Wm. Blair, B.A. R. C. Clute, LL.B., Q.C. F. E. O'Flynn, B.A. Rev. E. N. Baker, M.A., B.D. II T. M. CampbeU. It S. J. Shorey. It 0. R. Lambly. M.A., D.D. B.D. Rev. T. J. Edmison, B.A. M VV. R. Young, B.A. II E. Roberts. Wm. Johnson, Esq. Henr3' Pringle, Esq. Rev. T. Albert Moore. II Wm. Galbraith, M.A., Ph.D. II C. E. Mclntyre. II C. W. Watch. 11 Newton Hill. M. M. Brown. B.A. J. M. Farley, Esq. J. E. Wolmsley, Esq. Alma College Board of Management. Rev. A. Carman, D.D. J. S. Williamson, D.D. John Wakefield, D.D. Wm. Williams, D.D. W. C. Henderson, D.D. W. W. Shepherd. John Philp, D.D. Rev. G. F. Salton, Ph.B. .1 E. N. Baker, B.D. John Baird. Thomas Stacey. William Risden. John McCausland. J. H. Coyne, M.A. m 34!) rr^ 'I., k GENERAL CONFEUENCE APPOINTMENTS. Rev. J. R. Gundy. M A. L. Gee, Ph.D. M J. E. Lancoley. II Joseph Edge. „ R. W. Woodsworth. II I. B. Aylesworth, LL.T). It J. E. Hunter. F. M. Griffin. Jonathan Ellis. John Geor;»e. Thomas Hilliard. David Graham. John Pincombe. 6. SABBATH SCHOOL BOARD. I 4 I : M Rev. J. E. Lanceley. II J. Edge. II R. W. Woodsworth. II D. N. McCamus. II T. J. Mansell. II E. E. England. 11 G. M. Campbell. II H. P. Cowperthwaite.M.A. J. M. Harrison. II II W. T. R. Preston. T. B. Shillington. J. S. Deacon. W. Johnston. J. A, Tomkins. T. Woodbury, D.D.S. J. E. Irvine. J. E. P. Peters. S. E. Clement, B.A. R. H. Cairns. W. H. Barraclough, B.A. Rev. A. C. Crews, General Secretary. W. Kennedy, General Treasurer. And the Editor of the Sunday School Periodicals. 7. EPWORTH LEAGUE BOARD. II II It It It II N. W. Rowell. J. M. Palmer, M.A. C. P. Avre. Rev. C. T. Scott, B.A. J. H. Hazlewood. W. Johnston. T. Griffith, Ph.D. G. J. Bond, B.A. F. B. Stacey, B.A. Joseph Hall. Rev. A. C. Crews, General Secretary. A. E. Kemp, General Treasurer. And a representative of eaoh Annual Conference Convention of Younff People'! Sooieties, and the Editor of the Sunday School Perioaicala. 344 GENERAL CONFEUENCE APPOINTMENTS. 8. SUPERANXrATION FUND BOARD. V. A. B. Chambers, LL. IJ. A. Langford, D.D. J. Hannon, D.D. W. Kettlewell. T. M.Campbell. S. J. Shorey. W. J. Hunter, D.D. J. Woodsworth. R. Brown. J. B. WiUn.ott, n.D.S. D. Graham. C. E. Naylor. VV. J. Robertson, LL.IJ. J. Mills, LL.D. S. P. Ford, M.D. B. M. Britton, Q.C., M.l\ Rev. W. S. GrilHn, T).D.,\rp^.^^^.^^ E. Gurney, ^Ireaaurera. 9. SUPERNUMERARY MINISTERS' FUND BOARD. Two representatives elected annually from the Maritime Confor encea, and Rev. E. Evans, D.D. , XTreasur^rf, Rev. C. H. Paisley, A. M.,/^"^^"*""^**^*- i 10. GENERAL CONFERENC" FUND BOARD. Rev. J. F. Ockley. W. T. R. Preston. C. D. Massey. R. C, Hauiilton. Rev. W. S. Griffin, D.D., Treasurer. I !i 11. TWENTIETH CENTURY FUND BOARD. CENTRAL SECTION. Rev. Dr. Potts. ti Dr. Sutherland. I) Dr. Brigga. II Dr. WithroMT. II J. £. Lanceloy. II J. R. Gundy. Hon. Geo. A. Cox. W. E. H. Massey. J. W. Flavelle. E. Gurney. Dr. Maclaren. R. J. Fleming. 345 r*I p IP- r ail I IS t 1 i (JENERAL (;ONFEUENCE APPOINTMENTS. Kev. Dr. Griffin. Dr. Wakefield. Dr. Williamson. Dr. Bur wash. W. R. Young. Dr. Shaw. Dr. T. G. Williams. Dr. Griffith. Dr. Courtica Dr. Rose. M • I II • I It II • I II Wm. Bowman. ' Geo. Ro))in8on. W. J. Ferguson. Hon. W. E. Sanfo.d. Dr. Mills. Judge Dean. E. D. O'Flynn. B. M. Britton, M. P. S. Fii.ley. Ale.v T^^ aser. EASTERN SUB-COMMITTEE. Rev. G. J. Bond, B.A. II W. Dobson. II Dr. Sprague. II Dr. Brecken. II L. Curtis, B.A. Jairus Hart. Israel Long worth, Q.C. Dr. Allison. L. L. Beer. Hon. J. J. Rcgerson. I ;1 '' i - i' .' ^;-; WESTERN SUB-COMMITTEE. Rev. Dr. Sparling. II Jas. Woodsworth. II L. Gaetz. II E. Robson. J. A. M. Aikins, Q.C. J. H. Ashdown. R. J. Whitla. David Spencer. BXEOUTIVE COMMITTEE. Rev. Dr. Potts. II Dr. Briggs. II Dr. Sutherland. II Dr. Courtice. II J. E. Lanceley. Hon. G. A. Cox. W. E. H. Massey. Dr. Maclaren. E. Gurney. GENERAL SECRETARY. Rev. Dr. Potts. TRBASUREB8. Rev. Dr. Potts. II Dr. Briggs. 346 Hon. G. A. Cox. W. E. H. Massey. it 'H 'S. GENE RAT. CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. ^:d. P. a. Q.C. )n. i.e. V 0.1 12. TEMPERANCE, PROHIBITION AND MORAL REFORM COMMITTEE. ONTARIO GROUP. Rov. Dr. Brethour, Sec^y F. W. WatkiiiH. and Trecu. Jonathan Ellis. II Wm. Kettlewell. G. F. Martar. II G. J. Bishop. T. Wickett. II M. L. Pf irson. F. S. Spence. II W. Rigsby. Joseph Githon. N. W. Rowell. II T. M. Campbell. 1) Dr. J. S. Ross. H. L. Rice. II H. 8. Matthews. Dr. A. D. Watson. II A. C. Crews. L. G. Jackson. II E. S. Rowe. James Bowman. II 0. T. Scott, B.A. G. D. Piatt. II D. N. McCamus. ■ QUEBEC GROUP. Rev. Dr. Ryokinan. W. H. Lambly. J. R. Lavell, B.A. II Dr. Rose. II D. Winter. D. H. Howard. II William Blair, B.A. J. H. Carson. II J. T. Pitcher. J. Latimer. II James Elliott, B.A. A. Beach. II Dr. T. G. Williams. II II J. E. Mavefy. P. G. Lett. T. G. Mansell. a I -■ il NOVA SCOTIA GROUP. Rev. Wm. Dobson. II D. W. Johnson, M.A. II J. Strothard. Dr. Woodbury. A. M. Bell. NEW BRUNSWICK AND PRINCI EDWARD ISLAND GROUP. ReV. Thomas MarsbaU. II W. W. Lodge. .. R. W. Weddall, B.A. J. R. Woodbum. L. L. Beer. Martin Lamont. 847 ]'X mX ..ii GENERAL CONVENIENCE APPOINTMENTS. NEWFOUNDLAND nRGUP. Rev. L. Curtis, B.A. I Hon. J. J. Kogerson. M H. P. Cowperthwaite, M. A. | MANITOBA AND NORTH-WEST GROUP Rev. Br. Sparling. Hon. J. V. Sifton. ' "" J. M. Harrison. M. H. Fieldhouse. T. C. Bufihanan,. ; ;,: ! J. W. Smith. ,, ' W. A. Vrooman. W. J. Kernaghan. F. B. Stacey. Thomas Nixon. Alfred Andrews. J. F. Hunter. Thompson Farrier. . ^, W. H. Gushing. .. " '" BRITISH COLUMBIA GROUP. ^ Rev. E. Robson. ^ •^-uf??!, ' A. C. Wells. J5 • If J. F. Betts. i i> : Dr. A. Boulton. '' '• ti J. C. Speer. T. Crosby. A. B. Erskine. ^l " It ^ 13. METHODIST TRUST iIRE INSURANCE COMPANY DIRECTORS. '] II II Rev. W. Briggs, D.D. •■ 't A. Carman, D.D. : . Sutherland, D.D. .J. C. AntlifF, D.D. W. T. Shaw, LL.D. W. Kettieweil. J. C. Antliff, D.D., Sec'y. Hon. J. C. Aikina. ,. R. Brown. .^j, E. Gumey. ' W. Kennedy. J. T. Moore. Hon. VV. E. Sanford. B. M. Britton, Q.C., M.P. E. D. O'Flynn. !• 1 14. CHURCH AND PARSONAGE AID FUND COMMITTEE. Rev. Alex. Sutherland, D.D. „ W. C. Griffin, Treamrnr. „ J. F. Ockley. ,1 A. B. Chambers, LL.6. 348 .Toseph Flavelle. Ambrose Kent. Dr. Willmofct. A. Ogdsn. T. N. Scripture. TS. GENERAL CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. [erson. ton. se. m. .*f'j>^l 15. UNION CHURCH RELIEF FUND COMMITTEE. Rev. H. S. Matthews. „ Wm. Johnston. „ M. L. Pearson. ti John Kay. „ W. C. Henderson, D.D. II George Jackson. II Jasper Wilson. M ^mos. E. Russ, M.A. John N. Lake, Treasurer. John A. Holgate. Richard Brown. W. H. Young. David Graham. J. S. Deacon. E. Gurney. Hon. W. E. Sanford. 16. CHURCH UNION COMMITTEES. (a) ORGANIC UNION. The General Superintendent. Rev. W. C. Henderson, D.D. M James Henderson, D.D. II George Richardson. Thomas Hilliard, Esq. John George, Esq. CE IS. brd. .C, M.P. STD (b) FEDERAL UNION. The General Superintendent. Rev. Alex. Sutherland. •I T. G. Williams. II W. C. Henderson. Rev. S. F. Huestis. II Dr. Borden. II Dr. Heartz. II Dr. Inch. Central Section. Judge Deacon. A. Shaw, Esq. Eastern Section. Rev. Wesley Smith. II C. H. Paisley, M.A. „ R. W. Weddall, M.A.. ('in i m Western Section. Rev. James Woodsworth. II J. F. Betts. II Thomas Lawson. J. A. M. Aikins, Q.G, E. Odium, M.A, ,349 m GENERAL CONFERENCE APPOINTMENTS. mi 11} i * ill 11' u^.^^ ; -1 Newfoundland Section. ! .Cf Rev. Dr. Milligan. •• J. Nurse. I Hon. J. J. Rofferson. I ."' ,• __^__ ■ ''' 17. FRATERNAL DELEGATES. TUB MKTHODIST CHUBOHES OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. Rev. A. Carman, D.D. THE METHODIST BPISOOPAL CHURCH. Rev. W. J. Hunter, D.D. THE METHODIST EPISCOPAL CHURCH, SOUTH. 7/ Yf6*« • ■■ . . ' • r' Rev. R. Brecken, D.D. %_,$mi^m'^j if' dnM.^A^ *•»':-, M^rr I ■' *V<'3'' ■ ..r H v 860 ■T^Mm i^^'^^i'^^'s^m'i^.- APPENDIX III. ^: X':i > IRELAND. THE BASIS OF UNION. ■j^'ij BETWEEN THE METHODIST CHURCH OF CANADA, THE METHODIST EPISCOPAL CHURCH IN CANADA, THE PRIMITIVE METHODIST CHURCH IN CANADA, AND THE BIBLE CHRISTIAN CHURCH OF CANADA, AS ADOPTED BY THEIR RESPECTIVE CONFERENCES. I. DOCTRINES, GENERAL RULES, ORDINANCES, 15TC. The Doctrinal Basis of the United Church shall be the Standards of Doctrine and Articles of Religion contained in the Book of Discipline of the Methodist Church of Canada, edition of 1879,' from p. 13 to p. 21. That portion of the Book of Discipline of the said Methodist Church of Canada, edition of 1879, from p. 21 to p. 33, referriijg to General Rules, Ordinances, Reception of Members, and M«ans of Grace, is also adopted as a part of the Basis. I J- '4 II. CHURCH GOVERNMENT. 1. l^e General Conference. 1. Tl^ore ^hall be a Qmaqlr^npial General , Co;i;i{er^nce, ccwaposed of an equal number of Minlit^ri^l ^^d Jiay ;I)Qlegates, ^I^ted . as hereinafter .provided, wit^^i . po-w^r to 351 p?f I I i'MlV BASIS OF UNION. ' I II! ; make rulef and regulations for the entire Church. (See « Annual Conferences," par. 9.) 2. No change shall be made in the Basis of XJnion, affecting constitutional questions, or the rights and privi- leges of Ministry or Laity, excepting by a three-fourths majority of the General Conference, and, if required by either order of Ministry or Laity, a two-thirds majority of each order, voting separately. 3. There shall be one or more Itinerant General Supe^ intendents elected by the General Conference, to hold office for the term of eight years. But if it be decided at the meeting of the General Conference after Union to elect two General Superintendents, one of them shall be elected for four years only, so that there may be a recurring election or re-election every four years. 4. A General Superintendent shall preside over all Sessions of the General Conference, and over all Standing Committees of the same. -v..,.;,...,.,. fix>i.fff 2. Annibal Conferences, 1. The territory occupieil by the ChurCii shall be divided into Conferences as the General Conferee? ' may from time to time direct. ' * * 2. Each Annual Conference shall be composed of all Ministers in full connection within its bounds, and an equal number of Laymen, elected as elsewhere provided. (See " District Meetings," par. 6.) 3. Laymen elected shall have the right to be present at all ordinary Sessions of the Annual Conference, and to speak and vote on all questions^ except the examination of Minii- 952 BASIS OF UNION. [Church. (See lis of TJnlon, its and privi- three-fourths f required by Is majority of l«neral Super- to hold office iecided at the n to elect two be elected for rring election ide over all all Standing Bill be divided ay from time iposed of all and an equal svided. (See be present at » and to speak /ion of Minis* terial character and qualification ; the Reception, by vote, of Probationers into full connection, and their Ordination ; and the granting of the Superannuated or Supernumerary relation, on which exceptive questions Ministers alone shall take action. In case any Minister's character shall be arrested, it shall be competent for the ministerial members to meet in Special Session to examine into the case and pronounce judgment, reporting their action to the Mixed Conference, — such report to be for information and record, and not for discussion. 4. Each Annual Conference shall have authority to elect a President from among its ministerial members. 5. The General Superintendent, when present, shall open the Annual Conference, and preside during th*» first day of its Sessions, and afterward alternately with the !^^resident elected by the Conference. In the absence of a General Superintendent, the President of the previous year shall take the Chair and open the Conference. In association with the President, the General Superintendent shall con- duct the Ordination Service, and they shall jointly sign the Ordination Parchments. But all other duties pertaining to the presidency of the Annual Conference shall be vested in the President elected by that body, and in the absence of the General Superintendent he shall conduct the Ordination Service. 6. The President of the Annual Conference shall be, ex officio^ Superintendent of the District in which he may be stationed during the year of his presidency. 7. The Annual Conference shall elect by ballot, without debate, a Secretary or Secretaries as the case may require. 23 353 If i * he fifth day of September, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-three ; and whereas the said four denominations have, by petition, set forth that they are desirous of having the said Union ratified, and that they may be incorporated under the name of " The Methodist Church," with power to hold all the property, real and personal, bt< longing to the said four denominations, upon tiie trusts and for the purposes hereinafter set out; and whereas it ii DOMINION ACT. . . -^r^- Methodist Canada, the I Primitive bian Church aeof ««The )ted by the nion is set regulations lominations at the City B thousand e said four >t they are kt they may It Ohuroh," )raonal, bt- trusts and areas it is Certidn persons incorporated. expedient to grant the prayer of the said petition : There- fore Her Majesty, by and with the advice and consent of the Senate and House of Commons of Canada, enacts as fol- lows : — 1. The Reverend Samuel Dwight Eice, D.D., President of the General Conference of the jMethodist Church of Canada, the Keverend Albert Carman, D.D., Bishop of the Methodist Episcopal Church in Canada, the Reverend J. Goodman, President of the Primitive Methodist Church in Canada, the Reverend W. Pascoe, President of the Bible Christian Church of Canada, and the Reverend Alexander Sutherland, D.D., Secretary of the Joint Committee on Union, and all membei's of the said General Convention or Conference, together with all other persons who now are ministers or members of any one of the tutid four denominations, or who, under the said Basis of Umon, rules, regulations and discipline, are now or may liereafter become members of the sai^d Methodist Church, are hereby constituted and declared to be a body corporate Corporate ^^^ politic, by the name of "The Methodist Church." name. Objeots of Corporation. % The objects of the said corporation are as set out in the said Basis of Union, rules, regula- tions and discipline. Copies of oer- « j^\ copies of the Said Basis of Union, tain documente *» r to be evidence, rules, regulations and discipline, or any amend- ments or alteration thereof published in any book of dis- cipline or journal of conference under the direction or authority of the General iJouference of the said Church, or 367 unm it I 'In m , \ ;);i hi r%r^ 1 'U ^» fi hi ™^ *■ ''S ,j; ^^^H |j ' m 1 ■ > > li '^^H ul [i'' i ^ DOMINION ACT. a copy of any by-law or resolution of the said General Con- ference, under the seal of the corporation, and signed bj the secretary, shall be primd ^ocm evidence in all ooortfi of the contents thereof. ■' r- ^^raSon ' ^ ^' "^^ *^® estate, real and personal, belonging real or person^ to, held in trust for or to the use of the said de- estate now held ' by the four de- nominations or any of them, or belonging to or DominatioQS. , , , . - » held m trust for or to the use of any corpora- tion under the government or control of any of the said four denominations, shall henceforth he held and vested in the said corporation and shall be used and administered for the benefit of the said Methodist Ohurch. Certain property g^ ^\i t^e property, real and personal, under poration intrust, the jurdisdiction of the Parliament of Canada, held in trust for or to the use of any congregation, congre- gations, circuit, station or mission, of any of the said four denominations, is hereby vested in the said Church, and shall be held for the use of such congregation or congrega- tions, circuit, station or mission iii connection with the said Methodist Church upon the trusts and subject to the pro- visions set forth in Schedule B of this Act ; and all lands and premises acquired by or for the said corporation for a church, chapel, meeting house, parsonage, school building or burial ground in connection with any congregation or congregations, circuit, station or mission, shall oe held, used and administered upon the said trusts, and the respec- tive trustees thereof shall h(>ld, use and administer the same in trust for the said corporation upon the trusts set forth in the said guhedula 368 Qenerel Con- id signed by all oourtfi of lal, belonging ; the said de- longing to or any corpora- j of the said ^nd vested in linistered for rsonal, under t of Canada, tlon, congre- he said four hurch, and 3r congrega- rith the said to the pro- nd all lands ation for a 3ol building [regation or 11 oe held, the respec- er the same ts set forth DOMINION ACT. 0. In any deed or conveyance to said trus- tees the form of words contained in column one Bffflot of %fkx^ dule B, as to interpretation of certain documents. of the said Schedule B and distinguished by any number therein, shall be taken to be equivalent to the form of words contained in column two of the said Schedule B and distinguished by the said nu&ber. Appointment 'J'. Subject to the provisions of the said Basis or removal of '' ^ * ^ officers and ser- of Union, the Said corporation may, from time vants, and mak- , ' . ^ •" ing or altering to time, appoint and, as they see occasion, remove all officers, agents and servants, and from time to time, make, alter or vary any by-laws, rules or regulations touching and concerning the time and place of holding meetings and notices thereof, and for the good ordering, discipline and government of the said Church, and the performance of divine worship in any of the churches of the said corporation, and all matters respecting the same, and all other matters and things which to them seem good, fit and useful for the well ordering, governing and advance- ment of the said Church. Boards and Com- §. The Said corporation may appoint boards mittees for cer- . , 11.^1 f , tain purposes, or committees composed of the members thereot, to take charge of or deal with and dispose of the respec- tive funds, including book and publishing interests and other interests, belonging to the said Church, as set out in their Basis of Union and in accordance therewith, and may establish such other funds as may be deemed expe- dient, and may appoint boards or committees of the mem- bers of the said corporation to take charge of, deal with and dispose of the said funds so formed, in accordance with the provisions of the said Basin of Union. 24 ^^ 369 '■(1. 1*1 f iij* a I t : DOMINION ACT. tote'for tS** **" ^' Subject to the provisioxui in seotion five of the corpora- hereinbefore contained, the said corporation may receive voluntary conveyances of, and may purchase, hold and convey such real estate as the purposes P«>^5 'o' of the said corporation require : Provided that realty not oo- tlfe corporation shall, within ten years after its acquisition of any such real estate, sell or other- wise dispose of and alienate so much of such real estate as is not required for the use and occupation or other like purposes of the corporation. ti i w-M ■'■ * Real »nd per- |0. Subject to the provisions in the said ■onal estate may *' '^ be acquired by section five hereinbefore contained, the said devise. corporation shall be capable of taking, holding and receiving any real or personal estate by virtue of any devise contained in any last will and testament of any per- ProTiso : to be gon whatever : Provided always that such de- snbjeot to cer- *' tain rules of law. vise of real estate shall be subject to the laws respecting devises of real estate to religious corporations in force at the time of such devise, in the Province in which such real estate is situated, so far as the same apply to the said corporation. As to di>^»i o' 11. The said corporation shall have authority to alienate, exchange, demise, let or lease for any term of years such messuages, lands, tenements, here- ditaments and immovable property as shall be given, granted, purchased, appropriated, devised or bequeathed to the said corporation for all or any of the purposes thereof, subject to the proviso in section nine contained. 370 tj ' DOMINION ACT. KJtion five orporation ', and may purposes dded that rs after its 1 or other- il estate as other like H the said the said ag, holding •tue of any of any per- at such de- to the laws >orations in !e in which pply to the '^e authority T lease for lents, here- be given, [ueathed to ses thereof, tancii^oorpo- ^^' ^^^ ""^ corporation shall have power ntion. to make advances, by way of loan or gift, out of its funds not required to meet ordinary expenses and dis- bursements, to assist in the erection or maintenance of col- leges, schools, or parsonages, as the General Conference or committee having charge of the fund may direct ; and may ?^k"'^7*d^t8 **^® ^^ ^°^*^ any real or personal estate or secu- <^c. rities thereon, mortgaged or assigned to the said corporation to secure payment of such loan, or to secure payment of any debts or demands due to the said corpora- tion, and may proceed on such mortgages, assignments or other securities for the recovery of the money thereby secured either at law or in equity or otherwise : and gen- erally may pursue the same course, exercise the same General powers, powers, and take and use the same remedies to enforce the payment of any debt or demand due to the said corporation as any individual or body corporate may, by law, take or use for like purpose. 13. The said corporation may, for the pur- pose of investment, lend money upon the security of real estate, purchase debentures of municipal or public school corporations, or Dominion or Provincial stock or securities, may sell any such securities as to it may seem advisable, and for that purpose may execute such assignments or other instruments as are necessary for carrying the same into effect; and for such purposes of investment, may make advances to any person or persons or body corporate upon any of the above mentioned securi- intereii ^gg ^^ such rate of interest, not exceeding eight per cent per annum, as is agreed upon: Provided, 371 ^- Investment of funds of corpo- ration, and on what securi- ties. 1 * H'U DOMINION ACT. i^ i , " (i- 1 Twfim. however, that nothing in this Act contained shall be construed to limit the power of such corporation to make such investments of its capital or surplus income which it otherwise has by virtue of its corporate existence. » a)rrowiDflr 14. The said corporation shall have power powers of cor- *^ '^ poration. to borrow any sum or sums of money from banks or other corporations, or from private persons, as in the opinion of the General Conference or He board or com- mittee having charge of any of the funds of the said cor- poration, may be required for the purposes thereof, and may, under the direction of the said General Conference or committee having charge of such fund, hypothecate, mort- gage or pledge so much of the real or personal property held in trust for such fund as is necessary to secure any sum or sums of money so borrowed. '1 )\ grovMonMto 15. The real and personal property which may become vested in the said corporation, and which heretofore has been held by or in trusb for any one of the said churches or denominations upoi. an} special trust for missionary or other purposes, shall, svib ject to the provisions of the Basis of Union, until otherwise directed by the General Conference, on the advice of the board or committee having charge of the fund, be held upon similar trusts and for similar purposes. Duplicate seal |^. The said Corporation may provide a for each confer- *^ J tr enee; custody duplicate of the seal thereof for each of the and use thereof. ^ , annual conferences from time to time existing, and the custody of the said seal shall be as may be directed 372 DOMINION ACT. contained poration to lus income existence. lave power loney from rsons, as in ard or com- he said cor- lereof, and •nference or scate, mort- •operty held any sum or perty which corporation, 1 trusfc for s upor. an} , shall, sub ;il otherwise ivice of the »e held upon provide a each of the me existing, ' be directed by the said corpomtion, and the same may be affixed by Buch officers as the said General Conference by by-law or resolution directs ; and until direction by the said General Conference, the same may be affixed to any conveyance of property within the bounds of any of the said annual con- ferences by the president or secretary of such annual con- ference, and may, for the purpose of conveying any pro- perty in charge of any board or committee of the said corporation, be affixed by the chairman of the said board or committee, or such other officer as the board or committee directs. Certain reroiu- j^. AH resolutions passed by the General tions to have * •' force of bylaws. Conference of the said c:) •% ■!>' Hiotographic Sciences Corporation ^ \ \^%. ^^«lk^ 23 WIST MAIN STREET WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580 (716)872-4503 "^^ L l> him DOMINION ACT. Sifted SBeUe- *^- ^® ^^^ ^^^ ^^ Union adopted by the viiieconflrraed gaid four denominations, and the rules, regula and declared " bindingr. tions and discipline also adopted by the said four denominations in the said General Conference or Con- vention held at the said City of Belleville, are hereby declared to be binding on the said corporation and all the members thereof, until the same shall have been altered or varied in accordance with the provisions therein contained, and the officers and boards of management appointed by the said Gen»^ral Conference or Convention are hereby declared invested with the powers sought or declared to be conferred upon them by the said Convention or Conferenca Certain rights Naved. !$0. Nothing in this Act contained shall prejudice or affect any existing right or interest in the superannuation fund of any of the said four denomi- nations, or any cause of action in respect thereof. Commencement ^f^ This Act shall come into force on the first day of June, one thousand eight hundred and eighty-four ; nevertheless, the annual conferences of any of the said four denominations which have not met before the said date, may meet during the said month of June to complete the business of the year. Sloonsistent ^^' '^^^ -^^^ *^^ portions of Acts inconsis- enaotmentg. tent with the provisions of this Act are hereby repealed, in so far as may be necessary to give full effect to this Act 374 )pted by the ules, regula by the said >nce or Con- are hereby and all the in altered or a contained, tinted by the eby declared be conferred se. tained shall it or interest four denonii- )f. force on the ght hundred ences of any b met before 1 of June to cts inconsis- b are hereby full effect to MODEL DKED. SCHEDULE B. (ile/eired to in Section 5 'zbove.) 1. Upon trust 1. Upon trust that they, the said trustees and tobuildachuroh their successors, or the trustee or trustees for the time an^other buUd- y^^^^^ ^^j^^ ^ ^.j^^ ^^^^^^ j^^^^.^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^ ^^^^^ and out of the moneys now or which may hereafter be possessed by them or him for that purpose, and as soon as con- veniently may be, erect and build upon the land held in trust, or some part thereof, and from time to time and at all times hereafter, whenever it shall be necessary for the due accomplishment of the trusts or any of them, repair, alter, enlarge and rebuild a church or place of religious worship, and a dwelling house or dwelling houses, vestry room or vestry rooms, school room or school rooms and other offices, isonveniences and appurtenances, or with or without any of them respectively, as the trustees for the time being shall, from time jto time, deem necessary or expedient. S. "To permit buMings to be used Ma church by the Method- ist Chrrch. 2. And upon further trust, from time to time and at all times after the erection thereof, to permit and suffer the said church or place of religious worship, with the appurtenances, to be used, occupied and en- joyed as and for a place of religious worship by a congregation of the Methodist Church, and for public ana other meetings and services of a religious or spiritual character, held according to the rules, discipline and general usages of the said church, and do and shall, from time to time, and at all times here- after, permit and suffer such person or persons as are hereinafter mentioned or designated, and such person or persons only, to preach and expound God s Holy Word, and to perform the usual acts of religious worship therein and burial service in the burying ground thereto belonging ; that is to say, such person and persons as shall be, from time to time, approved and for that purpose duly appointed thereto in accordance with the rules and discipline of the said Methodist Church, and no other person or persons whomsoever. 3. And upon further trusts, from time to time and at all times hereafter, to permit and suffer such minister or ministers of the aforesaid Methodist Church to reside in, use, occupv and enjoy, free from the payment of any rent for the same, the dwelling house or dwelling houses, with the appurtenancM (u Any iher* be) erected thereon for that purpose, during such tim« 376 S. To permit dwellings house on said premises to be used by the aainister in eharfs. MODEL DEED. i:.Vi ri!;. AM *1: and times as the said minister or ministers shall and may be duly authorized so to do, by his or their being appointed in accordance with the rules and discipline of the said Methodist Church to the circuit or station in which the same may be situated, without the let, suit, hindrance, or denial of the said trustees, or of any person or persons on their or any of their behalf ; and it is hereby declared that the times and manner of the various services and ordinances of religious worship to be observed and performed in the said place of religious worship, shall be regulated according to the rules and disciplme and general usage of the Methodist Church, and that the officiating ^minister for the time being, whether appointed by the said conference, or permitted or appointed by the said superinten- dent minister for the time being, or otherwise permitted or appoint- ed, as in these presents is mentioned, shall have the direction and conducting of the same worship, in conformity, nevertheless, to the said rules and discipline and general usage of the said Methodist Church : Provided always, that no person or persons whomsoever shall at any time hereafter be permitted to preach, or expound Qod's Holy Word, or to perform any of the usual acts of religious worship, upon the said parcel or tract of land and hereditaments, or in the said church or place of religious worship and premises, or any of them, or any part or parts thereof, or in or upon the appurtenances thereto belonging, or any of them, or any part or parts thereof, who shall mamtain, promulgate or teach any doctrine or practice contrary to what is contained in certain notes on the New Testament, commonly reputed to be the notes of John Wesley, and in the first four volumes of sermons commonly reputed to be written and pub- lished by him. 4. To pennit 4. And upon further trust, in case a school room or Sunday scl^ls school rooms shall be erected or provided upon the Id saidchurc^" "^^^ parcel or tract of land, or any part thereof, as aforesaid, or if there shall be no separate school room _ or Hchool rooms, and it shall, by the said trustees, or the major part tli reof, be thought necessary or expedient to hold and teach a Sunday school in any proper part of the said church or place of religious worship, then to permit and suffer a Sunday school to be held, conducted and carried on from time to time in said school room or school rooms, or if it shall be thought necessary or expedient, as aforesaid, in the said church or place of religious worship, as afore- said, but if in the said church or place of religious worship, then only at such hours and times as shall not interfere with the public worship of Almighty God therein, and in all cases, whether in said ohuroh or place of religious worship or not, under such government, orders and regulations as the General Conference of the said Method^ 876 MODEL DEED. may be duly In accordance -huroh to the without the •f any person •eby declared id ordinances [he said place )he rules and and that the >inted by the 1 Buperinten- •d or appoint- iirection and heless, to the id Methodist whomsoever xpound God's fious worship, ats, or in the es, or any of appurtenances parts thereof, lie or practice w Testament, id in the first iten and pub- Qhool room or ded upon the rt thereof, as e school room be major part and teach a 1 or place of school to be i school room expedient, as hip, as afore- irorship, then th the public lether in said government, said Hffethod- ist Church have directed or appointed, or shall hereafter, from time to time, direct or appoint, and also subject always to the proviso hereinbefore contained respecting doctrines. 5. To take 6. Provided always, thuc it shall be lawful for the down »"*.'«• said trustees, or the major part of them, when and so aml^ to MbuU§! often as they shall deem the same necessary or expe- dient, to take down and remove the said church, vestry room or vestry rooms, school room or school rooms, dwelling house or dwelling houses, offices, conveniences or appurtenances to the said church or place of religious worship, or premises belonging or appertaining, or all or any of them, or any part or parts thereof, respectively, for the purpose of rebuilding the said church or place of religious worship, or for the purpose of rebuilding any other vestry room or vestry rooms, school room or school rooms, dwelling house or dwelling houses, offices, or conveniences or appurtenances, or en- larging or altering the same respectively, or all or any of them, so as to render tne premises better adapted to and for the due accomplishment of the trusts, intents and purposes of these presents. 6. To uiortgage. ^- ^^ ^ hereby declared that from time to time and ' at all times hereafter it shall and may be lawful to and for the said trustees, or the major part of them, to mort^a^?, and for that purpose to appoint, convey and assure, in fee or tor any term or terms of years, the said parcel or tract of land, churcl or place of religious worship, hereditaments and premises, or iny part or parts thereof respectively, to any perse i or persons whoni- soever for securing such sum or sums of money as may be requisite or necessary in or for the due execution and accomplishment of the trusts and purposes of these presents or any of them, according to the true intent and meaning thereof ; but it is hereby declared that it shall not be incumbent upon any mortgagee or mortgagees, or upon any intended mortgagee or mortgagees of the said trust premises or any part or parts thereof, to inquire into the necessity, expediency or propriety of any mortgage or mortgages which shall be made or proposed to be made under or by virtue of these presents, nor shall anything in these presents contained, or which may be contained in any such mortgage or mortgages, extend or be construed to extend, (unless where tiie contrary shall, with the full knowledge and con- sent of the said trustees, or the major part of them, be therein actually expressed), to hinder, prevent or make unlawful the taking down, removing, enlarging or altering the said buildings and pre- miaet or any of them respectively, as m these presents before men* 377 ■i i ■Mm ! ■! i, • 'I - i i!-5'; MODEL DEED. tioned a&d provided for in that behalf, nor in any manner to hinder, prevent or interfere with the due execution of the trusts or purposes of these presents or any of them, so long as such mortgagee or mort- gagees, his, her or their heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, shall not be in the actual possession, as such mortgagee or mortgagees, of the hereditaments comprised or to be comprised in such mortgage or mortgages, anything in these presents contained to the contrary in anywise notwithstanding. 7. To let pews 7. And upon further trust, from time to time, and at SILln ?iT,«li all timea hereafter, to let the pews and seats in the said awelung houses i . i * i« • * u* i. 1 1 and tosell graves church or place of religious worship at a reasonable and tombs. rent or reasonable rents (reserving as many free seata where and as may be thought necessary or expedient), and if there shall be any such dwelling house or dwelling houses, school room or school rooms, or other building or buildings, or any of them, erected and built as aforesaid, then to let the same or any of them (other than such as shall or may have been erected and built for or appropriated to the use and occupancy of the minister or ministers duly appointed to the circuit or station in which the same shall be situated), at a reasonable rent or reasonable rents, and also, if there shall be a cemetery or burial ground, to let vaults or tombs at a reasonable rent or reasonable rents, or to sell graves and tombs at a reasonable price or reasonable prices, and to collect, get in and receive the rents, profits and income to arise in any manner from the said premises (excepting moneys which shall, from time to time, arise from collections or subscriptions duly made therein acoording to the rules and discipline and general usase of the said Methodist Church, for other purposes than the immediate purpose of the said trust estate) as, and when, the same shall, from time to time, become due and payable, but not (excepting as to moneys from time to time received from graves and tombs) by way of anticipation, further than for the quarter or half-year or year, as may bie thought most expedient : Provided always, that when and so often as such dwelling house or dwelling houses as may have been erected for the express use of the minister or ministers of the circuit or station shall not be required for the use of such minister or ministers, it shall and may be lawful for the said trustees, by and with the advice and consent of the superintendent minister of the circuit or station, to let the same and appropriate the rent derived therefrom towards paying and satisfying the board and lodging oi such minister or mmisters, or towards j>aying the rent for a more suitable and convenient residence or residences for such minister or ministers. 378 aer to hinder, pta or pnrposea Kagee or mort- Irs and assigns, ■or mortgagees, Buoh mortgage ' the contrary time, and at •ts in the said -t a reasonable lany free seats )* and if there », school room any of them, ►r any of them »d built for or iv or ministers same shall be also, if there k>r tombs at a nd tombs at a t, get in and nner from the bime to time, "ein according ud Methodist «e of the said ime to time, ' to moneys ) by way of tr or year, as at when and M may have listers of the uch minister itoea, by and lister of the rent derived i lodging of b for a more minister or MODEL DEED. a. jhiiatees to 8. And It la hereby declared that the said tmsteea JriKSSS. *°* *"»**«• ^^^ *^« t»»n« *>eing shall stand and be from upon trurt, possessed of the money arising from the said rents, to pay taxes, in- profits and income (except as aforesaid), upon trust, ;Sre 'Ji ii°'*^*®^®°"* ^ P*y» ^^ *^e fifs* P^ace such duties, taxes, terest and ex- ''^tes and other outgoings (if any) as, f lom time to penaes incurred time, shall be lawfully payable in respect of the said '? fch *t***ta****° premises or any part or parts thereof, and also the hereof. costs, charges and expenses of insuring and keeping insured the said trust premises against loss or damages by fire, in such sum or sums as the said trustees or the major part of them shall, from time to time, think proper or expedient, and in repairing and keeping the said trust premises in good repair and condition; and likewise the interest of all principal moneys bor- rowed and then due and owing on security of the said trust premises or of any part or parts thereof, by virtue of the trusts hereof, and then to retain to and reimburse themselves respectively all costs, charges and expenses lawfully incurred and paid by them in or about the due execution of the trusts hereof or any of them, and in the next place thereout to pay and discharge the necessary costs, charges and expenses, from time to time incurred in cleansing, warming, lighting and attending to the said church or place of religious worship and premises, and generally to liquidate any debts, coste, charges and incumbrances and expenses at any time lawfully incurred under or occasioned by the due execution of the trusts hereof or any of them, and not included in any of the provisions aforesaid. 9. To apply snr- 9. And upon further trust, from time to time, to pay Davmrat^i^in- ^^^ *PP^y *^y surplus money remaining after the due istera in chargei payment of all such lawful debts, costs, charges, in- a-aistingfundsof cumbrances and expenses as aforesaid (but according other churches, ^nd in conformity to the rules and discipline of the churoh*o"*8ub- ^^^^ Methodist Church), for or towards the support of Bcribinilr to the minister or ministers, for the time being, respect- charities, ively appointed by the said Conference or otherwise as aforesaid, either on the circuit on which the said chapel or place of religious worship shall, for the time being, be situated, or on that and some other circuit or circuits, or in some other circuit or circuits only, or for or towards the purpose of assisting or increasing the funds of any other church or place of religious worship, or churches or places of religious worship, appropriated to the use of the said Methodist Church, or in building any new church or place of relig* ions worship, or churches or places of religious worship, for the use of ihe said Methodist Church, and which shall be settled upca I lis ' *1 MODEL DEED. Hi! . ,. truats, ends, intents and purposes similar hereto; or in subocribine or giving to any of the general funds, objects or charities of the said Methodist Church; or for or towards all or any of the purposes, objects, funds or charities hereinbefore mentioned, in such manner as the said trustees, or the major part of them, shall, from time to time, think necessary or expedient ; and it is hereby declared that it shall be lawful for the said trustees, or the major part of them (although there shall not then be any such surplus money as afore- said), from time to time, to subscribe or give such sum or sums of money as they shall think necessary or expedient, and which may be conveniently spared from the funds of the said church or place of religious worship, for or towards all or any of the purposes, objects, funds or charities aforesaid. h 1 Hi W 11 '■! 10. To appoint and 10. And it is hereby declared that it shall be lawful and trearorera?' ^°^ *^® ^^^^ trustees, or the major part of them, at any meeting to be convened and held, as hereinafter men- tioned, from time to time, and at all times hereafter at their discre- tion, to appoint any person or persons, of decent and sober conduct and good reputation, to be a steward or stewards of the said church or plice or religious worship, and at their will and pleasure to remove and dismiss such steward or stewards, or any of them; and the duty of the steward or stewards of the said church or place of religious worship shall be to see and attend to the orderly con- ducting of the secular business and affairs of the said church or place of religious worship, under the direction and superintendence of the said trustees, or the major part of them; and also in like manner to appoint any proper person or persons to be a treasurer or treasurers of the funds of the said church or place of religious worship and premises, and at their will and pleasure to remove and dismiss such treasurer or treasurers, or any of them. 11. To keep books 11. And it is hereby declared that the said trustees °'b*TtTh* ^'''^'h^'ll themselves, or by their steward or stewards, for audit *'*°** treasurer or treasurers, keep a book or books of account in which, from time to time, shall be plainly, legibly and regularly extended an accovint of every receipt and disburse- ment by them, him or any of them received or made, and also of all debts and credits due to and owing from or in respect of the said trust premises or any part or parts thereof, and also of all other docu- ments, articles, matters and things necessary for the due and full explanation and understanding of the same book or books of account, and shall also in like manner keep a book or books of minutes in whidi, from time to time, shall be plainly, legibly and regularly entered minutM of all tnutae meetings from time to time hdd under w by 380 MODEL DEED. n snbacribinff ies of the said the purposes, such manner from time to declared that part of them >ney as afore- tn or sums of d which may ch or place of >oses, objects, lall be lawful them, at any einafter men- > their discre- Jober conduct [e said church pleasure to ►f them; and 'h or place of orderly con- arch or place ideuce of the te manner to or treasurers worship and dismiss such said trustees •r stewards, ^8 of account nly, legibly id disburse- d also of all »e said trust other docu- ue and full of account, win which, riy entered mder «»r by yirtae of tbew presents and of the resolutions passed, and ol all pro> ceedings, acts and business had, taken and done thereat, and also of all documents, matters and things necessary for the due and full explanation and understanding of the same minutes, and all other things done in and about the execution of the trusts hereof; and shall and will from time to time, and at all seasonable times hereafter, upon the request of the suparintendent minister, for the time being, of the circuit in which the said church or place of religious worship shall, for the time being, be situated, produce and show forth to him and to every person whom he shall desire to sec the same, all and every such book or books of accounts and minutes, documents, articles, matters and things, and permit and suffer copies or abstracts of or extracts from them or any of them to be made and t^ ken by the said superintendent minister or any person or persons whom he shall, from time to time, desire to make and take the same; and the said book and books of accounts and minutes, and all documents, articles, matters and things relating in any wise to the said trust premises, shall at least once in the year, and of tenor, if the said superintendent shall at anytime desire and shall give notice thereof in manner hereinafter mentioned, be regularly, upon a day to be appointed by the said superintendent for the time being, or with his concurrence, examined and audited by the superintendent and the circuit steward or circuit stewards, if more than one, for the time being, of the circuit in which the said church or place of religious worship shall, for the time being, be situate, at a meeting convened for that purpose ; and of every such meeting fourteen days' notice in writing, specifying the time, place and purpose of such meeting, shall and may be given under the direction of the said superintendent for the time being, by any one or more of t>iem, the said trustee or trustees for the time being, to each and every the other and others of them, the said trustees or trustee, circuit stewards and circuit steward, for the time being, and either personally served upon him and them respec- tively, or left for or sent by the post to him and them at his and their most usual place and places of abode or business ; and in order to facilitate the auditing of the said accounts, minutes, documents, articles, matters and things, it shall be lavrful for the said superin- tendent, circuit steward and circuit stewards for the time being as aforesaid, or either or any of them, to appoint in writing a deputy or deputies to act therein for them and him respectively, as afore- said, and for that purpose any one or more of them may be the deputy or deputies of the other or others of them the said superintendent circuit steward and circuit stewards ; and it is hereby declared that the signatures of all of them the said auditors, deputies and deputy, or of me aggregate majority of them, written in the said book and hookM of accounts and minutes, respectively, shall be sufficient evi* 381 \M>l m ii 1;^ MODEL DEED. denoe that all the matters and things relatina to the said trust pre* mises, which were np to that time inoluded in the said books, ao< oonnts, minutes and documents, matters and things, were duly examined, audited and approved of, unless and except so far as the contrary shall be therein, by them or by the aggregate majority of them, in writing expressed. v^ k "^ *i i^ ^^' ^^ ^^ ^ hereby declared that every meeting for that sevend!^' ^^^ purpose of taking into consideration the propriety notice of a spe- of making anv alteration of or any addition to or cial meeting and ' ' rtgage or sale of the said church or place of religious convenient no ggjp ^^^ premises, or any part or parts thereof, or meetings^of t^r contracting any debt upon, for or on account there- tees shall be ot (other than for the ordinary current expenses given. thereof), or for letting any such house or houses, school room or school rooms, as aforesaid, or for fixing the rents or prices, or making or altering rules to ascertain the rente or prices of such graves, tombs, pews and seats as aforesaid, or for appropriating the funds or any part of the funds of the said church or place ol religious worship (otherwise than for the due payment of the ordi- nary current expenses thereof), or for bringing or defending any action or actions, suit or suits, respecting the said trust estat^ and premises or any parts thereof, or any matter relating thereto, or for any one or more of the above purposes, shall be and shall be deemed and taken to be a special meeting ; and of every such meeting seven days* notice in writing, specifying the time, place and purpose or purposes of such meeting, and signed by at least either two of the said trustees or by the superintendent minister for the time being, shall be given to the other and others of them and him the said trus- tees and superintendent minister (unless where he is himself the per- son givinc such notice), and either personally served upon him and them, or left for, or sent by the post to him and them respectively, at his and their most usual place or places of abode or business ; and for the purpose of transacting their ordinary business relating to the said church or place of religious worship and premises, or for any other purpose relating to these presents or trusts thereof (except where seven days' notice is expressed or required as herein- before mentioned), a meeting of the said trustees may be held with the said superintendent for the time being, as aforesaid, so soon as the same can be conveniently convened by notice in writing, speci- fying the time and place of such meeting, given and signed by at least either two of the said trustees or by the said superintendent for the time being, and either personally served upon or left for, or sent by the post as aforesaid, to the other and others of them re- spectively at his and their most usual place or places of abode or 332 MODEL DEED. ud trutt pre. n,id books, ao- i> were duly BO far as the te majority of rymeetmgfor the propriety ddition to or Mse of religious rts thereof, or kcoount there- ent expenses 9 or houses, g the rents or ts or prices of appropriating ch or place of t of the ordi- efending any 9t estates and hereto, or for *l\ be deemed aeeting seven 1 purpose or er two of the i time being, >he said trus- iself the per- >on him and respectively, asiness; and I relating to mises, or for usts thereof 1 as herein - e held with 1, so soon as iting, speci- igned by at erintendent left for, or of them re- of abode or busiiMMt ProYided always, and it is hereby declared, that mo meeting held under or by virtue of these presents shall be invalid, or the resolutions^ thereof void or impeached, by reason that any •ooh notice or notices, as aforesaid, may not or shall not have reached any said trustee or trustees who, at the time of any such meeting, happens to be out of the Province in which the lands and premises held in trust are situated, or who or whose place or places of abode or business shall not be known to, and can not reasonably be found or discovered by, thn "oerson or persons who is or are respec- tively, as aforesaid, authox'i' > i to give any such notice or notices as aforesaid. 13. That a majority of the truBteoB shall rule, and that in case of a tie, the ohainnan shall give a casting vote. 13. And it is lereby declared that at any meeting held under or by virtue of the trusts hereof, or any of them, the votes of the persons present and entitled to vote, or the votes of a majority of them, shall decide any question or matter proposed at such meet- ing and respecting which such votes shall be given ; and in case the votes shall be equally divided, then the chairman of such meeting shall give the casting vote. And i*-. is hereby declared, that whenever it shall be thought necessarv o\ expedient to do anything in and by these presents directed, author ized or made lawful to be done, the necessity or expediency of doin^)! the same shall, in like manner, be decided bv the |persons present and entitled to vote upon the question to be determined, or by the majority of them, and if there shall be an even division, then by such casting vote as aforesaid ; and all acts and deeds done and executed in pursuance of any such decision as aforesaid, at any such meeting as aforesaid, shall be good^ valid and binding on all persons entitled to vote at the meeting, who may be absent, or being present, may be in the minority, and on all other persons claiming under or in pur* suance of these presents ; but no person (unless where the contrary is hereinbefore expressly mentioned) shall be allowed ^o vote in more than one capacity at the same time or on the same ^aestion, although holding more than one office at the same time in the said church, or in the same meeting. 14. That the rul^s, discipline, doctrines and usages of the Ohnrch shall be in force subject to the proviso respeonng dootrines herein eontainedt 14. And it is hereby declared that the " rules and discipline and general usage " of the said Methodist Church in these presents mentioned or referred to, are the rules and discipline of the said Church, as printed and published by authority of the said Con- ference, in a Dook entitled " Doctrines and Discipline of the Methodist Church," and the general usage and practice of the societies belonging to said Church, and such rules and regulations as may, from time to 383 f I I MODEL i>E£D. I ■ ■». m '^ uperintendent uit or station giv,o.8 worship or his deputy ominated and shall be the ksting vote as held under or uperintendent appointed as such meeting is deputy ap- t as such, the said superin- ag, and shall very and any for the time }reat, or for a themselves a ting as afore- I; or refusal of )said, shall be his deputy as ied thereat. leclared, that said trustees, t of the said testified in for the time deed of oon- ' by separate to sell and )lace of reli- part or parts as aforesaid act, and to- time or •! l different tlniM and prices, for the best prioo or prices, In money, that can be reasonably obtained for the same, and well <^: 1 eflTec- tnally to oonvey and assure the hereditamenta and promisee v> sold to the purohaeer or purchasers thereof, his, her or their heirs tmA sssigni, or as he, she or they shall direct or appoint ; and the hereditaments and premises so sold and oonveved s^id assured as aforesaid shall thenceforth be held and enjoved by the purchaser or purchasers thereol, his, her and their heirs, executors, adminis- trators and assigns, freed and absolutely discharged from these presents, and from the trusts hereby declared and everv uf them ; and the said trustees or trustee for the time being shall applv the money which shall arise from every such scle as afovesaid, sc far as the same will extend, to the discharge of all the incumbrances, liabilities and responsibilities, whether personal or otherwise, law- fully contracted or occasioned by virtue of these presencs, or in the due execution of the trusts hereof, or of any of them, and subject thereto, and to the parent of any debts upon any other church property on the said circuit, or for building new churches, oi- for the purpose of procuring a larger and more conveniently or eligibly situated parcel or tract of land and church or place of religious worship and parsonage premises, in the place ana stead of the said parcel or tract of land and church or place of reliaious worship or parsonage and hereditaments and premises so sola or disposed of ; and the balance, if anv, to be applied to the use of the church and parsonage aid fund of the said Methodist Church and the said annual conference ; Provided, however, that if any such church or property so sold belonged to the Bible Christian Church prior to the union of the said Church with the other Methodist Churches, the surplus, tdter payment of debts, shall be applied to the reduction of the missionary debts, as provided in the Basis of Union. 17. Proviso for 17. Provided always, that if at any time hereafter jJj^J'J^if* the income arisine from the said parcel or tract of beinsdeqiuteto l^nd, ohnroh or place of reli^ous worship, heredita- me«t «M dli- ments and premises, shall be madequate to meet and ^-^jive intentt discharge the interest of all moneys borrowed and and expenNs. ^j^^^ ^^^ ^^^ owing upon or on account of the said trust premises, and the various current expenses attending the due exeontion of the trusts hereof, and if the said trustees, for the time being, of these presents, shall desire to retire and be discharged frono' the burden and execution of the said trusts, and if no such penonsaa are hereinafter mentioned or described can be found to take ajpon thepiselves the burden and execution of tiie said trusts, with the reaponiibiUty and liability to be thereby incurred, then in that east it ibidl he lawful for the said trustees, for the time being, as «tom»idror tba OMlor part of thorn, of their own proper authority, 25 • M-1 ill ,ii* i #• H ', ;. .; t'\ tftfi V > MODEL DEED. ■ad wltbont any saeh oonsont by th« Mid umiwl oonf «r«nc6 m aton- Midt to sell and dispoM of the said pwoel or tract of land, chvroh or place of relisious worship, hereditamenti and {nremises, or any ]^Tt or parts of the same, respectively, either by public sale or private contract, and either together or in parcels, ana either at one and the same time or at different times, for the best price or nricea in money that can be reasonably obtained for the same; and well and effectually to convey and assure the hereditaments and premises so sold, with the appurtenances, to the purchaser or purchasers thereof, his, her or their neirs and assigns, or as he, she or they shall direct or appoint ; and the hereditaments and premises so sold and conveyed and assured, as last aforesaid, shall thenceforth be held and enjoyed by the purchaser uid purchasers thereof, his, her and their heirs, executors, administrators and assigns, freed and abeolutely dis- charged from these presents and the trusts hereby dedared, and every of them ; and all the moneys arising from every such last- mentioned sale shall be applied, disposed of and appro|>riated, as far as the same money will extend, to the purposes and m the manner hereinbefore directed in respect to any sale made in pursuance or in consequence of such consent of or by the said annual conference, as aforesaid : but it is hereby declared that no sale shall be made by virtue of this present power or authority, unless the said trustees for the time bising as aforesaid, or a majority of them, shall sive notice in writing to the said annual oonf erence, or to the president for tiie time being of the said annual conference, on or before the firat day of the then next annual meeting of the said annual confer* ence, of their intention to make such ssle, and the reasons for the same, nor unless the said annual conference shall, for the space of six calendar months next after the said first day of their said an- nual meeting, refuse or neglect either to give, grant or provide the said trustees or trustee for the time being with such pecuniarv or other aid, assistance and relief as shall enable tiiem and him to bear and continue the burden of the execution of the trusts of these pre- sents, or (as the case may be) to find and provide other trustees who will take upon themselves the burden ox the execution of the said trusts. 18. And it b 18. And it is hereby declared that the receipt and tiSX ^exMptto ro^^ipte ^ • majority of the said trustees for the time esM of motiKsge being ihalli in all cises Of payment made to them, or or sale, the re- any of them as such trustees OY trustee as aforesaid, g^P{y*g^'-be a full discharge to the penon ofrpcrsmis entitlad to Sci^SSS/^ ""^^ receipt or reoeipts,* his, her and their heirs, stowaidortivM-oxeoutors, administeators and assigns, for all morl- umdvibr^thor- gun moneys, parohase moneys, ot other moneys th we* ind.cl»Ubesuf. g^ nqMotivd/, expressed and aeknowledged to have MSB fses iv ea bgr tmj tmok l i M l sst «r fa ■■!§>» m wenoe m afore. »f land, churoh emiaes, or any pablio sale or a either at one )rice or tnrices 9; and well and id premises so ihasers thereof, shall direct or | I and conveyed Id and enjoyed nd their heirs, ftbiolntely dis- deolared^ and rerysnch last- >|>riated, as far in the manner i pursuance or ual conference, all be made by e said trustees iem, shaJl ffive the president or before the annual confer* reasons for the n the space of their said an- or provide the I pecuniary or nd him to bear I of these pre- )r trustees who ion of tho said lie receipt and Bs for the time ie to them, or B u aforesaid, OS entitled to their heinr, for all mort- uoneyathMe* dged to have MODEL DEED. aforesaid ; and in all oases, except for money paid and reoetved in respect of any mortgage or sale of the said nereditamenti and premises, or any part or parts thereof, as aforesaid, the reoeink and receipts of any one or more of the said trustees for the time Dclng, or any one or more of the stewards or treasurers for the time beid^, by the said trustees for the time being, or the major part of them, duly authorized to sign and give receipts, shall be a rail discbaroe to the person and persons entitled to such receipt or receipti, hu, her and their heirs, executors and administrators, for all moneys (except as aforesaid) therein respectively expressed and aoknow- iedged to have been rr^^eived by any such trustee, atoward or treasurer, as aforesaid. 19. Thai pur- 19. And it is hereby declared that it shall not be clafiM^shLl'not Ij^cumbent upon any mortgagee or mortgagees, pur- beMund to in- chaser or purchasers of the said parcel or tract of land, quiraM to the church or place of religious worship, hereditaments neoeiri^ of sale ^u^ premises, or of any part or parts thereof, respec- ormortgas^e. tively, to inquire into the necessity, expediency or propriety of any mortgage, sale or disposition of the said parcel or tract of land, church or place of religious worship, hereditaments and premises, or of any part or parts thereof made or proposed to be made by the said trustees or trustee for the time bemg, or the major part of them, as aforesaid, or whether any such notice or nonces, as aforesaid, Was or were duly given, or was or were valid or sufficient, or whether any steward or stewards, treasurer or treasurers, was or were duly authorized to sign and g. e receipts as aforesaid; nor shall it be incumbent upon any such mortgagee or mortgagees, purchaser or purchasers, or any of them, or for any other person or persons, his, her or their heirs, executors, adminis- trators or assignc, paying money to such trustees or trustee, or to their steward or stewards, treasurer or treasurers, for the time being, as aioresaid, to see to the application, or to be answerable or accountable for the loss, mis-application or non-application of such purchase or other money, or any part thereof, for Which a receipt or receipts shall be so respectively given, as aforesaid. 20. That true- 20. And it b hereby declared that the «aid trustees ^tt^u« foV 0' trustee for the time being ghall not, nor thall anv io^hi^My loM. of them, their or any of their heirs, eteontors or aa- ministrators, or any of them, be chargeable 6r aooennt- able for any involuntary loss sufiwred by him, them 0^ any cif tlmm, nor any one at more of them, or any other ot otlieri of thMMiriMW for more money than shall come to their respective haiids« nerler iajniy dm by othcni to the eald trust premiMii or to ny favt at 1 m 'llH A' i *f;i :i * MODEL DEED. u » ¥■ i HI >" ii «f ■ Mm m [ ''"■'iai™;' ■ m hi »Jfc** pn*W 21. And it is hereby declared to be the tme intent MtlHftl«ii£w ^^^ meaning of this indenture and of the parties flTfiM^i^r* thereto, that the full number of the trustees of the t^tf enCjr-one, said trust shall not be less than five (5) nor more than "SsaiStob^* twenty-one (21), and that when and so often as any filled sQdnum- ^^^ ^^ more of the said trustees or of their-successors ^r inorMied by in the said trust shall die, resign office as trustee, by iidihhii^nuid and with the consent of a two-thirds vote of the co- 'appointmeat. trustees, or withdraw from or cease to be a member or members of the said Methodist Church, according to the rules and discipline of the said Church, or shall remove to such distance as shall in the opinion of his co- trustees, expressed by a two-thirds vote of said co-trustees, render it inexpedient for him to remain in gaid trust, the place of the trustee or trustees so dying, resigning, withdrawing, ceasing to be a member or members of the said Church, or removing as aforesaid, shall thereupon become vacant, subject, however, to. the provisos next hereinafter set out, and shall be filled .with a successor or successors, being a member or members of the said Church, of the full age of twenty-one years, to be nominated and appointed as follows, that is to say, — to be nominated by the lifethodist Church minister having charge, for the time being, of the .circuit or station in which the said hereby conveyed premises shall ,be situa.te, and thereupon appointed by the surviving or remaining trustee or trustees of the said trust, or a majority of them, if he <>r they shidl think proper to appoint the person or persons so nominated; and in case of an equal division of the votes of the trustees present at any meeting of the trustees held for the purpose of such a]^pointment, the minister so in charge of the iMda oironit or station shall have a casting vote in such appoint- ment: Provided always, that no such consent as aforesaid shall be given while any vacancies remain unfilled, nor shall the trustees oon- sent to the resignation of more than one trustee by any one vote : Provided also, that notwithstanding the withdrawal bv a trustee from Ms membership in the said Church, his powers and liabilities as a trustee shall not cease unless his place in the trust shall be de- clared vacant by a two-thirds vote of tne remaining trustees, which dec^Uimtion it thall be in their power to make, on their being con- 1^0l^;l^u|Uth« has withdrawn as aforesaid, provided that no prior t»0ia4f finu|in then unfilled, and provided that not more than one IMWBay M|$ bo declared by any one vote ; and if at any time it iihiH hf mSnji§A tdvimblfr to increase the number of trustees to a mBTpfrtg.roro t4|in ihtX appointed hereby, not exceeding twenty- «MP^ Ulii Jnf pipll^ or persons whom It la desired to appoint aa such nmr tnM^^r tnisteea aharii be nominated and appointed M ia next haraliibim provided for the filling of vt^oanolaf ^ i»«4 II It alnU MODEL DEED. g 16 tni« intent >f the parties rustees of the nor more than often as any leir •successors as trustee, by vote of the co- be a member to the rules such distance y a two-thirds to remain in ing, resigning, e said Church, leant, subject, shall be filled embers of the ) be nominated linatod by the e being, of the premises shall ; or remaining of them, if he or persons so 9 votes of the held for the charge of the such appoint- esaid shall be B trustees con- any one vote : 1 by a trustee and liabilities st shall be de- rustees, which eir being con- that no prior Qorethan one %t any time it trustees to a eding tir«nty« ppotnt M mioh itod tm ii n«xt happen aik any time that there shall be no snrviving or remaining trustee of the said trust, in every such case it shaQ and may be lawful for the minister aforesaid to nominate, and the quarterly meeting of the circuit or station, if they approve of the person or persons so nominated, to appoint, the requisite number of the trustees of the said trust, by the vote of the majority of the mem* hers of the said meeting then present; and in case of an equal division of their votes, the chairman of the said meeting shall have the castinff vote in such appointment, and the person or persons so nominated and appointed trustee or trustees in either of the said modes of nomination and appointment shall be the legal successor or successors, co-trustee or co-trustees, of the said above-named trustees, and shall have, in perpetual succession, the same capacities, powers, rights, duties, estates and interests as are given to the above* named trustees in and by these presents, and in and by any Statute or Statutes which may, for the time being, be in force a£Eeoting the sama 22. To fix quo- rum, ftc. 22. It is hereby declared that a majority of the said trustees shall form a quorum, all having been duly- notified; and when a maicrity or two-thirds vote may be reooired for any purpose, it shall be held to mean a majority or two-tnirds,. as the case may be, of any such meeting. 2a. To fix time 23. A full and acurate financial statementi dnly duFiSlS^T' ^^^^^^* ^^^^^ ^ ^^^ hetore the first quarterly offidat before quarterly meeting after the first day of Janvary inaaoh yf oOdal meeting; ,' : .-.A i ■ \ .?v*:rS\>'J'' v''v5V^.>''.,> oV »' - ^iV iX'-^ ', '■> U-intitK'h* ) *)' .VliJOi- hi natU i m i! 389 K>U i'iA ■.. f'V ''U'V 'shiyrftt9'< . HI h iS :;'' oiAPPENDIX Y. >o *'• i- "r--: ''3'' A List OP Judicial Decisions and Interpretations of a>! Law, Not Modified by Subsequent Legislation, "®^^^ as Given by the Court op Appeal, the General Superintendent's Court op Appeal, and in the ^;' BtJtiNGS OP tHE Presidents op Annual Confer bl BNOES Reported to, and Approved by the Action ''■ dP liiE General Conference, prom the Union in 1883 TO the year 1898. .»r i-b jJ:^' -w^y .t^X*****"^ <^1« (^^''^^(^ Conference. 1. An appeal against &ny legislation of the General Conference cannot be entertained by the Court of Appeal. (Journal 1898, p. 279, par. 8; also p. 286.) 2. Annual Conference. 2. Au Annual Conference on finding a minister guilt} of an offence " expressly forbidden by the Word of Qod and sufficient to exclude from the kingdom of grace and glory ' has no discretionary power to attach some other penalty than that ordered by Discipline. (Journal 1890, p. 175, par. 2.) 390 JUDICIAL DECISIONS. z 'ATI0N8 OF sgislation, ! General D IN THE [i Confer IE Action Union in e General 3f Appeal. ter guilt} : Qod and id glory ' r penalty 0, p. 175, 3. When an Annual Conference finds a minister guilty of an ofifence " expressly forbidden by the Word of God, and sufficient to exclude from the kingdom of grace and glory," the President is not at liberty to entertain a motion in amendment of the sentence required by Discipline. (Journal 1890, p. 176, par. 7.) 4. An Annual Conference exceeds its jurisdiction when it indefinitely postpones passing a proper sentence upon an offender. (Journal 1890, p. 176, par. 6.) 5. An Annual Conference cannot expel a minister under charges without pronouncing upon his guilt. (Journal 1894, p. 263, par. 6.) ■■^- '' 6. Ministers appointed to Connexional offices, though not in the pastorate, are in the " active work." (Journal 1890, p. 175, par. 4.) 7. An Annual Conference has power to settle disputes between two or more congregations within its boundaries. (Journal iC^D, p. 263, par. 5.) 8. Women cannot be admitted as lay delegates to mem- bership in an Annual Conference. (Journal 1894, p. 253, par. 3.) 9. An Annual Conference cannot receive into Full Con- nexion and admit to ordination amy candidate who has not previously fulfilled the requirements of Discipline as to the term of probation and examinations. (Journal 1894, p. 254, par. 10.) 10. An Annual Conference exceeds its jurisdiction when it admits as a candidate ^ .,| ,.,q i(i»iuiii*l»m ' 13. An Annual Conference cannot so place the name of a minister on the station list as to deprive him both of supernumerary allowance and of circuit pay without his request. (Journal 1898, p. 283, par. 1.) ,iq j^^i^ .q ,^\ii:r, ^14. Permission to be, and remain, without a circuit to engage in Connexional work can be granted by the Annual Conference in ministerial session only. (Journal 1898, p. 284, par. 4.) »wo«t «*K s^^ffA^.titiWl iRtmn/. T 15. ''Travelling," in the disciplinary sense, and time allowance for studies are separate and differen things. (Journal 1898, p. 284, par. 5.) :f>n>i ^'^r'r>> M-f't 26. Acceptance by a superintendent of a circuit of a resignation of membership, though afterwards withdrawn, is not equivalent to expulsion from the Church without charges. (Journal 1898, p. 283, par. 2.) t a&ii^r^ 27. Charges are vitiated through want of definiteness in specifications as to times and places. (Journal 1894, p. 253, par. 2.) 28. When the superintendent of a circuit would have been the proper person to preside at a trial had he not been disqualified, the chairman of the district is not bound to appoint another chairman of a district to preside, but is entitled to appoint another superintendent of a circuit. (Journal 1898, p. 284, par. 8.) . • A. i.Cfy^- At; ,...,, s.' 394 .aygflo w •I bound to Qtendent, ittee had ). 282.) suit of a thdrawn, 1 without iteness in al 1894, uld have td he not ot bound e, but is I circuit. v«1a o iA j'Uenq '*. .Q>«. qf» if«tia it»hiu ^- APPENDIX VI. ,f}ijid&j» ^almk "StJiiiiaiiJr ', iUiU t'HJ/ttot«. uv iofi m^jmum' RULES OF ORDER. i. The President shall take the chair at the hour to which the Conference may stand adjourned, and cause the same to be opened by the reading of the Scriptures, singing 2. The ro|l of the members of the (General Conference, as certified by the President and Secretary of the Constituent Conferences, shall be called immediately after the opening of the first session. ._, ^,^^ ;.r..,Hn, r,; . ffr^ ^ ^ 3. The following shall be the order of business : (1) Reading the minutes of preceding session. (2) Communications. ai/o^^Ta *>imiifilnii ;■ •vy (3) Memorials. (4) Reports of Standing Committees. (5) Reports of Special Committees. (6) Motioi^s of which notice has been previously given. (7) Notices of motions. (8) Questions of which notice ha|3 been given. (9) Miscellaneous. 4. On the call for Reports of Committees, all reports that are ready shall be called in before action is taken on any one of them. 5. The President shall decide all questions of order, 395 I A ill RULES OF ORDER. ^i{ >.- U M W^V ii i! subject to an appeal to the Conference ; but in case of such appeal the question shall be taken without debate. When a member riscH to a point of order, or the President callH any member to order, in either case ihe point of order shall l)e distinctly stated. 6. No member shall remain standing during debate, except the mf>mber addressing the President. 7. The President shall nominate all Committees not otherwise specially ordered by the Conference. 8. When a motion is moved and seconded, or a report is presented and is read by the Secretary or stated by the President, it shall be deemed in possession of the Confer- ence; nor shall any motion be withdrawn by the mover after being debated, without the consent of the Conference. 9. All motions shall be presented in writing by the proposer. 10. The following motions are not debatable.; a. For the previous question. . .t 6. To lay on the table. ^''' ^^^'^^^^^ <^> c. For indefinite adjournment. ^;«"«'*«^^ ^ rf. For indefinite postponement. ;^''*^''"''*^^ ^^'^ 11. No new motion shall be entertained until the one under consideratioh is disposed of, which may be done by adoption or rejection, unless one of the following motions shall intervene, which motions shall have the precedence in the order in ^hich the^ are placed, viz.: a. Adjournment ^ ^ai5to->^iM ''''"n. Lay Oh tUi tobie, "««?"« f «" d. Postponement to a given time. 0. tteferonce te a Committee. 396 iv li >ui. ill ,rT ^ RULES OP ORDETl. 86 of such B. When dent callN rder shall S debate, ttees not report is id by the e Confer- 16 mover nference. J by the f^dT A) m: (s> • ip.\ the oue done by motions delnce in (IV -. ■:«i>. y. Amendment. g. Amendment to the amendment. 12. When any member is about to speak in debate or deliver any matter to the Conference, he shall rise and address the President, and shall proceed only when the President announces his name. 13. No person shall speak more than once on the same question without leave of the Conference, except the mover, who shall be entitled to a general reply. 14. No person shall speak more than ten minutes at one time without leave of the Conference, which shall be granted or refused without debate. '^w'h 15. Any member who voted in the majority may move a reconsideration of a resolution. A motion to reconsider may be carried by a majority. This may be done during the session in which it was passed ; but if done at any other time a notice of motion for reconsideration must be given at the session immediately preceding that in which the vote for reconsideration is to be taken. A resolution may be reconsidered once only. 16. A motion to adjourn shall always be in order. 17. Motions relating to the rights and privileges of the Conference, or of individual members, and orders of the day,, shall be considered questions of privilege. 18. 1^16 previous question being moved, the Pre^^ideni shall put it at once hj asking, " Shall the vote be now' taKfttiT** If 'i)he pteiHous qu^Btiofi is carried, alF debate shall 06Me save the right of reply on the pari o£i;hjs mover of Hii6 (isflgiiiai motion, itod'afW the mover shtill have leplied the President shall ^proceed to take the vote on the several motioi^s before the Conference. 807 RULES OF ORDER. (•' 19. No member shall absent himself from the sessions of the Conference without leave, unless he be sick or un- able to attend. 20. Ko member who is not within the bar when any question is put by the President shall be allowed to vote on such question, except by leave of Conference. ,^^j.^„»,q 21. Before the President rises to put a motion to the Conference, he shall ask, " Is tho Conference ready for the question?" No member shall speak after the President has risen to put the question ; and all members present shall vote unless excused by the Conference. 22. No member shall be interrupted when speaking, except by the President, to call him to order when he departs from the question, or uses personalities or disre- spectful language; but any member may call the atten- tion of: the President when he deems the speaker out o^ order, acd any member may explain if he h misrepresented. 23. No business shall pass . from individuals to the Com mittees without reference through the Conference. 24. Any member may call for the yeas and nays on an} question before the Conference, provided he be sustained by twenty members. Any member may require that the number of votes for and against a resolution be announced. 25. When yeas and nays are ordered in relation to any motion^ they shall be taken at that session of the Con- ,26, In the General Con^Brence fifty members shall oon> fttitiite a quorum. ,rj no vlq«'f 'iu ^aprt Q:ii «"-i>4 s-^so Ili.-i^ ^7. The Searetary shall provide a bulletia, upon whieh fo'itid ?.nor>oca Im" RULES OF ORDER. 16 sessions ick or un- ■v when any xi to vote on to the dy for the President rs present speaking, when he I or disre- phe atten- ser out or presented, the Com 3. ys on any sustained that the mounced. on to any the Con- shall oon- >on whieh announoementt of meetings of committees, and relating to other Conference business may be made. 28. Members presenting memorials, petitions and other papers for reference, shall prepare the paper by writing in a plain hand on the back of it the following items in the following order, viz.: — (1) Subject to which it relates. (2) Name of the member presenting it, and the Conference to which he belongs, or the name of the body sending it, as the case may be. (3) Name of Committee to which the Conference refers it. Papers thus presented shall be de- livered to the Secretary of the Conference, and by him sent to the Committee according to endorsement. > 29. A motion consisting of two or more distinct proposi* tions shall, if a call for its sub-division be sustained by two members of the Conference, be subdivided into two or more sections, and the vote shall be taken on each section separately. 30. In all cases in which an amendment of the Dis- cipline is moved, the motion shall be so framed as to show the form in which the section or paragraph, as the case may be, will stand when amended. 31. Committees reporting changes in the Discipline shall so frame their reports as to show how the section or para- graph, as the case may be, will stand after the changes shall have been made. 32. When a motion is submitted, it miy be amended, and an amendment to the amendment is also in order. In case the amendment to the amendment be rejected, it is in order to propose other amendments to the amendment, which shall be disposed of one by one< When these haw 809 k m RULES OF ORDER. been roted on, if one be adopted, the rote shall then be taken on the amendment thus amended, and if it be adopted the discussion may proceed, and other amendments to the main motion as thus amended are then in order. W^hen all amendments have been disposed of, the motion as then before the Conference shall be voted on. "*''^"^'* ^^^ 33. When any committee shall ascertain that a subject which has been referred to it has also been referred to another committee, it shall promptly report the fact to the Conference, and the Conference shall decide which com- mittee shall have permanent charge of said subject. 34. In all cases for which these Rules of Order do not make provision, the proceedings of the Conference shall be conducted according to the Rules and Usages of the House of Commons of Canada. ' '■-.■■ vvv. ■...--.■ ,thif^'Snsn& -ttO-I mUhy :tn«c4HtSH«£ fi« ri'.h'rfw ni «o«^ro i'* nl .0(' III- .-sbio m cAm slir,Mnbmms-^d.iM$. in^mhrnc^m an hnM at «^i ,f;*i5erf;T m jfiAfrjbnsffrfl &dt oi imaihn&ma &(h (Mt«o wr^d etftrfl n?*d7/ ..««© ^d'ftiio.lo hmoqmh ^ lUds dt^ldw 400 hall then be nd if it be ftmendru'^^nts en in order, the motion t. /VCUIVJ at a subject referred to ) fact to the which com- >ject. >rder do not nee shall be { the House h ill m liw ,siij mm ■ ' am^mi Hni M if?: A «is hfiB q" oi labto \ ^ -^ APPENDIX TIL , . .. ...S.l.m . • ., aufiU.viO yoB^j^ig QP PROCEDURE. ;.;^vj„ui^ r>i;4 Tm Methodist Church. "''" ' >->«OHiift0« i »fi;k b >ivul'^ Conference. >A\^-i&{ii\bm ,:iaiiiU\iiH>'} .}\JUM I'.y'ir: Disfyict In the matter of • '^^'^'^ A. B:, CompZainon^, ■^'^- ■' ^ and Q, D,, Drfendant. '^* '^ >^ I, A. B. (a member, minister, or as the fact may be), of the Church on the ........ Circuit, hereby charge that the said C. D. (a minister or member, as the fact may be), of the Church upon Circuit, on or about the day of. A.D. 189 . . at (here put in the time and place at which the offence charged was committed), did (here state the offence ; if the charge is one of false teach- ing, give as nearly as possible the words, and if they were repeated, give the other times and places, the object being to give him the best information as to what he is accused of, and when and where it is alleged he committed the offence). •»>* ^^'^^ ^ I charge that this is an offence against the law of QtoA (or the rules or Discipline of the Church, as the ^.^Me may be). '^ And I hereby request you to take the proper st^s to bring the said O. D. to trial. Yours, 0ta, To ^^%, .• 26 ^^ i' i *"♦ I:il' Wi FORMS OP PROCEDURE. Form 2. — Notice to Person Accused, (Full formal heading as in form 1.) I, E. F., Superintendent of the above Circuit {or Chair man of the above District, or President of the above Con- ference), hereby give jou notice that a complaint, a true copy of which is, hereto annexed, has been laid against you. Further, take notice that I have selected and summoned a committee for the trial of such complaint, and that the said committee will meet for the taking of evidence upon I and considering of said complaint at (house where the Committee will sit) on day, the day of 18. . at the hour of o'clock in the noon and that if you have any evidence or matter to produce in your behalf it will then be heard. , , u ■ (Place and date.) , .. .i r.;. >« * u , .,,^ Yours, etc.- , ... ... ^iWvii^'diii Form S.— Finding of Committee. '^^^^^- ^'^'*^'> (Full formal heading as in form 1.) The Committee selected and sunmioned to try the charges in this matter, having assembled at the time and place appointed for such trial, were thereupon attended by the said complainant^^ and the said defend- ant;^^; and having heard the evidence adduced by the respective parties, and what was alleged by them and on their behalf, we (the names of the Committee, or, if not unanimous, then the names of those who agree), the said 402 F0UM8 OF PROCEDURE. b {or Chair above Con- lint, a true ,gainst you. summoned ud that the dence upon I where the . . . . day of the 1^ or matter ) hhxe. f^di Hi' J otii k« 7".if; ioxdq blip X) try the the time thereupon lid defend- ced by the Bm and on or, if not j), the said committee (or the majority of the said Committee) find : — That none of the said charges are sustained and proved, and that the defendant is not guilty, or that the said charges are sustained and proved, and that the said de- fendant is guilty of the offences laid therein, wr that the first charge is sustained and proved, and that the defend- ant is guilty of the offences laid therein. ^uittc^j f^' As to the other charges, we find that they are not sustained and proved, and upon them we find that the defendant is not guilty. (If the defendant is found guilty upon any charge, add the appropriate penalty.) The said offence of which we find the said defendant guilty is, in our judgment, such as is expressly forbidden by the Word of God, and sufficient to exclude a person from the kingdom of grace and glory, and we hereby suspend him (in case of a minister or probationer) until the Annual Conference shall finally dispose of the case. (If the defendant be a member, other than a minister or & probationer, follow the form down to the*, then say) imtil the delay allowed for appeal has expired. ^ y mu^'^i m «a Given under our hands at this , day of 189 . . (all signing in the presence of each other). In case of less grave offences, omit the paragraph begin- ning "The said offence," and say: And we adjudge that the said defendant be admonished {or whatever the sent* enoe may be). «^' ^^^ -^'^ ^' ^ ^-*''©«' Given under our hands at this ...... day of 189 . . (all signing in the presence of each other). Certificatc^ of presiding officer to be written below the copy of decision, which must be served upon each partjr within three days. 408 1 * i I FORMS OF PROCEDURE. ii- I . ^■'1 I h^rebj certify that the above is a true copy of the (deeiuoii of the Committee in the above master, aoa ^sui^i i>tafl oj X. Y., Presiding Officer. « ^eib fjri -^^^^ *"^ • Form 3a. — Where defendant does not appear. (Same as form 3 down to first *, then insert) — but the said defendant did not, nor did any person on his behalf, attend before us, although duly served with notice in that behalf, as by evidence in writing now among the records of this matter appears ; and having heard the evidence adduced on behalf of the complainant^ we find (etc., as in form 2). €it&if r. Form Sh. — Where defendant pleads guilty. (Same as in Form 3 down to the second *.) ' And the defendant having pleaded guilty to the charges in this matter {or to No and No of the charges in this matter), we find him guilty of the offences men- tioped in said charges. No. .... etc. (From here proceed as in Form 3.) ^H ?t{|* " \ , Form 3c. — Where charges are amended. ^^ „r -, (Same as in Form 3 down to second *.) iii The charges laid and served in this matter having been amended so as to read as follows, that is to say : (here insert the charges as they are finally settled). And the defendant having been allowed proper oppor- tunity ix> meet said amended charges, we proceeded to hear /vhe evidence adduced, etc. (as in Form 3). 404 iU rv' py of the ma imii Officer. w. —but the is behalf, 36 in that e records evidence etc., as in f- le charges le charges ices men- e proceed mi.- ■ ving been ay: (here ler oppor- ;eeded to FORMS OF PROCEDURE. ni i«'*fi»cfA,t'> t&,^t-i<»&ttitt ««fi Form J^ — Notice of decision, (Full formal heading as in Form 1.) ^ Take notice, that annexed hereto is a copy, certified hy me, of the decision of the Committee in this mattei', whicb decision was pronounced on the day it bears date. Yours, etc., ;: ;T. a . vat ji i^ T bfiJ Toronto, June . . . ., 189 . . ' To tlxd above complainant. Also another ?- • f To the above defendant. h (This must be sent to each party within three days after the decision is given.) Form 5. — Notice of Appeal from decision of Committee. (Full formal heading as in Form 1.) (jfi-tjbn^i Take notice that I do hereby appeal from the decision of the Committee in this matter to on the foUo'wIng, amongst other grounds: — ;/ guij ^aiaioi, J (The following are given as showing how grounds of appeal should be drawn.) ^,X. That said decision is against law and evidence and! the weight of evidence. , 2. That the said Committee was not properly constituted. 4: 3. That I was not allowed to be present when the wit- nesses, or some or one of them, were being examined. 4. That evidence was taken in my absence, although the^ Committee well knew that I intended to be present and that I was unavoidably .absent, and that, when I app(^iiH;^ 405 u i FORMS OF PROCEDURE. lV--> |b<| ; m i r-a.' tli0 Cominittee refused to recall witnesses so examined in my absence. ,,jf.—.,f !,.--y.,> rt--.':f\ 5. That the members of said Committee consulted with and listened to the complainant and his witnesses before and after the said trial, and when I was not present. 6. That the presiding officer so conducted said trial as to interfere with the liberty of judgment of said Com- mittee. And I claim the right to add to and vary the grounds of my appeal as I may be advised. ayijLQ^) Form 6. — Resolution of Annual Conference on an Appeal from Committeei'^^'^^.^^ Moved by. seconded by. That having heard the appeal of the complainant (or de- fendant) from the decision of the Committee in the matter - of A. B., complainant, and C. D., defendant^ and con- ; sidered the charges, proceedings, evidence and decisions therein, this Conference resolves that the said defendant 18 — o)* is not guilty of the oflfence (or offences) as found in said decision, or modify the findings of the decision as the • Odnferenoe may think right — guilty of the offence (or ' offences) as found in the said decision; and that such ' offence (or offences) is {or are) such as is expressly for- I bidden by the Word of God, and is sufficient to exclude a ! person from the kingdom of grace and glory ; be it there- r fore further resolved that the said C. D. be deposed from - (ihe ministry and expelled from the Church, and he is y hiMby declared to be so deposed and expelled. 406 i I 23nyA mined in ,K.' .^yfi'^vjUvi Ited with es before nt.. I trial as kid Com- - 1 ,; It ,-5J<*li*l INDEX. Tht Figures denote Pa/ragra/phay except when marked othervoiae* The letters M. D. denote the Model Deed, grounds n Appeal .■1« ,<■* ,4' H) «.«l/.lfi« it (or de- le matter Eind con- decisions efendant found in m as the ence (or lat such ssly for- xclude a it there- led from id he is Absbntu Mihibtbrs— Places of, how filled* 182, i 4. Act or Paruajunt— On Union, p. 866. AOOUBID— May ohaUenee for cause, 219. May be tried in his absence, 22L May appeal, 282, 247, 264. AOCUBBR — May challenge, 219. May appeal, 230, 282, 247, 264, Pastoral, US, 194, §«. '«»AWi«A -V'V/! Admissiok— I'.P^'' Condition of , 30. To membership, 76. Of members from other Churches, 75, |1- Of candidates for the Mmistry, 164-169. Of Probationers into full Connexion, 115, 166, 168, 8 6. Of Ministers from other Churches, 72, 78. AUiOWAHOaS— To Superannuated Ifinisters, 417, 467. To Ministers' Widows, 418, 419, 458. To ICnisters' Children, 269, 8 4, 421. To Ministers and Probationers, 269. AmreiimiTS — Sinfoi, forbidden, 81, 8fi. AsttVAL OOMFIRBNOB— (8m Con/SvrmeM). AmAii — Blglli«l, guanatMd, 98, 1 8, 99,282,247. Appbaii (Continued)— Of a General Superintendent, 242, |8. Of any other Minister, or of a Proba- tioner, 247. Of an accuser of a Minister or Proba- tioner, 247. Of a Member, 254. In cases of arbitration, 248. To Annual District Meeting, 248, 264. To Quarterly Official Board, 264. Evidence to be received on an, 236. Powers of an Appellate Court, 236, 247. Forms of, HI, 1 10, p, 40L Appbal, Court of— Composition of, 111. Members of, p. 338. Disqualified Members of. 111, § 4. Record and Report' of the, 111, § la Powers of, HI, i§ 1, 2, 8, 9. Appearance by Representative, HI, § 6. ARBrrRATIOK— In business disputes, 248, 265. In regard to Parsonages on a division of a Circuit, 267. In regard to location of new Churches, 264. ArtioiiBS op Rblisioh— A standard, 1. Stated, 2, 26. Not to be revoked, altered or changed, 93,81. Assistant Lbader— Member of the Quarterly Board, 190. AVDITORS— Of Book Boom, 889. Of Sabbath School Board, 822. Of Trustee Board, M. D. 11. 407 INDEX. itt» i(* .J ti;. M &\ i. >^'ji BAPxrKM— Article on, 18. Mod'^8 o(, 37. SubJ.TTts (or, 36. Of Infants, form for, p. 269. Of Adults, form for, p. 263. Baptizbd Ohildrbn— Duty of Patents and Guardians of, 76. Clanses of, 7l\ Instruction of, 78. Orphanage of , 80. ^ Relation of, to the Church, 77. ' ' i^'i -•'■•■ Basis of Union, p. 351. Limitations in Changing, 93, 1 6. BiRLR, Thb— The Rule of Faith, 34. Boards (Peraownel), pp. 837-849. Boards an'd Oohmittbks of General oonfbrbkoe-- Having charge of any Connexional Fund may Borrow, 107. To Report Income and Expenditure Quadrennially, 108. All Standing, to Report Quadrennially, 109. To Cause Quadrennial Valuation, 343. To Prepare and Present a Quadrennial Report, 344. " --' V Appeal from. 111, 8 8, (/). i. ' : , General Superintendent, Chairman, 97. Vacancies in, 106. Books — Duty of Superintendent as to, 194, | 6. Publication and Price of, 362. Book and Printing Establishment — Constitution of, pp. 189-195. Book Committbb— Composition of, 330. Sections of, 3.31-362. Annual Meetings of, 337. Special Meetings of, 346. . Application of Profits by, 346, 347. Executive Committees of, 348-361. Members of, p. 339. Book vStbwards— How Elected, 363. Duties of, 364. Salaries of, 340. Sus^nsion of, 341. Registrars of Churph Property, 209. Term of Office of, 869. Vacancy in Office of, how mied, 842. BOUNDARIBS— Of Annual Conferences, 94, 96, 111, $ 4. Of Districts, 144, 1 18. Of Circuits, 144, 1 14. BVILPIN0 OF CnCROHBS— Recommendations concerning, a60-2(°4. Suarterly Board Committee on, 2C1. ights secured in, 268. New, 262, M. D. 1. Bdriaii of tub Dbad— Form (or the, p. 282. ■ -J. f '.••(■ Call to Prbach— Marks of a, 46, 46. In a particular place, 66. CAMP-MEimNGS- •'''«^*'"^'-i ^^"i^' To be encouraged, 194, § 12. "^'*'^ Candidates for the Minidtrt— «jU aO Call to preachj 46, 46. Recommendation of, 193, § 6. Examination of, 164, 166, If 1-3. Pass standing, 146, f 7. Regulations-concerning, 46, 164-169. Cannot be Ijay Delegates, 179. From other Churches, 72, § 2. Canonical Books— Old Testament, 6. New Testament, 6. Card-Playing — Forbidden, 36. Catechism- 1 i" '.• iJ,8Xi Furnished to Children, 77. Used in the Sabbath Schools, 292. , Reconunended, 194, 8 6. / ih Catechdmbns, 78. Certificates— To Probationers, 161, 146, §| 1, 2. To Local Preachers, 200, f 6. To Members removing, 194, 8 8. To Ministers from other Churches,- 78. Chairmb^ of Districts— How elected, 128, 129. Duties and powers of, 112, I 14, 144, 8 7, 178, 182, 88 I-IS; 264, 812, 818, 366, 397. Provision in case of death or disability of, 173. Trial of, 244. Appeals from decisions of, 124, fl^ vl 408 I.Ofi, 111, M tiingr, a80-2( 4. ee on, 2C1. 2. RT— 16. 11-3. ', 164-168. 79. 2. l« '.•! <■'• fM §1,2. aroheB,-78. > I 1«, 144. *, 812,818, r disability Mi Hi :i"^ INDEX. CHILDRKf— (8«e Baptiztd Children). Cuildrim'b Fomd, p. 258. Christ— Article on, 8. Oblation of, article on, 21. Resurrection of, 4. Presence of, in the Supper, 19. Christian Men's Goods — , > Article on, 25. Christian Man's Oath— Article on, 26. Church, Thk— Article on, 14. Rites and Ceremonies, article on, 23. Churches— Building of, 260-261 : M. D. 1. Laying Corner-stone of, form for, p. 315. Dedication of, form for, p. 320. Deed of Conveyance of, 263. Right to preach in, ^68, M. D. 2, 3. Deots on, to be avoided, 260, 261. Deeds of, to be registered, 262. Location of new, 264. Sale of, M. D., 16, 17^ Church Propbrtt— Inventory of, 268. Register of, 269. Return of, 270. Church and Parsonaob Aid Fund— Constitution of, p. 246. Board, p. 848. Circuits- How formed, 144, f 14. Division of, 144, 1 14. ilinisterial term on divided, 144, 1 6. Circus, Tbe- Ooing to, forbidden, 35. Class Leaders— Meetings, 29. How appointed and changed, 194, § 5. Duties of, 29. 82, §§ 1, 2. Members of the Quarterly OiRcial Board, 190. Class Mbbtinos— Origin and object of, 29. Condition of admission to, 80. For Children, 78. How made profitable, 82, H <• 4. Neglect of, 86. Non-members admitted to, 82. 1 6. CoLbEOB Boarde, Members or, pp. 840- 848. CoLLEOE District Meetibo, 160. OOUiBaiATB MiSSIOMART SOCIBTT— Regulations respecting, 881. Collections— In the Classes, 194, i 9. Public, 194, 1 10. For Oonnexional Funds, 194, 1 11. General Sabbath School, 318-821. General Conference, 110, 466. CoMiirrrEBs- General Conference Special, 108-106. Members of General Conference Special, p. 387. Transfer, 112. Annual Conference Special, 140. Stationing, 126. Annual Conference Missionary, 139. Annual Conference Educational, 283. On Conference Relations, 401, 402. Annual Conference Contingent Fund, 486. Annual Conference Sabbath School, 314. Annual Conference Epworth League, 324. Supernumerary Fund, 448. Missionary Executive, 868. Book, 380. On Reception of Ministers from other Churches, 72, f 2. Examination of Candidates at a dis- tance, 167, f 8. On Ministers' Salaries, 207, 1 1. Of Trial, 218, 223, 225, 228. Oh Union Church Relief, p. 251. On Temperance, p. 847. On Union, p. 349. Century Fund, 345. OoMMUNmr or Goods- Article on, 26. Members of the Leaders' Meeting, 201. To be examined, 194, S 6, 204. CoNrBRENCs, Gen]|rai Assistant, members o£ the Quarterly I Of whom composed, 88. Board, 190. | Ratio of representation, 182. 400 INDEX. •:i>- m. CoimuuwoR, Osxuut (Continued}— DeI«g»tM to (See DeUgtUtt). Quorum of, 91. Powers of, 03, 94. Special Session of, 104. Fund, 110. SecretMy of, and his duties, 90, 105. Officers of, p. 337. Special Oommittee, members of, p. 337. Delegation, vacancies in, 137, 138. To elect itinerant General Superin- tendents, 89. Its limitations and Restrictions, 93. Special Oommittee of, powers and duties of. 103-106. Boardr o Committees of, vacancies in, how filled, 1U6. Boards or Committees to report income and expenditure quadrennially, 108. Standing Boards and Oommittees to report quadrennially, 109..^ ,_.,,. COKFBRBNOni, ANMUAb— Composition of, 121. list of, 96. ^me and place of meeting of, 122. Presiding Officers of, 123. President of, 123. Duties of President of, 124, || 1-6. Secretary of, and his duties, 123. Special Ministerial Session of , 113-120. Powers of, 126-143. Death or Disability of President of, 125. Business of, 143. Report of Statistics of, 143 |$ 16-1& Special Committee of, and powers, 125, 140.; Drsputes between two, HI. S 4. Laymen in, how elected, 176-179. Laymen in, qualifications of, 177.179. Special Session of Laymen, 141. . Number and boundaries of, how deter- mined, 94. Appeal as to Boundaries, 111, | 8, d. 4. CONFRRBNOK, ELECTORAL— Composition of, 131. CONVRTANOR— Of Church Property, 263. CONTINORMT FUND— Constitution of, p. 252. CORNRR-RTONR OF A CHCRCH— Form for laying of, p. 315. COURSB OF StnDT— For Candidates, 605. For Probfttionerii, 505. Course of Siudt (Continued)— For Graduates, 600. For the French Work, 607. Special, for Missionaries, 606. For Medical Students, 608. For Deaconesses, 600. Court of Appbal— (See AppeeU). COVHNANT SRRTICB— Form for, p. 303. MMt Damcino— Forbidden, 86. ^■- : 'i^A Dbad— Form for burial of, p. 282. Dbaoomessrs, Order of— May be organized by Annual Confer- ence, 147, 1 1. Regulations concerning, 147. Course of Study for, p. 336. Debts— Of a Minister or Probationer, 249. Of a Member, 256. Dedication of a Crdroh— Form for the, p. 320. t ,.h .A ,io wr'< Deed, Model— For Church Property, pp. 375-889. Delegates to General Conference— Number of, 182. How elected, 133. Qualifications of, 134. '^^!^ ' Reserve, 135. Certified list of, 136. Vacancies filled, 137, 138. Disputes— Settlement of, 248, 265, 111, § 4. Districts- Row formed, 144, i 13. Chairman of— (See Chairmen). .tii.'. District Mebtino, Annual— Composition of, 170. Chairman of, 129, 171. Time and place of meeting of, 171. Separate Meeting of Laymen of, 176. Secretary of , Rnd his duties, 175, 178, 180. To appoint Auditors, 174. Ministerial Session, 148-166. 410 INDEX. •dy. 08. .1 ■ '■ '1 ■ -i •-!'■..■•;,; .'•y aM vr«pr?wflf! ■ .MO thitijx ill' .:-.,!•■. nual Confer- 47. i. ler, 249. 376-389. IPSRKNCK— HI I, S 4. ten). -M of, 171. en of, 176. M, 175, 178, \ DmEIOT MCRUId, FUTAMOUIr- Conipoaitioo of, 186. Time of holdinf, 184. BiuineM of, 186. Secretary of, how appointed, 120. Duties and powen of Secretary of, 144, 1 7, 178. 174, 188, 188. To flu certain vacancies, 187. « wi DiVBRSIONS— Sinful, forbidden, 81. DOOTRIHB— SUndards of, 1, M. D., IS. Dissemination of false, 251. DomiSTio Mmsionr— Financial condition examined, 186, | 2. Formation of, 144^ if 16, 17, 18. Grants to, 867, |5. Regulations, 372. Draft of Stations— First, 144, | 4. Second and final, 144» f 4. Dress— Rules concerning, 44. n >. Drunkbnness— j... ■- , Forbidden, 31. Editors- How electerl, 356. Duties of, 357, 358. Salaries of, 340. Term of office of, 359. Vacancy, how filled, 342. ^ ^ .nr ,MT ,f'.>! h:hT ■iBwbit' sit»s»*i Educational Socibtt— Constitution of, p. 145. Objects of, 278. Members of, 279. Management of, 280. Board of, p. 840. Branches of, 283. Meetings on behalf of, 186, i 4, 283, |3. Income of, 284. Division of Income of, 285. Composition of Annual Conference Committee of, 283, i 2. Loans, 287. Duties of Annual Ckmference Com- mittee of, 286. Duties of General Secretary of, 282. Duties of General Treasurers of, 288. EbwmoNB— Of delegrates to General Conference, 88. 131-138. Of Cmeral Saperintendents, 89. EiiKCTiONB (Continusd)— Of Secretary of General Conference, Oo. Of members of the Court of Appeal, 111. Of Secretary of the Missionary Sodtty, 870, § 1. Of Treasurers of the Missionary Society, 370, 1 1. Of Treasurer of the Superannuation Fund, 886. Of Laymen to the Annual Conference, 176. Of the Officers of the Annual Confer • ence, 123. Of Laymen to the District Meeting, 198,118,8(8). Of Chairmen of Districts, 129. Of Secretary of District Meeting, 180. Of Financial Secretary, 129. ' Of Representative to the Stationing Committee, 126. Of the General Board of Missions, 867. Of the Book Stewards, 363. Of the Editors, 356. Of Circuit Stewards, 193, | 4. Of Trustees, 271, 274. Of Sabbath School Superintendents, 294. Epworth Lbaocb— Constitution of General Society of, p^ 162. Annual Conference Organization, 324, 326. Constitution for Local Branches, 828. Constitution of District Organizations, 327. Board, members of, p. 344. Evanobusts— Regulations respecting, 146, || 1-8. To be loyal to the Church, 146, §1 2, 5. To be called to that work, 146, | & Forbidden to become such without consent of Conference, 146, 1 4. Under supervision of the Pastor, 146, 1 5. Arrangements to be made for mlary > f, 146, f 8. Chairman's Consent, 146 i 7. EVIIrSPBAKIMO — Forbidden, 81. EXAlimATION— Of Ministerial Character, 152, | 8 ; 120, 17. Of Probationers, 146, 162, | 8. Of Candidates, 166. OfPirobattoiMiBatOolleg«.ia9. > n 411 I •?:';! INDEX. m ExAMMiM, Board op-> DutiM and Powvn of, 14ft, 1 1-7. EXOLtWIOir TKOU Till CiirROH— Oausm of, 87. Privile(re to show cause against, 87. EXHORTHM— How oOMtituted, 194, | 6. Members of Quarterly Board, 190. Examination of, 198, 1 8. Trial of, 252. EXPDLRIOIV— When it takes effect, 290. Failvrm— In Business, 286. Faith— In the Holy Trinity, 2. The Condition of Justifloation, 10. Familt Pratrr^ Enjoined, 38. Fart— The Quuterl^, 104, f 6. Fabtino— Enjoined, 38, 63. | 4. FBSTIVAIiR— • ao:i'Ji, Preaching on, 60, glO. FlOHTINO— Forbidden, 81. FllTANOIAb DlftTRICT MEETINO— (See Distrust). . ••'*:. FlRAMCIAL SlORBTARY— Duties and powers of, 144, 8 7, 173, 174, 188, 189. ■•■/••'\ ;•;•;■ ■; -■ '■'■;■ FRAUDR-7 'tt Ot I' V Forbidden, 31. ' •'! > Frivolous CuARftM, 239. Frrh WiLIi— Article on, 9. FUIiL OONNBXIOV— Members, how received into. 75, 1 1. Probationers for the Ministry, how received into, 115. Form for reception of Members into, P-2e8. OhUdivn's, p. 263. ' ' Ohurohiod Farsonagfe Aid/p. 246. FtTRM f C-> Oontuifrent, p. 251 Educational, p. 146. Missionaiy, p. 196. Superanrttlatlon, p. 219. Supemmncrary, p. 284. SustentAtion. p. 266. Union Ohuron Relief, p. 261. General Conference, p. 244. For the Poor, 193, f 1. Oamis op Chancb— Playing at, forbidden, 85. Oirrral CoMPiRUfOB— aoiuni,anmt*t' (See Coi\f0ret%ee). OMBRAL PRIIIOIPtIS— In administering Discipline, 218-281. In Sabbath School management, 297- 304. Obnbral Bulxs— Requirements of, 31-85. Taught in Ood's Word, 84. To be read in every congregation and society, 75, | 8, 86. Limitations on changing, 98, 1 4. Gbnbral Sitpbrjntinobkts— How elected, 89,. Duties and powers of, 92, 96, 97, 98, 101,124,111,14. Appeal from, 111, § 2 (e). May initiate Transfers, 112, If 1, 2, 8, 11, 12, 13. Responsible to General Conference, 102, 241. Trial'of, 241, 242. Term of office of, 96. To what Conference they belong, 100. Death or disability, 105. Good Works— Article on, 11. Goods of Chrutiak Mbn— Article on, 25. OOVBRiniBlIT, ClYlIr— Article on, 24. Graduates— Course of Study for, p. 881. Time of Probation, 168, 101, S 6. Herbst— Prosecution for, 251. HoiT Ghost— Article on, 6. Call to the miaistiy by, 46. K •Ki I >»(>«> 412 INDEX. 1. nr I, 212-881. ement, 297- 'H :-> ;•; 1 , III I,.; -.1 egation and IS, i 4. , 96, 97, 98, ^ 111, 2,8. terence, 102, elony, loa 1 'i, . c 8«. [9n»t> tf> Holt 8oiumnin-> Article on, & Htm.1 Book^ To be uMd, 81, 1 4. •' Irqvibt— Oommlttae of, 249, 266, 26& iNSURAXra, FlU, DlRIOTOM, p. 848. iNTOXIOATIirO LlOUORS— Buying, lelling or using, forbidden, 81, 36, Queetion to Candidatei for the ministiy reepeoting, 166, 1 2. Question to Probationers for the minis-' try respecting, 167, 1 1 (/X Itinbramt Ststim— Plan of, not to be destroyed, 08, 1 2. JiisTinoATioir— Article on, 10. Knielino— -«s^». atsw' In prayer, 81, 1 6. A .If Law— Moral, its authority, 7. Appeal on questions of. 111, 1 8. Lat Dblboatbs— (See Delegate*). " Laymkn— Separate meeting in District Meeting, 176. - Separate meeting in Annual Confer- ence, 181, 141. LBADBRB— '"' ''' (See Class Leaders). Lradbrs' Mbbtimo— Composition of, 201. Business of, 87, 202, 208. . ^ ^ Appeal to, 87. .^.tVf Lraque — (Sue Epworth). LlCRNBINO— Local Preachers and Exhorters, 47. List op Rbsbrvb— Probationers on the, 112, 1 11 ; 163, § 5. Local Prbaohbrs— How licensed, 47. Examination of. 108. Examination of those proposed to be received as, 199. Local Prbaohrrb (Omtinutd)^ "■'' Regulations affecting, 200. Trial of, 252. Local Prrachkrs' MBBnRo— Composition of, 196. Directions concerning, 196, 107. When held, 196. LOCATIOM— Of Ministers, 117, 200. f 4. Relation to Superannuation and Super- numerary Funds, 414, 431, 462. Lord's Pratbb— ^ Use of, in public worship, 81, 1 8; Lord'! SurpBBr— Article on, 19. Both kinds in. article on, 20. Duty of partaking, 83. Mode of receiving, 88. To whom adminutered. 89. 49. Kind of wine to be used in, 40. Form for administering, p. 271. LOTTIRIBS— Encouraging, forbidden, 86. LoVB-FBASTsI— To be held, 8.1. , ..,/ Tickets for, 85. Length of, 174, | 6. .)«?»< ,,,1 Maoistratrs— Speaking evil of, forbidden, 81. Marriaor— Of Ministers, article on, 22.' IMrections concerning, 41-43. Form for solemnizing, p. 278. Mass, Thr— Unsoriptural, 21. Mrarb op Oracr— To be attended, 83, 81. ^^.^, Exclusion for neglect of, 87. , ^^ ; / Mrmbrrs op thr Church— "'* * Condition of membership, SO. How received, 75. S 1, 2, 3. From other Churches, 76, 8 1, Form for reception of. p. 268. List of, from classes, 194. § 7. Certificate of removal for, 194, | 8, Trial of, 74, 252, 258. Appeals of, 264. Mbthodibh— Rise of, 27, 28. 413 mi INDEX. '■'ii n;l' I *l ■ [»' m \i'' ¥i I- m: i 8lfM of biiBf^nUadt 46-47. lu^^l RttlM of oondtiot tbr, 48-60. I ;r. r Htm oonitttuted, 68. DutiM of, 61-67, 6&. >.«'>*J •" -' OcMing to travel. 70. AuthoiriMd to onuin in certain oaset, 71. IVom otlier Ohurohes, how received, 72, §i 2. 8. From other branches of Methodimm, 72, 1 1. , Form of certificate for thoee received, 78. Richts of ordained Local Preadien, fno, i 10. Location ci, 117, 200, f 4. - . , Trial of, 241-251. no-f tHA ' Appeals of , 847. Fbrm for ordination mi, p. 286. Financial claims of located, 414, 481, 462. Not to engage in tiade or secular busi- ness, 260.1 >>>■,, ',«! ■ t ^Xtiff i:> i'U.A Begulations in relation to probationers for» 156-168. Begtttetions in reference to candidates for, 164-160. — . ,v>.;i =. . MmmmuAL SwaiOK- ' ''-' ^^^ "^ Spedal of Annual Omference, 118-120. «• District Meeting. 148-165. llnnOKART SOCIRT— Constitution of, p. 196. Object of, 861. OirouitMst8,86e. .. . , ,. Annual Oonferenoe, Tr«Mnirers o., 864. New Missloas, 144, II 15. 17, 18. Schools, 867, 1 4. , Members of, 362. • ,="»* V ■ Atixiliaries and branches of, 868. ■ \/i\oen fA Auxiliaries and branches of, 834 General Board of, 867, p. 838. Vacancies in Board of, how filled, 367, I 6. .,. Committee, Executive, 368. ,'•« Annual lieeting of Board of, ^'U Duties of Qeneral Officers of, 370. Woman's, 38a CoUegiate, 881. MlSSIOXittT COMMiniB— Annual Conference, 189. Executive, 368. : lA I 1 ,! ..■ <. • y f HissiOMB, Domsno— ^^ How new formed, 144, || 16, 17, 18. Certified list of, 144. 1 18. OraciU to, 186, 1 2 ; 867, i 5 ; 372. u MuaiOKART Mrbtikos- Anrai«ement(i for hokUng. 186, 1 4. Mnsioira, FoRKteir- - i! Regulations affeoiang, 876, 879. Council of, 875. District Meeting of, 87a «5U.'»%«I Conference of , 879. ,., .,, .,*i Superintendents of, 877. " * "* '^*'' Missions ut Manitoi(a and North-Wbst- Superintendent of, Regulations re- specting, 871. Indian Missions, 873- " ' IfBOioAL Missions^ 874. ri MODUi DUD - Schedule B, p. 376. ■ion ,W Msi't MORTOAOKS— M. D. 6, 19. Nrw Trial— M^be9^rr«1.2^, ,;.;^;'* Oaths— Article on, 26. Ou> Tbtambnt_ Article on, 7. OWPOIATIOK— Of diMant Missionaries, 71. Of Ministers, form of, p. 286. Of Ministers, 115. Ordrk— ^ - Rules of, p. 895. ^ - , / Ordbr op Businms— The Annual Conference, 148. Annual Conference Sj^al Ministerial Session, 120. The Annual District Meeting, 152, 181. The Sabbath School Committee of Management, 295. Ordrr op Skrvicc — On the Lord's Day, 81. 0RPnA.«s— Duty of IL^uperint ndMts to, 80. Of Ministera, Sup , ort of, 481. Obioinal Sdc— Article on, 8. „_; ^,, 414 TNDEX. «, 17, 18. 879- > drth-Wmt-- ulations re- 'iii'h'yiZfW' >l.raU 7..'.,{ 'a(f;|l- -way Matter and manner of, 64, 661. n « k Wliere, most frequently, 66. Prbsiobntb or Annual Confsrbkcbs— How elected, i28. Trial of, 243. Duties and Powers of, 112, U2, S 18 ; ^,,, . 124, 141, §§ 1, 7 ; 314. ,j, j^ ,j^,,v "^ Appeal from. 111, S 8. " '^^If' Peobationrrs— For membership, 76. '•* *'-' For the ministry, 47, 1C6-108. On Reserve, 144, § 8 ; 163, i. 6. May be sent to any Conference, 144, 8 8; 169. Probationary term of, 168, | 6. At CoUure, 160, 162. From other Ohurohee, 72, ff 2. Marriage of, 168, 1 1 ; 167, 1 2. Examination of, at OoUeffe, 160. Required to attend Oollege, 160, fi 1, . How removed from College, 160, 8 8. Trial of , 246, 246, 261. Revision of standing, 116- Public Woeskip— (See Wwiiwp\ Pdmatoet— Article on, ^5. ■iti«H «,'<}■ QvAKTntLT Ofrcial BoAai>~ r>T/.x5# % Oompoeition of, lOOi ' nO Oluiirman of, 191. O Business of, 80, 198. V- Trustees to report to M. D. 11. > !<* ■■.■> Quorum— < st* General Conference, 91. Court of Appeal, 111, 8 2> >T Trustee Meetip'*8, M. D., 22. tV. Committee of Trial, 218. > Bradiko— Of Probationers, 166, 8 2. Rbcbption— Of Members, form for, p. 268. . Of Probationer^ Into full Connexion, 115. Of Ministers from other Churches, 73, 74. Rbcordino Stbwari>— How appointed, 193, 8 4, 211. -^ Duties of, 219. "^ Vacancy in office of, how filled, 211. RBPRBSUiTATIOlT— Ratio of, to General Conference, 182. In the Annual Conference, 121. Resbrvb— Probationers in, 144, 8 8; 168, 8 6. Bescrrectiok of Christ— Article on, 4. RiTBS AND CBREMONIEB- Article on, 23. — ' Ritual— Forms of, pp. 269-326. Directions oonceming the, 81, 1 4. RULBS, Gbnbeal — Of united Societies, 27-36. Taught in God's Word, 34, To be read, 76, f 3, 86, 174, 66. How to be changed, 93, 8 4. Rules Rbstriotivb— Stated, 93. : -Si Rules of Conduct— ,\~^:\f For Ministers and Probationers, 4S-60. RULBi OF Oedbb, p. 396. Sabbath, The— Observance of, enjoined, 81. 1110 ■fi»-^ In ./INDEX. ! I' ••>■■■>: ':li I Sabbath SoBOOU— .ni^t^ti ftn»f^^t,ni^) Direotloiia oonotniiiMr» t89. Oonititution of, p. in. Management, of, 291. Offlcen of, 298. Officers of, how appointed, 294. Meetings of Ckmimittee of Manage- ment of, 295. Teachers' Meetings, 296. Special Meetings, 296. Anniversaries of , 296. General Principles, 297-804. : ^ I Superintendent of new, 289, 1 2. ' ' ' Instruction in, 292. Order of Business in, 291. Superintendent, duties and powers of, 297 800 ' Missionary Societies in, 808. . Difficulties in, how settled, 810. . ' District Conventions of, 818. Annual Conference Committee on, 814, 816, 816. Annual Conference Public Meeting, 317. General Conference, Board of, 828. Annual Meetinr of Board of, 828, i 7. Annual Collection for, 328, f 8. Secretary and Treasurer of, 828, II 6, 6. Members of OenenJ Conference Board of, p. 844. Temperance work in, 805, 806, 307. Aid Fund, 818-821. Auditors, 822. Use of Church premis^is, M. D. 4. Saceamknts- Article ., 17. Sali— Of Church property, M. D. 16,17. Salaries— Of Ministers and Probationers, 259. SoftiFinEBB— ■;0.*a,rrll Article on, 6. Sufficiency of, 84. Sbcbbtaiiibs— i'i.-^,.-l :'■'.', ' General Conference, 90. Annual Conferencct, 128, 484. District Meeting, 151, 18a Examining Board, 146, Sl 4, 6. lfi«ionary, 870. SicoLAft BrannMi— Ministers engaging in, toiNPBBENOE~-' *T*Tit'U.KSfl*l Presiding Officer of , 118. To report to Annual Conferenoe, 119. Business of, 120, 118. Specul Session, General OoRrBEBNOE, 104. Stancards— Of Doctrine, 1, M. D. 13. Stations— Draft of, 144,14. Changea of, 144, 1 7. Statioeimo Committee— r v r Compodtion of, 126. Restrictions H'-« teto 011,18. 11,81. 82, ILD. 3. tot the, 82, 1 6. 06-106, 242, f 8. 10,126. S8I0N or AmniAT. 18. lonferenoe, 119. RAii poaraunroB. 13. f >xi'. ■ •u of, 127, H 4, 5. 44, 1 18. W, 1 14. ipear before, 144, ^uarterfy Board, >re, 144, f 3. leral Oonlerenue INDEX. STKWAtlDS— IIow appointed 19;?, § 4. Number of, 179, § 4. Sualiflcations of, 206. utiea of, 207, 247, 259. Meeting of, 205. To 'vhom accountable, 20i!i. VacAi^'es, how filled, 200. rviia Ueward, M. D. 10. Sl*...AKit, IvBCORDiXG — Appointmunt of, 193, 211, S 4. Diities of, 210. How place of, tilled, 211. Stodknts- (See Prohatiomrti). SUPKRANNUATION Fl XD— Name of, 382. Members of, 334. Management of, 385-390. Board of, how appointed, 386. Board, Members of, p. 345. Board, Chairman of, 387. Vacancy in Board of, liow filled, 387. Powers of Board of, 388. Investment Con TnHtee of, J7!>, ;)S9. Income of, '.92 . >. Assessment ('■'r '■'>13.'G. Treasurers ot. r u. Dutiesof Ti a .".es;. 0! 395. Claimants on, bM> 'Qk Scale of Annuities, k,-"M. General Re<(u!ations oi, 434-436. Coii'mu - VI •^n, 422-430. Annuu )";rence Oomniittee in rela- tion to, .1?.. SUPKRANNUATKO MlSISTEKri - Recommended in District "^leetinfr, 152, S 10. Considered in Annual Conference, VI'), §4. Initiating;" rsi einnnuaLion, 400. ('ommitt. : \y relation to, in Annual Cor.ferer! •-! ■ >]. ',0;5. Claims of, 417. Widows of, 418, 419, 392, 393, 403, 404. Children of, 421. Commutation of claims, 422-430. SlIPKRNUMERARY MINISTERS' FUND— Nanio of, 437. Members of, 438. Maria;jfement of, 439-449. Treasurers of, how appointed, 439. Duties of Treasurers of, 410-442. General Committee of, 443. 27 417 Sri'BRM MKRARv Mixhsi Kns' FuNo (Con.) Duties of General Committee of, 445. Investment Committee of, 448. Annual Conference, Treaiiurers of, 448. 449. Aninuil Conference, Conmiittee of, 447 Income of, 450-455. Capital Stock of, 456. Claimants on, 447, 462. Chaiij,'c \i Constitution of, 46:5. Widows' claims, 458. Fioard of, p. 345. SlPERNUMRRARY MINISTERS— Kecommended in District Meeting, l.Vi i5 12. " Considered in Annual Cotiferen(re, 1 :.'(). SlTKREROGATIO.V, VVORKS OK— Article on, 12. SUPRRINTESDBNTS OF ClRCUITS-- Diitics and po\ ers of, 80, 82, § 5, 145, § 4, 194, 146, §§ 5, 6, 7, 211, 2.52, 253, 264, 270, 289, 294, 297, 318, 366, 394, 395. When authority of ..-eases, 194, § 13. Si;vkr!.:tendent ok Mission's - For North- West. 371. For Foreign ^Missions, 376-377. SlJPKRIXTENDEXrS, GeN'ERAIj — (Sec General Super in' endent^.). ScppoRT OK Ministers, 259. ScsTEST.vTiojj Fund — Annual Conference, 489. Goveiiunent of, 489. Object of, 490. Titles, Acai. Jf). M. D. 11, 23. ). 6. D. 13. ed, M. D. 11. loard, M. D. 11. ictinjy, p. 366. ND— 349. /. 27. of doctrine, 1. 58. ETY— 380. Al'l'EiSDIX I. luuusKS OF Study— I. For the Ministry, p. 3i7. II. For Probationers who are Gradu- ates in Arts, p. 331. III. French Course, p. 333. IV. Special for Missionaries, p. 335. v.* For Deaconesses, p. 3:^.'). APPENDIX II. 1, GUNERAL CONKKKKNCK OFKIOI-'.I'S, !». 337. 11 UKNKRAL CONFBRESCB APP01STMKNT8, p. 337. special Committee, p. 337. Court of Appeal, p. 338. Missionary Department, p. 3Ab. Book and Publishing Establishments, Educational Society Board, p. 340. Victoria University, Board of Kej?en(.s, Mount Allison University, Kcnml ot Regents, p. 341. . , ^ „ ,^ , Wesleyaa Theological College, H ui'l and Senate, p. 341. Wesley College, Winnipeg, Board, p. 342 Albert College, Senate and Trustees, p 343. Alma College, Board, p. 343. Sabbath School Board, p. 344 Epworth League Board, p. 344. Superannuation Fund Board, p. 34o. Supernumeriiry Ministers Fund Com- mittee, p. 34;"). GliNKRAIj CON-KLKKNCE Al'POINTMKNT?! (Continued)— General Oonffrence Fund Board, p. 345. Century Fund Committee, p. 345. Permanent Temperance Comiuittee, p. 347. , Church and Parsonage Aid. Board, p. 348. Methodist Trust Fire Insurance, p. 34b. Union Church Relief, p. 349, Committees on Union, p. 349. Fraternal Delegates, p. 350. ' APPENDIX HI. TiiK Basis or U.nion, ]). 351. APPENDIX IV. Thk DoMiNios Act ok Unios and Mouai. Dkrd, p. 366. APPENDIX V. JlIDlOIATi Dt:CI>!ONS, p. 390. APPENDIX VI. RUI,E.S OF ORDKR, p. 395. APPENDIX VII. FORJIS OF Procrrkrk, p. 401. ccpted, 223. of, 153-155. te on, 12. 419